Owners Manual

21_GMC_Canyon_CanyonDenali_COV_en_US_84426904A_2020FEB14.ai 1 2/14/2020 9:08:07 AM 2021 Canyon/Canyon Denali

CY Canyon/Canyon Denali

CMY K Owner’s Manual

84426904 A GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Introduction This manual describes features that may or Contents may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that was not purchased Introduction ...... 1 on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 6 not be available in your region, or changes Seats and Restraints ...... 21 subsequent to the printing of this owner’s manual. Storage ...... 72 If this vehicle has the Duramax diesel Instruments and Controls ...... 74 The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement Lighting ...... 101 appearing in this manual including, but not for additional and specific information on this engine. Infotainment System ...... 108 limited to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the GMC Truck Emblem, CANYON, and DENALI are Refer to the purchase documentation Climate Controls ...... 163 trademarks and/or service marks of General relating to your specific vehicle to confirm Driving and Operating ...... 169 Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, the features. or licensors. Vehicle Care ...... 230 Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute reference. Service and Maintenance ...... 305 the name “General Motors of Canada Technical Data ...... 319 Company” for GMC wherever it appears in Customer Information ...... 323 this manual. Reporting Safety Defects ...... 331 OnStar ...... 335 Connected Services ...... 340 Index...... 343

2 Introduction Canadian Vehicle Owners Symbols { Danger A French language manual can be obtained The vehicle has components and labels that Danger indicates a hazard with a high from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, use symbols instead of text. Symbols are or from: level of risk which will result in serious shown along with the text describing the injury or death. operation or information relating to a Propriétaires Canadiens specific component, control, message, gauge, On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide or indicator. en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à { Warning M : Shown when the owner’s manual has l'adresse suivante: Warning indicates a hazard that could additional instructions or information. result in injury or death. Helm, Incorporated * Attention: Customer Service : Shown when the service manual has additional instructions or information. 47911 Halyard Drive Caution Plymouth, MI 48170 0 : Shown when there is more information Caution indicates a hazard that could USA on another page —“see page.” result in property or vehicle damage. Using this Manual Vehicle Symbol Chart To quickly locate information about the Here are some additional symbols that may vehicle, use the Index in the back of the be found on the vehicle and what they manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is mean. See the features in this manual for in the manual and the page number where information. it can be found. u : Air Conditioning System Danger, Warning, and Caution A circle with a slash through it is a safety G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil symbol which means “Do not,”“Do not do Warning messages found on vehicle labels 9 : Airbag Readiness Light and in this manual describe hazards and this,” or “Do not let this happen.” what to do to avoid or reduce them. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) $ : Brake System Warning Light GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Introduction 3 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water O : Power B : Engine Coolant Temperature 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert g : First Responder I : Registered Technician _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited / : Remote Vehicle Start H : Flammable > : Seat Belt Reminders [ : Forward Collision Alert I : Side Blind Zone Alert R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor + : Fuses d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) _ : High Voltage a : Under Pressure j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly Installed | : Lane Change Alert @ : Lane Departure Warning A : Lane Keep Assist * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure X : Park Assist GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

4 Introduction Instrument Panel Overview GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Introduction 5 1. Air Vents 0 168. 9. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 25 16. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 75 (Out 2. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped) (If Equipped). of View). (Out of View). See “Integrated Trailer 10. Power Outlets 0 77 (If Equipped). 17. Cruise Control 0 204. Brake Control System” under Towing 11. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission 18. Transfer Case Knob (If Equipped). See 0 Equipment 222. 0 191 or Four-Wheel Drive 0 195. 0 3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and Manual Mode 193. 19. Hood Release. See Hood 0 232. Lane-Change Signals 0 103. 12. Auxiliary Jack. See the infotainment 20. Parking Brake 0 201. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base manual. Level) Controls (If Equipped). See Driver 21. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). USB Port. See the infotainment manual. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 0 0 93 or 13. Hazard Warning Flashers 103. Engine Light) 86. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Traction Control/Electronic Stability 22. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 101. 0 0 95. Control 202. Fog Lamps 0 104 (If Equipped). 0 4. Instrument Cluster 0 80. Exterior Cargo Lamps 104. 23. Instrument Panel Illumination Control 5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 76. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 211 (If 0 105. 6. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp Equipped). System 0 102. Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 203 (If Vehicle Alarm System Indicator (If Equipped). Equipped). See Vehicle Alarm System Tow/Haul Mode 0 195 (If Equipped). 0 14. 14. Steering Wheel Controls 0 75 (If 7. Infotainment Controls. See Overview Equipped). 0 109. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 8. Climate Control Systems 0 163 (If Controls (If Equipped). See Driver Equipped). Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 Automatic Climate Control System 0 165 93 or (If Equipped). Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 95. 15. Horn 0 76. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

6 Keys, Doors, and Windows Heated Mirrors ...... 16 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 16 Windows Interior Mirrors Keys Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 17 Keys and Locks Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 17 { Warning Keys...... 6 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 17 Leaving children in a vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 8 ignition key is dangerous and children or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Windows Operation ...... 9 Windows ...... 18 others could be seriously injured or killed. Remote Vehicle Start ...... 11 Power Windows ...... 18 They could operate the power windows Door Locks ...... 12 Rear Windows ...... 19 or other controls or make the vehicle Power Door Locks ...... 12 Sun Visors ...... 20 move. The windows will function with Delayed Locking ...... 12 the keys in the ignition, and children or Automatic Door Locks ...... 13 others could be caught in the path of a Lockout Protection ...... 13 closing window. Do not leave children in Safety Locks ...... 13 a vehicle with the ignition key. Doors Tailgate ...... 14 Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 14 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 14 Immobilizer ...... 15 Immobilizer Operation ...... 15 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors ...... 16 Manual Mirrors ...... 16 Power Mirrors ...... 16 Folding Mirrors ...... 16 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7 replacement ignition keys have a small hole. { Warning See your dealer if a replacement key is If the key is unintentionally rotated while required. the vehicle is running, the ignition could The combination and size of the rings that be moved out of the RUN position. This came with your keys were specifically could be caused by heavy items hanging selected for your vehicle. The rings are from the key ring, or by large or long connected to the key like two links of a items attached to the key ring that could chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally be contacted by the driver or steering moving the key out of the RUN position. Do wheel. If the ignition moves out of the not add any additional items to the ring RUN position, the engine will shut off, attached to the ignition key. Attach braking and steering power assist may be additional items only to the second ring, impacted, and airbags may not deploy. and limit added items to a few essential Interference from radio-frequency To reduce the risk of unintentional keys or small, light items no larger than an identification (RFID) tags may prevent the rotation of the ignition key, do not RKE transmitter. key from starting the vehicle. Keep RFID change the way the ignition key and tags away from the key when starting the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, vehicle. if equipped, are connected to the The key is used for the ignition and all door provided key rings. locks.

The ignition key and key rings, and RKE Programming Keys transmitter, if equipped, are designed to Follow these procedures to program up to work together as a system to reduce the eight keys to the vehicle. risk of unintentionally moving the key out of the RUN position. The ignition key has a Programming with Two Recognized Keys small hole to allow attachment of the To program a new key: provided key ring. It is important that any 1. Insert the original, already programmed key in the ignition and turn the ignition on. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows 2. Turn the ignition off and remove This procedure will take approximately See your dealer if a replacement key or the key. 30 minutes to complete for the first key. additional key is needed. 3. Quickly, within five seconds, insert the The vehicle must be off and all of the keys If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside second original already programmed key you wish to program must be with you. Assistance Program 0 326. in the ignition and turn the ignition on. 1. Insert the new vehicle key into the ignition. With an active OnStar or connected service 4. Turn the ignition off, and remove plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely the key. 2. Turn the ignition on. The security light unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 5. Insert the new key to be programmed will come on. 0 335. and turn the ignition on within 3. Wait 10 minutes until the security light five seconds. turns off. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The security light will turn off once the 4. Turn the ignition off. System key has been programmed. 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more times. After See Radio Frequency Statement 0 331. 6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional keys are to the third time, turn the ignition on; the If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless be programmed. key is learned and all previously known Entry (RKE) operating range: If a key is lost or damaged, see your dealer keys will no longer work with the vehicle. . Check the distance. The transmitter may to have a new key made. be too far from the vehicle. 6. To learn the second key, turn the Programming without Two Recognized Keys ignition off. Insert the second key to be . Check the location. Other vehicles or Program a new key to the vehicle when a learned and turn the ignition on. objects may be blocking the signal. . Check the transmitter's battery. See recognized key is not available. Canadian After two keys are learned, the remaining “Battery Replacement” later in this regulations require that owners see their keys can be learned by following the section. dealer. procedure in “Programming with Two If two currently recognized keys are not Recognized Keys.” . If the transmitter is still not working available, follow this procedure to program correctly, see your dealer or a qualified If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect technician for service. the first key. the key blade for debris. Periodically clean with a brush or pick. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash once for 30 seconds. The alarm turns off when System Operation to indicate locking has occurred. If enabled, the ignition is turned on or 7 is pressed the horn chirps when Q is pressed again again. The ignition must be off for the panic The RKE transmitter functions may work up within three seconds. See Vehicle alarm to work. to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. Personalization 0 98. Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Other conditions can affect the performance Pressing arms the vehicle alarm system. Q Only RKE transmitters programmed to this of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry See Vehicle Alarm System 0 14. (RKE) System 0 8. vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or K : Press once to unlock only the driver stolen, a replacement can be purchased and door. If K is pressed again within programmed through your dealer. Each three seconds, all remaining doors and the vehicle can have up to eight transmitters tailgate unlock. The interior lamps may programmed to it. See your dealer for come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until transmitter programming. the ignition is turned on. Battery Replacement If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice to indicate unlocking has occurred. { Warning If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on. Never allow children to play with the RKE See Vehicle Personalization 0 98. transmitter. The transmitter contains a Pressing K on the RKE transmitter disarms small battery, which can be a choking the vehicle alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can With Remote Start, without Similar System 0 14. occur, resulting in severe injury or death. Seek medical attention immediately if a / : If equipped, / is used to start the 7 : Press and release one time to initiate battery is swallowed. engine from outside the vehicle using the vehicle locator. The turn signal lamps flash RKE transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start and the horn sounds three times. 0 11. Press and hold 7 for at least three seconds Q : Press to lock all doors and the tailgate. to sound the panic alarm. The turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds repeatedly GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows Replace the battery in the transmitter soon { Warning if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN To avoid personal injury, do not touch REMOTE KEY. metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter To replace the battery: when it has been exposed to extreme heat. These surfaces can be hot to the touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F).

Caution When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. 2. Press and slide the battery down toward Static from your body could damage the the pocket of the transmitter in the transmitter. direction of the key ring. Do not use a metal object. 3. Remove the battery. Caution 1. Separate and remove the back cover of 4. Insert the new battery, positive side Always replace the battery with the the transmitter with a flat, thin object, such as a coin. facing up. Replace with a CR2032 or correct type. Replacing the battery with equivalent battery. an incorrect type could potentially create 5. Push together the transmitter back cover a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of top side first, and then the bottom used batteries according to instructions toward the key ring. and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid exposing the battery to environments with extremely low air pressures or high temperatures. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11 Remote Vehicle Start . Two remote vehicle starts, or a single The engine will continue to run for remote start with an extension, have 15 minutes. Repeat the steps for one If equipped, the engine can be started from already been used. 15-minute time extension. Turn the ignition outside of the vehicle. The climate controls . The vehicle is not in P (Park). on to operate the vehicle. and rear window defogger may also come on. The engine will turn off during a remote Extending Engine Run Time vehicle start if: If the vehicle has heated and ventilated The engine run time can be extended by seats and the feature is turned on in vehicle . The coolant temperature gets too high. 15 minutes, for a total of 30 minutes, personalization, the heated or ventilated . The oil pressure gets low. if during the first 15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while the engine is still seats will turn on during cold or hot outside The RKE transmitter range may be less while running. An extension can be requested temperatures and will shut off when the the vehicle is running. ignition is turned on. See Heated and 30 seconds after starting. Other conditions can affect the performance Ventilated Front Seats 0 25. A maximum of two remote starts, or a of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry single start with an extension, is allowed Laws in some communities may restrict the (RKE) System 0 8 or between ignition cycles. use of remote starters. Check local Vehicle Personalization 0 98. regulations for any requirements on remote The ignition must be turned on and then Starting the Engine Using Remote Start starting of vehicles. back off to use remote start again. 1. Press and release . If your vehicle is low on fuel, do not use the Q Canceling a Remote Start remote start feature. The vehicle may run 2. Immediately press and hold / until the out of fuel. To cancel a remote start, do one of the turn signal lamps flash or for at least following: The vehicle cannot be remote started if: four seconds. . Press and hold / until the parking lamps When the vehicle starts, the parking . The key is in the ignition. turn off. . The hood is not closed. lamps will turn on. The doors will be locked and the climate control system . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . There is an emission control system may come on. . Turn the vehicle on and then off. malfunction and the malfunction indicator lamp is on. . The hazard warning flashers are on. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows Door Locks To lock or unlock a door from the outside Power Door Locks press Q or K on the Remote Keyless Entry { Warning (RKE) transmitter or use the key in the driver door. Unlocked doors can be dangerous. To lock a door from the inside, push down . Passengers, especially children, can on the door lock knob. To unlock, pull the easily open the doors and fall out of a door handle once to unlock the door and moving vehicle. The doors can be again to unlatch it. The power door lock unlocked and opened while the vehicle switch on the interior of the door can also is moving. The chance of being thrown be used to lock or unlock the doors from out of the vehicle in a crash is the inside. increased if the doors are not locked. So, all passengers should wear seat Free-Turning Locks belts properly and the doors should be The door key lock cylinder turns freely when locked whenever the vehicle is driven. either the wrong key is used, or the correct Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab Similar . Young children who get into unlocked key is not fully inserted. The free-turning If equipped with power door locks: vehicles may be unable to get out. door lock feature prevents the lock from A child can be overcome by extreme being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it Q : Press to lock the doors. heat and can suffer permanent injuries to the vertical position with the correct key K or even death from heat stroke. fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it : Press to unlock the doors. Always lock the vehicle whenever again. If this does not reset the lock, turn leaving it. the key halfway around in the cylinder and Delayed Locking . Outsiders can easily enter through an repeat the reset procedure. This feature delays the actual locking of the unlocked door when you slow down doors until five seconds after all doors are or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors closed. can help prevent this from happening. Delayed locking can only be turned on when the Open Door Anti-Lockout feature has been turned off. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13 When Q is pressed on the power door lock To unlock the doors: Safety Locks switch with the door open, a chime will K . Press on a power door lock switch. If equipped, the rear door safety locks sound three times indicating that delayed . Shift the transmission into P (Park). prevent passengers from opening the rear locking is active. Automatic door locking cannot be disabled. doors from inside the vehicle. The doors will then lock automatically Automatic door unlocking can be five seconds after all doors are closed. If a programmed. See Vehicle Personalization door is reopened before five seconds have 0 98. elapsed, the five-second timer will reset once all the doors are closed again. Lockout Protection Press Q on the door lock switch again, When locking is requested with the driver or press Q on the RKE transmitter, to door open and the key in the ignition, all override this feature and lock the doors the doors will lock and then the driver door immediately. will unlock. This can be manually overridden Delayed locking can be programmed. See by pressing and holding Q on the power Vehicle Personalization 0 98. door lock switch. Open Door Anti-Lockout Automatic Door Locks If Open Door Anti-Lockout has been turned Press { to activate the safety locks on the If equipped, the doors will lock on and the vehicle is off, the driver door is rear doors. The indicator light comes on automatically when all doors are closed, the open, and locking is requested, all the doors when activated. The vehicle must be on, in ignition is on, and the shift lever is moved will lock and the driver door will remain ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained Accessory out of P (Park). If a vehicle door is unlocked unlocked. The Open Door Anti-Lockout Power (RAP). See Retained Accessory Power and then opened and closed, the doors will feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle (RAP) 0 188. 0 lock either when your foot is removed from Personalization 98. If the indicator light flashes, the feature the brake or the vehicle speed becomes may not be working properly. faster than 13 km/h (8 mph). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows Doors After closing the tailgate, pull it back to be Off : Alarm system is disarmed. sure it latches securely. On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the Tailgate delay to arm the system. Vehicle Security Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door or { Warning This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; the hood is open. It is extremely dangerous to ride on the however, they do not make the vehicle Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed. tailgate, even when the vehicle is impossible to steal. Arming the Alarm System operated at low speeds. People riding on Vehicle Alarm System the tailgate can easily lose their balance 1. Turn off the vehicle. and fall in response to vehicle maneuvers. If equipped with the anti-theft alarm 2. Lock the vehicle with one of the Falling from a moving vehicle may result system, the indicator light, on the following: in serious injuries or death. Do not allow instrument panel near the windshield, . Use the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) indicates the status of the system. people to ride on the tailgate. Be sure transmitter. everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly. . With a door open, press Q on the interior of the door. On vehicles with a lock on the tailgate, use 3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will the key to lock or unlock the tailgate. arm, and the indicator light will begin to If equipped, to lock or unlock the tailgate, slowly flash indicating the alarm system use the RKE transmitter or the key. See is operating. Pressing Q on the RKE Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System transmitter a second time will bypass Operation 0 9 the 30-second delay and immediately arm the alarm system. Open the tailgate by lifting up on its handle while pulling the tailgate down. The theft-deterrent alarm system will not arm if the doors are locked with the key. To shut the tailgate, firmly push it upward until it latches. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15 If the driver door is opened without first Detecting a Tamper Condition When trying to start the vehicle, the unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn K security light comes on briefly when the will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate If is pressed on the RKE transmitter and ignition is turned on. the horn chirps three times, an alarm pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, If the engine does not start and the security or the door is not unlocked by pressing K occurred previously while the alarm system was armed. light stays on, there is a problem with the on the RKE transmitter during the 10-second system. Turn the ignition off and try again. pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. Immobilizer If the engine still does not start, and the If a door or the hood is opened without first See Radio Frequency Statement 0 331. key appears to be undamaged, try another disarming the system, the turn signals will ignition key. It may be necessary to check flash and the horn will sound for about Immobilizer Operation the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 30 seconds. The alarm system will then 0 256. If the engine still does not start with re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized the other key, the vehicle needs service. event. If the vehicle does start, the first key may Disarming the Alarm System be faulty. See your dealer. It is possible for the immobilizer system to To disarm the alarm system or turn off the learn new or replacement keys. Up to eight alarm if it has been activated: keys can be programmed for the vehicle. To . Press K on the RKE transmitter. This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent program additional transmitters, see Remote . Start the vehicle. system. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 9. To avoid setting off the alarm by accident: The system does not have to be manually Do not leave the transmitter or device that armed or disarmed. . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have disarms or deactivates the vehicle left the vehicle and all doors are closed. The vehicle is automatically immobilized theft-deterent system in the vehicle. . Always unlock a door with the RKE when the vehicle is turned off. See your dealer to get a new key blank cut transmitter. The system is automatically disarmed when exactly as the ignition key that operates the system. Unlocking the driver door with the key will the ignition is turned from off to on. not disarm the system or turn off the alarm. The security light, in the instrument cluster, comes on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors Convex Mirrors Manual Folding Mirrors The mirrors can be folded inward toward { Warning the vehicle to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash. Push the A convex mirror can make things, like mirror outward to return it to the original other vehicles, look farther away than position. they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you could hit a Heated Mirrors vehicle on the right. Check the inside If equipped, the rear window defogger also mirror or glance over your shoulder heats the outside mirrors. before changing lanes. K : Press to heat the outside mirrors. See The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. If equipped, adjust the power mirrors: “Rear Window Defogger” under Climate A convex mirror's surface is curved so more Control Systems 0 163. can be seen from the driver seat. 1. Move the selector switch to L (Left) or R (Right) to choose driver or passenger Blind Spot Mirrors Manual Mirrors mirror. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to The blind spot mirror is a small convex If equipped, adjust manual mirrors by move each mirror in the desired mirror built into the upper and outer corner moving the mirror up and down or left to direction. of the driver outside mirror. It can show right to see a little of the side of the vehicle objects that may be in the vehicle's and to have a clear view behind the vehicle. 3. Return the selector switch to the center blind zone. position. Using hood-mounted air deflectors and add-on convex mirror attachments could decrease mirror performance. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17 Driving with the Blind Spot Mirror 1. When the approaching vehicle is a long Interior Mirrors distance away, the image in the main mirror is small and near the inboard Interior Rearview Mirrors edge of the mirror. 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the image in Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view the main mirror gets larger and moves of the area behind your vehicle. outboard. If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle may 3. As the vehicle enters the blind zone, the have three control buttons at the bottom of 0 image transitions from the main mirror the mirror. See OnStar Overview 335. to the blind spot mirror. To avoid accidental OnStar calls, clean the 4. When the vehicle is in the blind zone, mirror with the ignition off. Do not spray the image only appears in the blind spot glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a mirror. soft towel dampened with water. Using the Outside Mirror with the Blind Manual Rearview Mirror Spot Mirror If equipped, push the tab forward for 1. Set the main mirror so that the side of daytime use and pull it rearward for the vehicle can just be seen and the nighttime use to avoid glare from the blind spot mirror has an headlamps from behind. unobstructed view. 2. When checking for traffic or before Automatic Dimming Rearview changing a lane, look at the main driver/ Mirror passenger side mirror to observe traffic If equipped, the mirror will automatically in the adjacent lane, behind your vehicle. reduce the glare of the headlamps from Check the blind spot mirror for a vehicle behind. The dimming feature comes on each Actual Mirror View in the blind zone. Then, glance over your time the vehicle is started. shoulder to double check before moving slowly into the adjacent lane. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows Windows Power Windows Using the window switch, press to open or pull to close the window. { Warning { Warning The windows may be temporarily disabled if Children could be seriously injured or they are used repeatedly within a Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a short time. pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the killed if caught in the path of a closing windows closed in warm or hot weather. window. Never leave keys in a vehicle Rear Window Lockout (Crew Cab Only) They can be overcome by the extreme with children. When there are children in heat and suffer permanent injuries or the rear seat, use the window lockout even death from heat stroke. button to prevent operation of the windows. See Keys 0 6.

This feature stops the rear passenger windows from working. . Press Z to engage the rear window lockout feature. The indicator light is on The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab Similar improve fuel economy performance. This when engaged. may result in a pulsing sound when either Power windows work when the ignition is . Press Z again to disengage. rear window is down and the front windows on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained are up. To reduce the sound, open either a Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See front window or the sunroof, if equipped. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 188. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19 Window Express Movement Warning (Continued) Rear Windows All windows can be opened without holding Sliding Rear Window the window switch. Press the switch down damaged. Before using automatic reversal fully and quickly release to express open the system override, make sure that all window. people and obstructions are clear of the window path. If equipped, pull the window switch up fully and quickly release to express close the When the engine is on, override the window. automatic reversal system by pulling and Briefly press or pull the window switch in holding the window switch if conditions the same direction to stop that window’s prevent it from closing. express movement. Programming the Power Windows Window Automatic Reversal System Programming may be necessary if the The express-close feature will reverse vehicle battery has been disconnected or window movement if it comes in contact discharged. If the window is unable to with an object. Extreme cold or ice could express-up, program each express-close If the vehicle has this feature, squeeze the cause the window to auto-reverse. The window: latch in the center of the window and slide window will operate normally after the 1. Close all doors. the glass to open it. object or condition is removed. 2. Turn the ignition on or to Be sure the latch is engaged when the Automatic Reversal System Override ACC/ACCESSORY. window is closed. 3. Partially open the window to be { Warning programmed. Then close it and continue to pull the switch briefly after the If automatic reversal system override is window has fully closed. active, the window will not reverse automatically. You or others could be 4. Open the window and continue to press injured and the window could be the switch briefly after the window has (Continued) fully opened. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to block glare. Detach the sun visor from the center mount to pivot to the side window and, if equipped, extend along the rod. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 21 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 37 Head Restraints Seats and Restraints How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 38 What Will You See after an Airbag The vehicle's front seats have adjustable Head Restraints Inflates? ...... 38 head restraints in the outboard seating Head Restraints ...... 21 Passenger Sensing System ...... 39 positions. Front Seats Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Seat Adjustment ...... 23 Vehicle ...... 42 { Warning Adding Equipment to the Power Seat Adjustment ...... 23 With head restraints that are not Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 43 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 23 installed and adjusted properly, there is a Airbag System Check ...... 43 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 24 greater chance that occupants will suffer Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 25 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash ...... 44 a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not Rear Seats drive until the head restraints for all Rear Seats ...... 25 Child Restraints occupants are installed and adjusted Older Children ...... 44 properly. Seat Belts Infants and Young Children ...... 45 Seat Belts ...... 27 Child Restraint Systems ...... 47 Buckle To Drive ...... 28 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 49 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 28 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 30 (LATCH System) ...... 51 Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 33 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Seat Belt Extender ...... 33 Crash ...... 63 Safety System Check ...... 33 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Seat Belt Care ...... 34 Belt in the Rear Seat) ...... 64 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Crash ...... 34 Belt in the Front Seat) ...... 69 Airbag System Airbag System ...... 34 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 36 When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 37 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

22 Seats and Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of The front seat outboard head restraints are The head restraint can be folded forward to the restraint is at the same height as the not removable. allow for better visibility when the rear seat top of the occupant's head. This position is unoccupied. To fold the head restraint, reduces the chance of a neck injury in a Rear Head Restraints press the button on the side of the head crash. Crew Cab restraint. The vehicle’s rear seats have head restraints When an occupant is in the seat, always in the outboard seating positions that return the head restraint to the upright cannot be adjusted up or down. position until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure that it is locked. If you are installing a child restraint in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 51. Extended Cab The vehicle’s rear seats have headrests in the outboard seating positions that cannot be adjusted. The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise If you are installing a child restraint in the it. Try to move the head restraint to make rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for sure that it is locked in place. Children (LATCH System) 0 51. The rear outboard head restraints are To lower the head restraint, press the designed to be folded. When folding the button, located on the top of the seatback, seatback down, the head restraint must first and push the restraint down. Try to move be manually folded forward out of the way the head restraint after the button is to fold the seatback down. released to make sure that it is locked in place. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 23 Front Seats Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks 0 24. Seat Adjustment { Warning Lumbar Adjustment The power seats will work with the { Warning ignition off. Children could operate the Power Lumbar You can lose control of the vehicle if you power seats and be injured. Never leave try to adjust a driver seat while the children alone in the vehicle. vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving.

If equipped, press and hold the top of the control to increase lumbar support. Press and hold the bottom of the control to To adjust a power driver seat, if equipped: decrease lumbar support. Release the control . Move the seat forward or rearward by when the seatback reaches the desired level To adjust the seat: sliding the control forward or rearward. of lumbar support. 1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat. . Raise or lower the entire seat by moving 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and the rear of the control up or down. release the handle. . If equipped, raise or lower the front part 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to of the seat cushion by moving the front be sure the seat is locked in place. of the control up or down. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

24 Seats and Restraints Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt could go up over your Do not have a seatback reclined if the To recline the seatback: abdomen. The belt forces would be there, vehicle is moving. 1. Lift the lever. not at your pelvic bones. This could cause { 2. Move the seatback to the desired serious internal injuries. Warning position, and then release the lever to You can lose control of the vehicle if you lock the seatback in place. For proper protection when the vehicle is try to adjust a driver seat while the in motion, have the seatback upright. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat Then sit well back in the seat and wear sure it is locked. only when the vehicle is not moving. the seat belt properly. To return the seatback to the upright position: { Warning 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback. If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make That could cause injury to the person sure it is locked. sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 25 Heated and Ventilated Front If equipped, the buttons are on the center heated seats turn on, and when it is hot stack. To operate, the engine must be outside the ventilated seats turn on. The Seats running. heated or ventilated seats are canceled + when the ignition is turned on. Press the { Warning If equipped, press to heat the driver or heated or ventilated seat button to use the passenger seatback only. If temperature change or pain to the skin heated or ventilated seats after the vehicle cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause Press z to heat the driver or passenger is started. burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use cushion and seatback. The heated or ventilated seat indicator lights care when using the seat heater, If equipped, press { to ventilate the driver do not turn on during a remote start. especially for long periods of time. Do or passenger seat. A ventilated seat has a The temperature performance of an not place anything on the seat that fan that pulls or pushes air through the unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is insulates against heat, such as a blanket, seat. The air is not cooled. normal. cushion, cover, or similar item. This may cause the seat heater to overheat. An The indicator light on the button comes on The heated or ventilated seats will not turn overheated seat heater may cause a burn when this feature is on. on during a remote start unless they are enabled in the vehicle personalization menu. or may damage the seat. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, Rear Seats and then to the off setting. The indicator lights next to the buttons indicate three for Rear Seat Reminder the highest setting and one for the lowest. If equipped, the message REAR SEAT If the heated seats are on high for an REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays extended time, their level may automatically under certain conditions indicating there be lowered. may be an item or passenger in the rear Remote Start Auto Heated and Ventilated seat. Check before exiting the vehicle. Seats This feature will activate when a second row During a remote start, the heated or door is opened while the vehicle is on or up ventilated seats can be turned on to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned automatically. When it is cold outside, the on. There will be an alert when the vehicle GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

26 Seats and Restraints is turned off. The alert does not directly To fold a rear seatback: detect objects in the rear seat; instead, 1. Fold the head restraint. See Head under certain conditions, it detects when a Restraints 0 21. rear door is opened and closed, indicating that there may be something in the rear seat. The feature is active only once each time the vehicle is turned on and off, and will require reactivation by opening and closing the second row doors. There may be an alert even when there is nothing in the rear seat; for example, if a child entered the vehicle through the rear door and left the 3. Pull the release strap on the outboard vehicle without the vehicle being shut off. side of the seatback. The feature can be turned on or off. See 4. Fold the seatback forward. Vehicle Personalization 0 98. 2. Disconnect the rear center seat belt latch To return a seatback to the upright position: Folding the Rear Seat from the mini-buckle by inserting the tip 1. Lift the seatback up and push it On crew cab models, the rear seatbacks can of the seat belt tongue into the slot on rearward. the buckle. Let the belt retract. be folded forward. 2. Return the head restraint to the upright position. See Head Restraints 0 21. Caution Folding a rear seat with the seat belts { Warning still fastened may cause damage to the If either seatback is not locked, it could seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle move forward in a sudden stop or crash. the seat belts and return them to their That could cause injury to the person normal stowed position before folding a sitting there. Always push and pull on rear seat. the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 27 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make Why Seat Belts Work sure it is locked in place. { Warning Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt { Warning cannot be worn properly. In a crash, A seat belt that is improperly routed, not if you or your passenger(s) are not properly attached, or twisted will not wearing seat belts, injuries can be much provide the protection needed in a crash. worse than if you are wearing seat belts. The person wearing the belt could be You can be seriously injured or killed by seriously injured. After raising the rear hitting things inside the vehicle harder or seatback, always check to be sure that by being ejected from the vehicle. In the seat belts are properly routed and addition, anyone who is not buckled up attached, and are not twisted. can strike other passengers in the vehicle. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a 4. Reconnect the center seat belt latch cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast plate to the mini-buckle. Make sure the In a collision, passengers riding in these as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops seat belt is not twisted. areas are more likely to be seriously suddenly, you keep going until something 5. Push and pull on the latch plate to be injured or killed. Do not allow passengers stops you. It could be the windshield, the sure it is secure. to ride in any area of the vehicle that is instrument panel, or the seat belts! When the seatback is not in use, it should not equipped with seats and seat belts. When you wear a seat belt, you and the be kept in the upright, locked position. Always wear a seat belt, and check that vehicle slow down together. There is more all passenger(s) are restrained time to stop because you stop over a longer Seat Belts properly too. distance and, when worn properly, your strongest bones take the forces from the This section describes how to use seat belts seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts properly, and some things not to do. This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt makes such good sense. Reminders 0 84. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

28 Seats and Restraints Questions and Answers About Seat Belts Center (DIC). Buckle the driver seat belt to If the driver seat belt, and in some vehicles shift out of P (Park). Shifting from P (Park) the front passenger seat belt, are unbuckled Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a will be prevented once for each ignition when driving, the seat belt reminder chime crash if I am wearing a seat belt? cycle. and/or light(s) will come on. See Seat Belt A: You could be — whether you are 0 For some fleet vehicles, shifting from Reminders 84. wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance P (Park) will be prevented each time the This feature may not function properly if of being conscious during and after a above conditions exist whether Teen Driver the airbag readiness light is on. See Airbag crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, is ON or OFF. Readiness Light 0 85. is much greater if you are belted. On some models, Buckle to Drive may also Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I How to Wear Seat Belts Properly prevent shifting out of P (Park) if a front have to wear seat belts? passenger is unbuckled under similar Follow these rules for everyone's protection. A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. conditions. A message displays in the DIC. There are additional things to know about They work with seat belts — not instead Buckle the front passenger seat belt to shift seat belts and children, including smaller of them. Whether or not an airbag is out of P (Park). This feature may not allow children and infants. If a child will be riding provided, all occupants still have to the vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 44 or buckle up to get the most protection. object, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery Infants and Young Children 0 45. Review Also, in nearly all states and in all bag, laptop, or other electronic device, is on and follow the rules for children in addition Canadian provinces, the law requires the front passenger seat. If this happens, to the following rules. wearing seat belts. remove the object from the seat or buckle the seat belt to shift out of P (Park). It is very important for all occupants to Buckle To Drive buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted If the driver, or on some vehicles, the people are hurt more often in crashes than If equipped, this feature prevents the vehicle present front passenger, remains unbuckled, those who are wearing seat belts. from being shifted out of P (Park) when the DIC message will turn off after several Teen Driver is active, and the driver seat seconds and the vehicle can be shifted out There are important things to know about belt is not buckled. See Teen Driver 0 151. of P (Park). See “Seat Belts” and “Child wearing a seat belt properly. If the engine is running, the driver seat belt Restraints” in the Index for information is not buckled, and the brake pedal is about the importance of proper pressed with the vehicle in P (Park), a restraint use. message displays in the Driver Information GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 29

{ Warning You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keep your feet Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to on the floor in front of you (if possible). become loose or twisted. . Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. . Wear the lap part of the belt low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

30 Seats and Restraints If you are using a rear seating position with a detachable seat belt and the seat belt is not attached, see Rear Seats 0 25 for instructions on reconnecting the seat belt to the mini-buckle. The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index.

Never wear the shoulder belt under both Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an arms or behind your back. armrest.

{ Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt pieces. across you. Do not let it get twisted. Lap-Shoulder Belt Always use the correct buckle for your All seating positions in the vehicle have a seating position. lap-shoulder belt. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 31 The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you If the webbing locks in the latch plate Adjuster” later in this section for pull the belt across you very quickly. before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch instructions on use and important safety If this happens, let the belt go back plate flat to unlock. information. slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. See Child Restraint Systems 0 47. If this occurs, let the belt go back all the way and start again. If the locking feature stays engaged after letting the belt go back to stowed position on the seat, move the seat rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on it clicks. the shoulder belt. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 33. Position the release button on the buckle so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

32 Seats and Restraints Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster After the adjuster is set to the desired position, try to move it down without The vehicle has a shoulder belt height pushing the release button to make sure it adjuster for the driver and front outboard has locked into position. passenger seating positions. Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of Seat Belt Pretensioners the belt is on the shoulder and not falling This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for off of it. The belt should be close to, but not the front outboard occupants. Although the contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they height adjustment could reduce the are part of the seat belt assembly. They can effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See help tighten the seat belts during the early How to Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 28. stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear crash if the threshold To unlatch the belt, push the button on the conditions for pretensioner activation are buckle. The belt should return to its stowed met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help position. tighten the seat belts in a side crash or a Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat rollover event. belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed Pretensioners work only once. If the position, the retractor may lock and cannot pretensioners activate in a crash, the be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat pretensioners and probably other parts of belt straight out firmly to unlock the the vehicle's seat belt system will need to webbing, and then release it. If the webbing be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System is still locked in the retractor, see your Parts after a Crash 0 34. dealer. Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt entering or exiting the vehicle or at any is out of the way. If a door is slammed Push up on the release button and move the height adjuster to the desired position. time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the against a seat belt, damage can occur to seat belt can damage the webbing and both the seat belt and the vehicle. hardware. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 33 Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides But if a seat belt is not long enough, your dealer will order you an extender. When Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat added seat belt comfort for older children you will wear, so the extender will be long who have outgrown booster seats and for enough for you. To help avoid personal some adults. When installed on a shoulder injury, do not let someone else use it, and belt, the comfort guide positions the use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The shoulder belt away from the neck and head. extender has been designed for adults. Comfort guides are available through your Never use it for securing child restraints. For dealer for the rear outboard seating more information on the proper use and fit positions. Instructions are included with the of seat belt extenders see the instruction guides. sheet that comes with the extender. Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy A pregnant woman should wear a Safety System Check lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should Seat belts work for everyone, including be worn as low as possible, below the Periodically check the seat belt reminder, pregnant women. Like all occupants, they rounding, throughout the pregnancy. seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, are more likely to be seriously injured if shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), they do not wear seat belts. The best way to protect the fetus is to and seat belt anchorages to make sure they protect the mother. When a seat belt is are all in working order. Look for any other worn properly, it is more likely that the loose or damaged seat belt system parts fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For that might keep a seat belt system from pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to performing properly. See your dealer to making seat belts effective is wearing them have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted properly. seat belts may not protect you in a crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under Seat Belt Extender impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around have it replaced immediately. If a belt is you, you should use it. twisted, it may be possible to untwist by GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

34 Seats and Restraints reversing the latch plate on the webbing. New parts and repairs may be necessary If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your Warning (Continued) even if the seat belt system was not being dealer to fix it. provide adequate protection. Clean and used at the time of the crash. Make sure the seat belt reminder light is rinse seat belt webbing only with mild Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 84. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the webbing to dry. Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt airbag readiness light stays on after you Care 0 34. start the vehicle or while you are driving. Replacing Seat Belt System Parts See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85. Seat Belt Care after a Crash Keep belts clean and dry. Airbag System { Warning Seat belts should be properly cared for and The vehicle has the following airbags: maintained. A crash can damage the seat belt system . A frontal airbag for the driver in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and . A frontal airbag for the front outboard system may not properly protect the free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior passenger hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be person using it, resulting in serious injury . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. or even death in a crash. To help make driver Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris sure the seat belt systems are working . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in properly after a crash, have them front outboard passenger inspected and any necessary the system please see the dealer. Parts may . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the need to be replaced to ensure proper replacements made as soon as possible. passenger seated directly behind the functionality of the system. driver After a minor crash, replacement of seat . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard { Warning belts may not be necessary. But the seat belt assemblies that were used during any passenger and the passenger seated Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. crash may have been stressed or damaged. directly behind the front outboard It may severely weaken the webbing. In See your dealer to have the seat belt passenger a crash, they might not be able to assemblies inspected or replaced. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 35 All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on the trim or on a label near the deployment Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) opening. replace them. Also, airbags are not crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on designed to inflate in every crash. In airbags. The driver should sit as far back the center of the steering wheel for the some crashes seat belts are the only as possible while still maintaining control driver and on the instrument panel for the restraint. See When Should an Airbag of the vehicle. The seat belts and the front outboard passenger. Inflate? 0 37. front outboard passenger airbags are For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the Wearing your seat belt during a crash most effective when you are sitting well word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback helps reduce your chance of hitting back and upright in the seat with both or side of the seat closest to the door. things inside the vehicle or being ejected feet on the floor. For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on from it. Airbags are “supplemental Occupants should not lean on or sleep the ceiling or trim. restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in against the door or side windows in the vehicle should wear a seat belt seating positions with seat-mounted side Airbags are designed to supplement the properly, whether or not there is an impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. protection provided by seat belts. Even though today's airbags are also designed to airbag for that person. help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate { Warning very quickly to do their job. { Warning Children who are up against, or very Here are the most important things to know Because airbags inflate with great force close to, any airbag when it inflates can about the airbag system: and faster than the blink of an eye, be seriously injured or killed. Always anyone who is up against, or very close secure children properly in the vehicle. To 0 { Warning to, any airbag when it inflates can be read how, see Older Children 44 or seriously injured or killed. Do not sit Infants and Young Children 0 45. You can be severely injured or killed in a unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you crash if you are not wearing your seat would be if sitting on the edge of the belt, even with airbags. Airbags are seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help designed to work with seat belts, not keep you in position before and during a (Continued) (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

36 Seats and Restraints The driver and front outboard passenger seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door.

There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85. The front outboard passenger frontal airbag Where Are the Airbags? is in the passenger side instrument panel.

Driver Side Crew Cab Shown, Passenger Side and Extended Cab Similar The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front outboard passenger, and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows.

{ Warning If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate The driver frontal airbag is in the center of Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar properly or it might force the object into the steering wheel. that person causing severe injury or even (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 37 determine the severity of the impact. the impact. Seat-mounted side impact Warning (Continued) Deployment thresholds can vary with airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal death. The path of an inflating airbag specific vehicle design. impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers, must be kept clear. Do not put anything Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact between an occupant and an airbag, and moderate to severe frontal or near frontal airbag is designed to inflate on the side of do not attach or put anything on the crashes to help reduce the potential for the vehicle that is struck. steering wheel hub or on or near any severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in other airbag covering. front outboard passenger's head and chest. moderate to severe side crashes depending on the location of the impact. In addition, Do not use seat accessories that block the Whether the frontal airbags will or should inflate is not based primarily on how fast these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate inflation path of a seat-mounted side during a rollover or in a severe frontal impact airbag. the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what is hit, the direction of the impact, and how impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to Never secure anything to the roof of a quickly the vehicle slows down. inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a will inflate when either side of the vehicle is rope or tie‐down through any door or Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash struck, if the sensing system predicts that window opening. If you do, the path of speeds depending on whether the vehicle the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, hits an object straight on or at an angle, an inflating roof-rail airbag will be or in a severe frontal impact. and whether the object is fixed or moving, blocked. rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. In any particular crash, no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated When Should an Airbag Inflate? Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate simply because of the vehicle damage or during vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, repair costs. This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See or in many side impacts. Airbag System 0 34. Airbags are designed to What Makes an Airbag Inflate? inflate if the impact exceeds the specific In addition, the vehicle has advanced airbag system's deployment threshold. technology frontal airbags. Advanced In a deployment event, the sensing system Deployment thresholds are used to predict technology frontal airbags adjust the sends an electrical signal triggering a release how severe a crash is likely to be in time restraint according to crash severity. of gas from the inflator. Gas from the for the airbags to inflate and help restrain Seat-mounted side impact airbags are inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to the occupants. The vehicle has electronic designed to inflate in moderate to severe sensors that help the airbag system side crashes depending on the location of GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

38 Seats and Restraints break out of the cover. The inflator, the But airbags would not help in many types airbag, and related hardware are all part of of collisions, primarily because the { Warning the airbag module. occupant's motion is not toward those When an airbag inflates, there may be airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? dust in the air. This dust could cause For airbag locations, see Where Are the 0 Airbags? 0 36. 37. breathing problems for people with a Airbags should never be regarded as history of asthma or other breathing How Does an Airbag Restrain? anything more than a supplement to seat trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal belts. vehicle should get out as soon as it is collisions, even belted occupants can contact safe to do so. If you have breathing the steering wheel or the instrument panel. What Will You See after an problems but cannot get out of the In moderate to severe side collisions, even Airbag Inflates? vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get belted occupants can contact the inside of After frontal and seat-mounted side impact fresh air by opening a window or a door. the vehicle. airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so If you experience breathing problems Airbags supplement the protection provided quickly that some people may not even following an airbag deployment, you by seat belts by distributing the force of the realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags should seek medical attention. impact more evenly over the may still be at least partially inflated for occupant's body. some time after they inflate. Some The vehicle has a feature that may components of the airbag module may be automatically unlock the doors, turn on the Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are hot for several minutes. For location of the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, designed to help contain the head and chest airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 36. and shut off the fuel system after the of occupants in the outboard seating airbags inflate. The feature may also positions in the first and second rows. The The parts of the airbag that come into activate, without airbag inflation, after an rollover capable roof-rail airbags are contact with you may be warm, but not too event that exceeds a predetermined designed to help reduce the risk of full or hot to touch. There may be some smoke threshold. After turning the ignition off and partial ejection in rollover events, although and dust coming from the vents in the then on again, the fuel system will return to no system can prevent all such ejections. deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not normal operation; the doors can be locked, prevent the driver from seeing out of the the interior lamps can be turned off, and windshield or being able to steer the the hazard warning flashers can be turned vehicle, nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 39 off using the controls for those features. include airbag modules and possibly other If any of these systems are damaged in the parts. The service manual for the vehicle crash they may not operate as normal. covers the need to replace other parts. . The vehicle has a crash sensing and { Warning diagnostic module which records A crash severe enough to inflate the information after a crash. See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 0 332 and Canada airbags may have also damaged 0 important functions in the vehicle, such Event Data Recorders 333. The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for as the fuel system, brake and steering . Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems. Improper service can on and off, will be visible during the system systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears check. When the system check is complete, to be drivable after a moderate crash, mean that an airbag system will not work properly. See your dealer for service. either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol there may be concealed damage that for on and off, will be visible. See Passenger could make it difficult to safely operate Passenger Sensing System Airbag Status Indicator 0 85. the vehicle. The vehicle has a passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system turns off the Use caution if you should attempt to for the front outboard passenger position. front outboard passenger frontal airbag restart the engine after a crash has The passenger airbag status indicator will under certain conditions. No other airbag is occurred. light on the overhead console when the affected by the passenger sensing system. vehicle is started. The passenger sensing system works with In many crashes severe enough to inflate sensors that are part of the front outboard the airbag, windshields are broken by passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors vehicle deformation. Additional windshield are designed to detect the presence of a breakage may also occur from the front properly seated occupant and determine if outboard passenger airbag. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag . Airbags are designed to inflate only once. should be allowed to inflate or not. After an airbag inflates, you will need some new parts for the airbag system. United States According to accident statistics, children are If you do not get them, the airbag safer when properly secured in a rear seat system will not be there to help protect in the correct child restraint for their weight you in another crash. A new system will and size. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

40 Seats and Restraints Whenever possible, children aged 12 and . A front outboard passenger takes his/her under should be secured in a rear seating Warning (Continued) weight off of the seat for a period position. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in of time. Never put a rear-facing child seat in the the front seat, even if the airbag is off. . The front outboard passenger seat is front. This is because the risk to the If securing a forward-facing child restraint occupied by a smaller person, such as a rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag in the front outboard passenger seat, child who has outgrown child restraints. inflates. always move the seat as far back as it . There is a critical problem with the airbag will go. It is better to secure child system or the passenger sensing system. { Warning restraints in the rear seat. Consider using When the passenger sensing system has A child in a rear-facing child restraint can another vehicle to transport the child turned off the front outboard passenger be seriously injured or killed if the when a rear seat is not available. frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that because the back of the rear-facing child off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator will accommodate a rear-facing child 0 85. restraint would be very close to the restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should inflating airbag. A child in a not be installed in the vehicle, even if the The passenger sensing system is designed to forward-facing child restraint can be airbag is off. turn on the front outboard passenger frontal seriously injured or killed if the passenger airbag anytime the system senses that a frontal airbag inflates and the passenger The passenger sensing system is designed to person of adult size is sitting properly in the turn off the front outboard passenger seat is in a forward position. front outboard passenger seat. When the frontal airbag if: passenger sensing system has allowed the Even if the passenger sensing system has . The front outboard passenger seat is airbag to be enabled, the ON indicator will turned off the passenger frontal airbag, unoccupied. light and stay lit as a reminder that the no system is fail-safe. No one can . The system determines that an infant is airbag is active. guarantee that an airbag will not deploy present in a rear-facing infant seat. For some children who have outgrown child under some unusual circumstance, even . The system determines that a small child restraints, and for very small adults, the though the airbag is turned off. is present in a child restraint. passenger sensing system may or may not (Continued) . The system determines that a small child turn off the front outboard passenger is present in a booster seat. frontal airbag, depending upon the person's seating posture and body build. Everyone in GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 41 the vehicle who has outgrown child 4. Reinstall the child restraint following the If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an restraints should wear a seat belt properly directions provided by the child restraint Adult-Sized Occupant — whether or not there is an airbag for that manufacturer and refer to Securing Child person. Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 64 or { Warning Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 69. If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that 5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint something may be wrong with the airbag and restarting the vehicle, the ON system. To help avoid injury to yourself indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback or others, have the vehicle serviced right and adjust the seat cushion, away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85 if adjustable, to make sure that the for more information, including important vehicle seatback is not pushing the child safety information. restraint into the seat cushion. Also make sure the child restraint is not If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child If a person of adult-size is sitting in the trapped under the vehicle head restraint. front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF Restraint If this happens, adjust the head restraint. indicator is lit, it could be because that If a child restraint has been installed and See Head Restraints 0 21. person is not sitting properly in the seat or the ON indicator is lit: 6. Restart the vehicle. that the child restraint locking feature is engaged. Use the following steps to allow 1. Turn the vehicle off. If the ON indicator is still lit, secure the child the system to detect that person and enable in the child restraint in a rear seat position 2. Remove the child restraint from the the front outboard passenger frontal airbag: vehicle. in the vehicle, and check with your dealer. 1. Turn the vehicle off. 3. Remove any additional items from the If no rear seat is available, do not install a seat such as blankets, cushions, seat child restraint in this vehicle and check with 2. Remove any additional material from the covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. your dealer. seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright position. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

42 Seats and Restraints 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, Additional Factors Affecting System centered on the seat cushion, with legs Operation { Warning comfortably extended. Stowing articles under the passenger seat Seat belts help keep the passenger in 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is position on the seat during vehicle or between the passenger seat cushion pulled out all the way, the child restraint maneuvers and braking, which helps the and seatback may interfere with the locking feature will be engaged. This passenger sensing system maintain the proper operation of the passenger may unintentionally cause the passenger passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts” sensing system. sensing system to turn the airbag off for and “Child Restraints” in the Index for some adult-sized occupants. If this additional information about the importance Servicing the Airbag-Equipped happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt of proper restraint use. go back all the way, and then buckle the Vehicle belt again without pulling the belt out A thick layer of additional material, such as Airbags affect how the vehicle should be all the way. a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket serviced. There are parts of the airbag equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person system in several places around the vehicle. and seat massagers can affect how well the remain in this position for two to Your dealer and the service manual have passenger sensing system operates. We three minutes after the ON indicator information about servicing the vehicle and recommend that you not use seat covers or is lit. the airbag system. To purchase a service other aftermarket equipment except when manual, see Publication Ordering approved by GM for your specific vehicle. Information 0 331. { Warning See Adding Equipment to the 0 If the front outboard passenger airbag is Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 43 for more { Warning turned off for an adult-sized occupant, information about modifications that can the airbag will not be able to inflate and affect how the system operates. For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is turned off and the battery is help protect that person in a crash, The ON indicator may be lit if an object, resulting in an increased risk of serious such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, disconnected, an airbag can still inflate injury or even death. An adult-sized laptop, or other electronic device, is put on during improper service. You can be occupant should not ride in the front an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired injured if you are close to an airbag outboard passenger seat, if the passenger remove the object from the seat. when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. airbag off indicator is lit. They are probably part of the airbag (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 43 diagnostic module, steering wheel, If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, Warning (Continued) instrument panel, inner door seals including see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 276 for system. Be sure to follow proper service the speakers, any of the airbag modules, additional important information. procedures, and make sure the person ceiling or pillar garnish trim, overhead If the vehicle must be modified because you performing work for you is qualified to console, front sensors, side impact sensors, have a disability and have questions about do so. or airbag wiring. whether the modifications will affect the Your dealer and the service manual have vehicle's airbag system, or if you have Adding Equipment to the information about the location of the airbag questions about whether the airbag system Airbag-Equipped Vehicle sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, and will be affected if the vehicle is modified for airbag wiring. any other reason, call Customer Assistance. See Customer Assistance Offices 0 325. { Warning In addition, the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the front outboard Airbag System Check If a snow plow or similar equipment is passenger position, which includes sensors installed on the vehicle, the airbag that are part of the passenger seat. The The airbag system does not need regularly system may not function properly. An passenger sensing system may not operate scheduled maintenance or replacement. airbag could inflate when it is not properly if the original seat trim is replaced Make sure the airbag readiness light is supposed to inflate. People riding in the with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85. vehicle could be injured, and the vehicle with GM covers, upholstery, or trim and/or snow plow could be damaged. Do designed for a different vehicle. Any object, Caution not install a snow plow or similar such as an aftermarket seat heater or a If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, equipment on the vehicle. comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed or broken, the airbag may not work under or on top of the seat fabric, could properly. Do not open or break the airbag Adding accessories that change the vehicle's also interfere with the operation of the coverings. If there are any opened or frame, bumper system, height, front end, passenger sensing system. This could either broken airbag coverings, have the airbag or side sheet metal may keep the airbag prevent proper deployment of the passenger covering and/or airbag module replaced. system from working properly. airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing For the location of the airbags, see Where The operation of the airbag system can also system from properly turning off the 0 passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing Are the Airbags? 36. See your dealer be affected by changing any parts of the 0 for service. front seats, seat belts, airbag sensing and System 39. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

44 Seats and Restraints Replacing Airbag System Parts Child Restraints belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear after a Crash Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under Older Children Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 30. If a comfort guide is not available, or if the shoulder belt { Warning still does not rest on the shoulder, then A crash can damage the airbag systems return to the booster seat. in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the may not properly protect you and your hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in If no, return to the booster seat. serious injury or even death. To help . Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for make sure the airbag systems are the length of the trip? If yes, continue. working properly after a crash, have If no, return to the booster seat. them inspected and any necessary Q: What is the proper way to wear seat replacements made as soon as possible. belts? If an airbag inflates, you will need to A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder replace airbag system parts. See your dealer Older children who have outgrown booster belt and get the additional restraint a for service. seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. If the airbag readiness light stays on after The manufacturer instructions that come The lap belt should fit snugly below the the vehicle is started or comes on when you with the booster seat state the weight and hips, just touching the top of the thighs. are driving, the airbag system may not work height limitations for that booster. Use a This applies belt force to the child's properly. Have the vehicle serviced right booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until pelvic bones in a crash. It should never 0 away. See Airbag Readiness Light 85. the child passes the fit test below: be worn over the abdomen, which could . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the cause severe or even fatal internal knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, injuries in a crash. continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 30. shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear seat GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 45 According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in a rear { Warning seating position. Never allow a child to wear the seat belt In a crash, children who are not buckled up shoulder belt under both arms or behind can strike other people who are buckled up, their back. A child can be seriously or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder children need to use seat belts properly. belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. { Warning The child could move too far forward Never allow more than one child to wear increasing the chance of head and neck the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot injury. The child might also slide under properly spread the impact forces. In a the lap belt. The belt force would then be crash, they can be crushed together and applied right on the abdomen. That could Infants and Young Children cause serious or fatal injuries. The seriously injured. A seat belt must be Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This used by only one person at a time. shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. includes infants and all other children. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

46 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning { Warning { Warning Children can be seriously injured or Never hold an infant or a child while Children who are up against, or very strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an close to, any airbag when it inflates can around their neck. The shoulder belt can infant or a child will become so heavy it be seriously injured or killed. Never put a tighten but cannot be loosened if it is is not possible to hold it during a crash. rear-facing child restraint in the front locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is For example, in a crash at only outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child pulled all the way out of the retractor. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to It unlocks when the shoulder belt is will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) secure a forward-facing child restraint in allowed to go all the way back into the force on a person's arms. An infant or a rear seat. If you must secure a retractor, but it cannot do this if it is child should be secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint in the front wrapped around a child’s neck. If the child restraint. outboard seat, always move the front shoulder belt is locked and tightened passenger seat as far back as it will go. around a child’s neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it. Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the seat belts.

Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Child restraints are devices used to restrain, seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes called child seats or car seats. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 47 There are three basic types of child Child Restraint Systems restraints: { Warning . Forward-facing child restraints To reduce the risk of neck and head . Rear-facing child restraints injury in a crash, infants and toddlers . Belt-positioning booster seats should be secured in a rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they The proper child restraint for your child reach the maximum height and weight depends on their size, weight, and age, and limits of their child restraint. also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. { Warning For each type of child restraint, there are A young child's hip bones are still so many different models available. When small that the vehicle seat belt may not purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it remain low on the hip bones, as it Rear-Facing Infant Restraint is, the child restraint will have a label saying should. Instead, it may settle up around A rear-facing child restraint provides that it meets federal motor vehicle safety the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt restraint with the seating surface against standards. would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This the back of the infant. The instruction manual that is provided with alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The harness system holds the infant in place the child restraint states the weight and To reduce the risk of serious or fatal and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant height limitations for that particular child positioned in the restraint. restraint. In addition, there are many kinds injuries during a crash, young children of child restraints available for children with should always be secured in an special needs. appropriate child restraint. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

48 Seats and Restraints Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH system, following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the Forward-Facing Child Restraint Booster Seats instructions in this manual. A forward-facing child restraint provides A belt-positioning booster seat is used for To help reduce the chance of injury, the restraint for the child's body with the children who have outgrown their child restraint must be secured in the harness. forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt seat belt system until the child is large portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and properly without a booster seat. See the Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 51 for seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 44. more information. Children can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on the child restraint GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 49 2. Instruction manual provided with the Securing the Child Within the Child child restraint Restraint { Warning 3. This vehicle owner's manual A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front The child restraint instructions are { Warning passenger airbag inflates. This is because important, so if they are not available, A child can be seriously injured or killed obtain a replacement copy from the in a crash if the child is not properly the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating manufacturer. secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions airbag. A child in a forward-facing child Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can be seriously injured or killed that came with that child restraint. restraint can move around in a collision or if the front passenger airbag inflates and sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. the passenger seat is in a forward Be sure to properly secure any child Where to Put the Restraint position. restraint in the vehicle — even when no According to accident statistics, children and child is in it. Even if the passenger sensing system has infants are safer when properly restrained in In some areas Certified Child Passenger an appropriate child restraint secured in a turned off the front passenger frontal Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to rear seating position. airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can inspect and demonstrate how to correctly guarantee that an airbag will not deploy Whenever possible, children aged 12 and use and install child restraints. In the U.S., under some unusual circumstance, even under should be secured in a rear seating refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety though it is turned off. position. Administration (NHTSA) website to locate Secure rear-facing child restraints in a the nearest child safety seat inspection Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you station. For CPST availability in Canada, front. This is because the risk to the secure a forward-facing child restraint in check with Transport Canada or the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. deploys. the front seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. See Passenger Sensing System 0 39 for additional information. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

50 Seats and Restraints If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that Depending on where you place the child will accommodate a rear-facing child Warning (Continued) restraint and the size of the child restraint, restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should you may not be able to access adjacent seat not be secured in the vehicle, even if the Never install a child restraint in the right belts or LATCH anchors for additional airbag is off. rear seating position without the seat passengers or child restraints. Adjacent cushion extension. See Lower Anchors and seating positions should not be used if the { Warning Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 51 child restraint prevents access to or and interferes with the routing of the seat belt. Never secure a rear-facing or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat The seat in front of an installed child forward-facing child restraint in the left Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 64 or rear seating position in an extended cab restraint should be adjusted to ensure Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat proper installation according to the child model. This seating position is not Belt in the Front Seat) 0 69. suitable for child restraint installation. restraint manual. The seat cushion is too short to properly Never secure a rear-facing or forward-facing Wherever a child restraint is installed, be support a rear-facing or forward-facing child restraint in the left rear seating sure to follow the instructions that came child restraint. A child could be seriously position in an extended cab model. with the child restraint and secure the child injured or killed in a sudden stop or restraint properly. When securing a child restraint with the crash. seat belts in a rear seat position, study the Keep in mind that an unsecured child A rear-facing or forward-facing child instructions that came with the child restraint can move around in a collision or restraint can be installed in the right rear restraint to make sure it is compatible with sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. seating position using the seat cushion this vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child extension in an extended cab model. restraint in the vehicle — even when no Child restraints and booster seats vary child is in it. (Continued) considerably in size, and some may fit in certain seating positions better than others. Do not install a child restraint in any rear seating position where it cannot be installed securely. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 51 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Make sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint, and also the Children (LATCH System) instructions in this manual. The LATCH system secures a child restraint When installing a child restraint with a top during driving or in a crash. LATCH tether, you must also use either the lower attachments on the child restraint are used anchors or the seat belts to properly secure to attach the child restraint to the anchors the child restraint. A child restraint must in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed never be attached using only the top tether. to make installation of a child restraint easier. For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child restraint where the combined weight of the In order to use the LATCH system in your child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), vehicle, you need a child restraint that has use either the lower LATCH anchorages with LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can with the top tether anchorage. Where the be properly installed using either the LATCH combined weight of the child and restraint anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat use both the seat belts and the LATCH belt with the top tether anchorage only. anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or forward-facing child seat. Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to secure the child and the booster seat. If the manufacturer recommends that the booster seat be secured with the LATCH system, this can be done as long as the booster seat can be positioned properly and there is no interference with the proper positioning of the lap-shoulder belt on the child. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

52 Seats and Restraints Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints Restraint Type Combined Weight of Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X the Child + Child LATCH – Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Seat Belt and Top Restraint Anchors Only Anchors and Top Tether Anchor Tether Anchor Rear-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Rear-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Forward-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)

See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Child restraints built after March 2014 will Not all vehicle seating positions have lower Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 64 or be labeled with the specific child weight up anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt to which the LATCH system can be used to used (with top tether where available) to in the Front Seat) 0 69. install the restraint. secure the child restraint. See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear The following explains how to attach a child 0 restraint with these attachments in the Seat) 64 or vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 69. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 53 Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3,4) is used to secure the top the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Crew Cab The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will I : Seating positions with top tether have a single attachment hook (2) to secure anchors. the top tether to the anchor. H : Seating positions with two lower Some child restraints with top tethers are anchors. designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

54 Seats and Restraints

To assist in locating the lower anchors on crew cab models, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion. A child restraint in the rear center seating position must be installed with a seat belt Extended Cab (Rear Seats Shown) Extended Cab without Rear Seats (Front Seats as it is not equipped with lower LATCH Shown) I : Seating positions with top tether anchors. See Securing Child Restraints (With 0 anchors. For extended cab models without rear seats, the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 64 or there is a top tether anchor provided for the Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt H : Seating positions with two lower front passenger seat. in the Front Seat) 0 69. anchors. For extended cab models with rear seats, there are exposed metal lower anchors for each rear seating position, attached to the back wall, near the seat cushion. Even though LATCH anchors are required for this position, a child restraint (forward-facing I or rear-facing) should not be installed in the : Seating positions with top tether left rear seat. anchors. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 55 For extended cab without rear seat and crew cab models, there are top tether anchor symbols to assist you in locating the top tether anchors.

Extended Cab with Rear Seats Extended Cab without Rear Seats The top tether anchors in an extended cab The top tether anchor in an extended cab model are loops near the top of each rear without rear seats is a metal wire on the seatback. See the instructions under lower inboard side of the cab wall directly Crew Cab “Securing a Child Restraint with the LATCH behind the front passenger seat. The top tether anchors in a crew cab model System” later in this section on how to Do not place heavy objects on the top are on the back wall behind each rear attach a top tether. tether anchor or use it as a tie down for seating position. Fold down the rear Do not attach a top tether to the loop near cargo as this may cause damage to the seatback to access the anchor. See the top of the seatback of the seating anchor. instructions for crew cab under Rear Seats position in which the child restraint is Do not secure a child restraint in a position 0 25. Be sure to use an anchor located installed. without a top tether anchor if a national or directly behind the seating position where local law requires that the top tether be the child restraint will be placed. attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

56 Seats and Restraints According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) a child restraint system or infant restraint the anchor or attachment to come loose tighten the belt behind the child restraint system secured in a rear seating position. or even break during a crash. A child or after the child restraint has been 0 See Where to Put the Restraint 49 for others could be injured. installed. additional information.

Securing a Child Restraint with the Caution LATCH System { Warning Children can be seriously injured or Do not let the LATCH attachments rub { Warning strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may around their neck. The shoulder belt can damage these parts. If necessary, move A child could be seriously injured or killed tighten but cannot be loosened if it is buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the in a crash if the child restraint is not locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is LATCH attachments. properly attached to the vehicle using pulled all the way out of the retractor. either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle Do not fold the rear seatback when the It unlocks when the shoulder belt is seat belt. Follow the instructions that seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty allowed to go all the way back into the came with the child restraint and the rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This retractor, but it cannot do this if it is instructions in this manual. could damage the seat belt or the seat. wrapped around a child’s neck. If the Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its shoulder belt is locked and tightened stowed position, before folding the seat. { Warning around a child’s neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it. If you need to secure more than one child To reduce the risk of serious or fatal restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put Buckle any unused seat belts behind the injuries during a crash, do not attach the Restraint 0 49. more than one child restraint to a single child restraint so children cannot reach anchor. Attaching more than one child them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way restraint to a single anchor could cause out of the retractor to set the lock, and (Continued) (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 57 Crew Cab If the position you are using has a 1. When installing a rear-facing child fixed head restraint and you are restraint, it may be necessary to move using a single tether, route the the front seat forward to properly install tether around the inboard or per the child restraint manufacturer outboard side of the head restraint. instructions. See Seat Adjustment 0 23 or Power Seat Adjustment 0 23. 2. For rear outboard seating positions, if the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, If the position you are using does the head restraint may be removed. See not have a head restraint and you “Head Restraint/Headrest Removal and are using a single tether, route the Reinstallation” at the end of this section. tether over the seatback. 3. If the child restraint manufacturer's instructions recommend that the top If the position you are using does tether be attached, attach the top tether not have a head restraint and you to the top tether anchor. Refer to the are using a dual tether, route the child restraint instructions and the tether over the seatback. following steps: 3.1. Release and pull the rear seatback forward to access the top tether anchors. See Rear Seats 0 25. 3.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 3.3. Route the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions: GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

58 Seats and Restraints If the position you are using has a 4. Attach and tighten the lower fixed head restraint and you are attachments to the lower anchors. If the Warning (Continued) using a dual tether, route the child restraint does not have lower suitable for child restraint installation. tether around the sides of the head attachments or the desired seating The seat cushion is too short to properly restraint. position does not have lower anchors, support a rear-facing or forward-facing secure the child restraint with the seat child restraint. A child could be seriously belt and the top tether. Refer to your injured or killed in a sudden stop or child restraint manufacturer instructions crash. and Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 64 or A booster seat can be used in the left or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat right rear seating position if the base of Belt in the Front Seat) 0 69. the booster seat fits on the seat cushion 5. Tighten the top tether. and does not extend past the front edge. 6. Before placing a child in the child If it does, it should be installed in the restraint, make sure it is securely held in right rear seating position using the seat place. To check, grasp the child restraint cushion extension. Only install a booster at the LATCH path and attempt to move seat in either rear seating position if it it side to side and back and forth. There can be properly installed according to the 3.4. Adjust the top tether to its full should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. length and attach the top tether movement for proper installation. hook to the anchor. Make sure that A rear-facing or forward-facing child you secure the top tether to the Extended Cab with Rear Seats restraint can be installed in the right rear top tether anchor and not to the seating position using the seat cushion seatback latch. { Warning extension in an extended cab model. Never install a rear-facing or 3.5. Push rearward on the seatback until Never secure a rear-facing or forward-facing child restraint in the right it locks into its upright position. forward-facing child restraint in the left rear seating position without the seat Push and pull on the seatback to rear seating position in an extended cab cushion extension. make sure it is secured properly. model. This seating position is not (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 59 Extended Cab Rear Seat Cushion Extension 1. Always install the seat cushion extension { Warning The vehicle is equipped with a headrest that in the right rear seating position when Do not let anyone ride in the front is used as a seat cushion extension for installing a forward-facing or rear-facing passenger seat when a rear-facing child installation of child restraints in the right child restraint. Also use the seat cushion restraint is installed in the right rear rear seat. extension for booster seats that extend seating position. To properly fit the past the front edge of the seat cushion. rear-facing child restraint, the front { Warning seatback will need to be tilted forward The right rear seat cushion extension is which will not allow a passenger to sit designed to support the weight of a child properly in the front outboard passenger in a child restraint or booster seat. It is seat. The passenger could be seriously neither designed nor intended to support injured or killed in a sudden stop or the weight of an adult. Use the seat crash. cushion extension only when a child restraint or booster seat is installed in { Warning the right rear seating position. Do not attach a top tether to the loop When installing a rear-facing child restraint near the top of the seatback and directly in the right rear seating position, move the behind the seating position in which the front seat all the way forward and tilt the 2. Press the button for the passenger side child restraint is installed in an extended seatback forward to properly install the child headrest at the top of the seatback and cab with rear seats. The top tether will restraint. See Power Seat Adjustment 0 23, pull up. not be able to be properly tightened. See Seat Adjustment 0 23, and Reclining 0 instructions below for how to properly Seatbacks 24. When a rear-facing child attach a top tether. restraint is installed properly, the front passenger seat cannot be used. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

60 Seats and Restraints 6. Tighten the top tether. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement for proper installation. 8. Always reinstall the headrest before the seating position is used by another occupant. See “Head Restraint/Headrest 3. Insert the headrest posts into the holes Route the top tether (1) through the Removal and Reinstallation” at the end on the front of the passenger side seat loop (2) at the top of the seatback of this section. cushion to install the seat cushion directly behind the child restraint and Extended Cab without Rear Seats extension. The notches on the posts attach the top tether hook to the top should face the passenger side of the tether loop at the top of the seatback vehicle. Try to move the headrest to for the opposite rear seating position (3). { Warning make sure it is locked in place. 5. Attach and tighten the lower A child in a rear-facing child restraint can 4. If the child restraint manufacturer attachments to the lower anchors. If the be seriously injured or killed if the right recommends that the top tether be child restraint does not have lower front passenger airbag inflates. This is attached, adjust the top tether to its full attachments, secure the child restraint because the back of the rear-facing child length and attach the top tether hook to with the seat belt and the top tether (if restraint would be very close to the the anchor. Refer to the child restraint appropriate). See Securing Child inflating airbag. A child in a instructions and the following: Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear forward-facing child restraint can be Seat) 0 64 or seriously injured or killed if the right Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat front passenger airbag inflates and the Belt in the Front Seat) 0 69. passenger seat is in a forward position. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 61 important seat information and additional Warning (Continued) information on installing a child restraint in Even if the passenger sensing system has the front passenger position. turned off the right front passenger 1. Put the child restraint on the right front frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No passenger seat. one can guarantee that an airbag will not 2. If the child restraint manufacturer's deploy under some unusual circumstance, instructions recommend that the top even though it is turned off. tether be attached, attach and tighten Since this vehicle does not have a rear the top tether hook to the top tether anchor. If you are using a dual tether, route seat that will accommodate a rear-facing the tether around the headrest or 2.1. Route the top tether according to child restraint, a rear-facing child restraint head restraint. should not be installed in your vehicle, your child restraint instructions and even if the airbag is off. the following instructions: See Passenger Sensing System 0 39 for additional information.

The vehicle has a front outboard passenger frontal airbag and a passenger sensing system. The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front passenger frontal airbag when an infant in a rear-facing infant seat or a small child in a forward-facing child restraint or booster seat If you are using a single tether, is detected. See Securing Child Restraints raise the headrest or head restraint (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 64 or and route the tether under the 2.2. Attach the top tether hook to the Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt headrest or head restraint and in metal wire on the lower inboard in the Front Seat) 0 69 and between the headrest or head side of the cab wall directly behind Passenger Sensing System 0 39 for restraint posts. the front passenger seat. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

62 Seats and Restraints 2.3. Tighten the top tether. To remove the head restraint: To reinstall the head restraint: 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement for proper installation. Head Restraint/Headrest Removal and Reinstallation

{ Warning With head restraints that are not 1. Partially fold the seat forward. 1. Insert the posts into the holes in the top installed and adjusted properly, there is a 2. Press the button on the side of the head of the seatback. The notch on the post greater chance that occupants will suffer should face the driver side of the vehicle. a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not restraint post at the top of the seatback and pull up on the head restraint. 2. Push the head restraint down. Pull up on drive until the head restraints for all the head restraint to make sure it is occupants are installed and adjusted 3. Store the head restraint in a secure locked in place. properly. place. 4. Always reinstall the head restraint before Crew Cab the seating position is used by another The rear outboard head restraints can be occupant. removed if they interfere with the proper installation of the child restraint. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 63 Extended Cab 3. If removing the headrest to install as a To remove the headrest: seat cushion extension for a forward-facing or rearward-facing child restraint in the right rear seating position, see the instructions in “Securing a Child Restraint with the LATCH System” earlier in this section. 4. Always reinstall the headrest before the seating position is used by another occupant. To reinstall the headrest:

2. To reinstall the headrest, insert the posts into the holes in the top of the seatback. The notches on the posts should face the 1. Press the button on the side of the driver side of the vehicle. headrest post on the top of the seatback 3. Push the headrest down. Pull up on the and pull up. headrest to make sure it is locked in 2. If removing the headrest to install a place. booster seat in the left rear seating position, store the headrest in a secure Replacing LATCH System Parts place. After a Crash Never install a forward-facing or rearward-facing child restraint in the left { Warning rear seating position. 1. If installed as a seat cushion extension, first press both buttons on the front of A crash can damage the LATCH system in the seat cushion to remove the headrest. the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system may not properly secure the child (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

64 Seats and Restraints If the child restraint has the LATCH system, Extended Cab Warning (Continued) see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children restraint, resulting in serious injury or (LATCH System) 0 51 for how and where to { Warning even death in a crash. To help make sure install the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is secured in the vehicle using Never secure a rear-facing or the LATCH system is working properly forward-facing child restraint in the left after a crash, see your dealer to have the a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children rear seating position in an extended cab system inspected and any necessary 0 model. This seating position is not replacements made as soon as possible. (LATCH System) 51 for top tether anchor locations. suitable for child restraint installation. The seat cushion is too short to properly If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it Do not secure a child seat in a position support a rear-facing or forward-facing was being used during a crash, new LATCH without a top tether anchor if a national or system parts may be needed. local law requires that the top tether be child restraint. A child could be seriously anchored, or if the instructions that come injured or killed in a sudden stop or New parts and repairs may be necessary crash. even if the LATCH system was not being with the child restraint say that the top used at the time of the crash. tether must be anchored. A booster seat can be used in the left or In Canada, the law requires that right rear seating position if the base of Securing Child Restraints (With forward-facing child restraints have a top the booster seat fits on the seat cushion the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) tether, and that the tether be attached. and does not extend past the front edge. If the child restraint or vehicle seat position If it does, it should be installed in the When securing a child restraint with the right rear seating position using the seat seat belts in a rear seat position, study the does not have the LATCH system, you will cushion extension. Only install a booster instructions that came with the child be using the seat belt to secure the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions seat in either rear seating position if it this vehicle. that came with the child restraint. can be properly installed according to the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read A rear-facing or forward-facing child Where to Put the Restraint 0 49. restraint can be installed in the right rear seating position using the seat cushion (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 65 front of the seat cushion, it should be used Warning (Continued) in the right rear seating position with the extension in an extended cab model. seat cushion extension. Never install a rear-facing or When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure forward-facing child restraint in the right the child restraint in this position, follow the rear seating position without the seat instructions that came with the child cushion extension. restraint and the following instructions: 1. Always install the seat cushion extension in the right rear seat position when { Warning installing a forward-facing or rear-facing Do not let anyone ride in the front child restraint. Also use the seat cushion passenger seat when a rear-facing child extension for booster seats that extend restraint is installed in the right rear past the front edge of the seat cushion. 3. Insert the headrest posts into the holes seating position. To properly fit the on the front of the passenger side seat cushion to install the seat cushion rear-facing child restraint, the front extension. The notches on the post seatback will need to be tilted forward should face the passenger side of the which will not allow a passenger to sit vehicle. Try to move the headrest to properly in the front outboard passenger make sure it is locked in place. seat. The passenger could be seriously 4. Put the child restraint on the seat. injured or killed in a sudden stop or crash. When installing a rear-facing child restraint, move the front seat all the A booster seat may be used in the left rear way forward and tilt the seatback seating position if the base of the booster forward to properly install the child seat fits on the seat cushion and does not restraint per the child restraint manufacturer instructions. See Seat extend past the front edge of the seat 2. Press the button on the passenger side cushion. If the booster seat extends past the Adjustment 0 23 and headrest and pull up. Reclining Seatbacks 0 24. When a GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

66 Seats and Restraints rear-facing child restraint is installed Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if properly, the front passenger seat cannot needed. be used. 5. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether, adjust the top tether to its full length and attach it to the top tether anchor. Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 51. 6. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat 8. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of belt through or around the child the retractor to set the lock. When the restraint. The child restraint instructions retractor lock is set, the belt can be 7. Push the latch plate into the buckle until will show you how. tightened but not pulled out of the it clicks. retractor. Position the release button on the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 67 10. Tighten the top tether. See Lower Crew Cab Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure System) 0 51. the child restraint in this position, follow the 11. Before placing a child in the child instructions that came with the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in restraint and the following instructions: place. To check, grasp the child restraint 1. If the head restraint interferes with the at the seat belt path and attempt to proper installation of the child restraint, move it side to side and back and forth. the head restraint may be removed. See When the child restraint is properly “Head Restraint/Headrest Removal and installed, there should be no more than Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 51. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the 2. If the child restraint manufacturer 9. To tighten the belt, push down on the vehicle’s seat belt and let it return to the recommends using a top tether, adjust child restraint, pull the shoulder portion stowed position. If the top tether is attached the top tether to its full length and of the belt to tighten the lap portion of to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. attach it to the top tether anchor. Refer the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back Reinstall the headrest in the seatback before to the instructions that came with the into the retractor. When installing a the seating position is used. See “Head child restraint and see Lower Anchors forward-facing child restraint, it may be Restraint/Headrest Removal and and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) helpful to use your knee to push down Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and 0 51. on the child restraint as you tighten Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 51 for the belt. additional information on installing the 3. Put the child restraint on the seat. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor headrest properly. 4. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap to make sure the retractor is locked. and shoulder portions of the vehicle's If the retractor is not locked, repeat seat belt through or around the child Steps 6 and 7. restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

68 Seats and Restraints

5. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 6. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 7. To tighten the belt, push down on the it clicks. the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion Position the release button on the retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of buckle, away from the child restraint, so tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back that the seat belt could be quickly retractor. into the retractor. When installing a unbuckled if necessary. forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 6 and 7. 8. Tighten the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 51. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 69 9. Before placing a child in the child under certain conditions. See Passenger restraint, make sure it is securely held in Sensing System 0 39 and Warning (Continued) place. To check, grasp the child restraint Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 85 for one can guarantee that an airbag will not at the seat belt path and attempt to more information, including important deploy under some unusual circumstance, move it side to side and back and forth. safety information. even though it is turned off. When the child restraint is properly Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the Secure rear-facing child restraints in a installed, there should be no more than front. This is because the risk to the 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag secure a forward-facing child restraint in To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the deploys. the front outboard passenger seat, vehicle’s seat belt and let it return to the always move the seat as far back as it stowed position. If the top tether is attached { Warning to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. If the will go. It is better to secure the child A child in a rear-facing child restraint can head restraint was removed, reinstall it restraint in a rear seat. before the seating position is used. See be seriously injured or killed if the front 0 outboard passenger frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System 39 for “Head Restraint/Headrest Removal and additional information. Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and inflates. This is because the back of the Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 51 for rear-facing child restraint would be very If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that additional information on installing the head close to the inflating airbag. A child in a will accommodate a rear-facing child restraint properly. forward-facing child restraint can be restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should seriously injured or killed if the front not be installed in the vehicle, even if the Securing Child Restraints (With outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates airbag is off. and the passenger seat is in a forward the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) If a child restraint uses a top tether, see position. This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children safer place to secure a forward-facing child Even if the passenger sensing system has (LATCH System) 0 51 for top tether anchor restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint turned off the front outboard passenger locations. 0 49. frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No Do not secure a child seat in a position In addition, the vehicle has a passenger (Continued) without a top tether anchor if a national or sensing system which is designed to turn off local law requires that the top tether be the front outboard passenger's frontal airbag GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

70 Seats and Restraints anchored, or if the instructions that come 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap with the child restraint say that the top and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat tether must be anchored. belt through or around the child In Canada, the law requires that restraint. The child restraint instructions forward-facing child restraints have a top will show you how. tether, and that the tether be attached. When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the following instructions: 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. Move the seat upward or the 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until seatback to an upright position, it clicks. if needed, to get a tight installation of Position the release button on the the child restraint. buckle, away from the child restraint, so When the passenger sensing system has that the seat belt could be quickly turned off the front outboard passenger Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if unbuckled if necessary. frontal airbag, the OFF indicator on the needed. passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 85. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Seats and Restraints 71 9. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started. If a child restraint has been installed and on 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 7. To tighten the belt, push down on the indicator is lit, see “If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Passenger the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion 0 retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of Sensing System 39. tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the retractor. into the retractor. When installing a vehicle seat belt and let it return to the 6. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat forward-facing child restraint, it may be stowed position. If the top tether is attached and the child restraint manufacturer helpful to use your knee to push down to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. recommends using a top tether anchor, on the child restraint as you tighten attach the top tether to the top tether the belt. anchor. Refer to the instructions that Try to pull the belt out of the retractor came with the child restraint and to to make sure the retractor is locked. Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children If the retractor is not locked, repeat (LATCH System) 0 51. Steps 5 and 7. 8. Tighten the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 51. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

72 Storage Storage Compartments If equipped, pull the armrest to lower. There Storage are two cupholders in the armrest. Storage Compartments { Warning Sunglasses Storage Storage Compartments ...... 72 Do not store heavy or sharp objects in Glove Box ...... 72 storage compartments. In a crash, these Cupholders ...... 72 objects may cause the cover to open and Sunglasses Storage ...... 72 could result in injury. Underseat Storage ...... 73 Center Console Storage ...... 73 Glove Box Lift up on the glove box lever to open it. Cupholders Crew Cab

If equipped, press and release to access. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Storage 73 Underseat Storage Center Console Storage

Extended Cab Shown, Crew Model Similar There is storage under the armrest in the If equipped, there is storage under the rear center console. Press the button and lift. seat. Pull the release strap or lever and then There may be a USB port and/or auxiliary raise the seat cushion. Pull the strap or lever jack inside. See Power Outlets 0 77 or the again to lower the cushion. infotainment manual. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

74 Instruments and Controls Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Information Displays Instruments and Controls Engine Light) ...... 86 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Brake System Warning Light ...... 88 Level) ...... 93 Controls Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Driver Information Center (DIC) Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 75 Light ...... 88 (Uplevel) ...... 95 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 75 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 88 Heated Steering Wheel ...... 75 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 89 Vehicle Messages Horn ...... 76 Hill Descent Control Light ...... 89 Vehicle Messages ...... 97 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 76 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Engine Power Messages ...... 98 Compass ...... 77 Light ...... 89 Vehicle Speed Messages ...... 98 Clock ...... 77 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 89 Vehicle Personalization Power Outlets ...... 77 Traction Off Light ...... 89 Vehicle Personalization ...... 98 Wireless Charging ...... 77 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 90 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Traction Control System (TCS)/ Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak Light ...... 90 Indicators ...... 80 Tire Pressure Light ...... 90 Instrument Cluster ...... 80 Engine Oil Pressure Light ...... 91 Speedometer ...... 82 Low Fuel Warning Light (Base Level) . . . . 91 Odometer ...... 82 Low Fuel Warning Light (Uplevel) ...... 92 Trip Odometer ...... 83 Security Light ...... 92 Tachometer ...... 83 High-Beam On Light ...... 92 Fuel Gauge ...... 83 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 92 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 84 Lamps On Reminder ...... 92 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 84 Cruise Control Light ...... 92 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 85 Door Ajar Light (Uplevel Cluster) ...... 93 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 85 Charging System Light ...... 86 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 75 Controls Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls The infotainment system can be operated Steering Wheel Adjustment by using the steering wheel controls. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 111. Heated Steering Wheel

To adjust the tilt and telescoping steering wheel, if equipped: To adjust the steering wheel: 1. Pull the lever down. 1. Pull the lever down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or ( : If equipped, press to turn it on or off. 3. Pull the lever up to lock the steering away from you. A light next to the button displays when the wheel in place. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. feature is turned on. Do not adjust the steering wheel while The steering wheel takes about driving. three minutes to start heating. If equipped with remote start heated seats, the heated steering wheel will come on along with remote start heated seats. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

76 Instruments and Controls Horn INT : Move the lever up to INT for intermittent wipes, then turn the x INT { Warning To sound the horn, press a on the band up for more frequent wipes or down In freezing weather, do not use the steering wheel. for less frequent wipes. washer until the windshield is warmed. Windshield Wiper/Washer OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision. 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold the wiper lever down. { Warning n L : Pull the windshield wiper lever Before driving the vehicle, always clear toward you to spray windshield washer fluid snow and ice from the hood, windshield, and activate the wipers. The wipers will roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all The windshield wiper/washer lever is on the continue until the lever is released or the lamps and windows. Reduced visibility right side of the steering column. With the maximum wash time is reached. When the from snow and ice buildup could lead to ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the windshield wiper lever is released, additional a crash. windshield wiper lever to select the wiper wipes may occur depending on how long speed. the windshield washer had been activated. Wiper Parking See Washer Fluid 0 246 for information on HI : Use for fast wipes. filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir. If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they will LO : Use for slow wipes. Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades immediately stop. and windshield before using them. If frozen to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw If the windshield wiper lever is then moved them. Damaged blades should be replaced. to OFF before the driver door is opened or See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 251. within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart and move to the base of the windshield. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor. If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are performing wipes due to windshield washing, the wipers continue to run until they reach the base of the windshield. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 77

Compass Accessory power outlets can be used to plug Caution (Continued) in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone, The vehicle may have a compass display on MP3 player, etc. not in use and do not plug in equipment the Driver Information Center (DIC). The that exceeds the maximum 15 amp The vehicle may have accessory power compass receives its heading and other rating. information from the Global Positioning outlets: System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic . On the center stack below the climate Certain power accessory plugs may not be Stability Control (ESC), and vehicle speed control system, if equipped. compatible with the accessory power outlet information. . On the center floor console, if equipped. and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. The compass system is designed to operate . On the rear of the center storage console. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. for a certain number of miles or degrees of Lift the cover to access and replace when When adding electrical equipment, be sure turn before needing a signal from the GPS not in use. to follow the proper installation instructions satellites. When the compass display shows included with the equipment. See Add-On CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in { Warning Electrical Equipment 0 229. an open area where it can receive a GPS signal. The compass system will Power is supplied to the outlets when the Caution ignition is on. When not in use, do not automatically determine when a GPS signal Hanging heavy equipment from the is restored and provide a heading again. leave electrical equipment plugged in. The power outlet can cause damage not vehicle could catch fire and cause injury covered by the vehicle warranty. The Clock or death. power outlets are designed for accessory Set the time and date using the power plugs only, such as cell phone infotainment system. See "Time / Date" Caution charge cords. under Settings 0 146. Leaving electrical equipment plugged in Power Outlets for an extended period of time while the Wireless Charging For USB charging port locations, see the vehicle is off will drain the battery. If equipped, the vehicle has wireless infotainment manual. Always unplug electrical equipment when charging in front of the center floor console. (Continued) The system operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly charges one Qi compatible smartphone. The power output of the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

78 Instruments and Controls system is capable of charging at a rate up To charge a compatible smartphone: { Warning to 1 amp (5W), as requested by the 1. Remove all objects from the charging compatible smartphone. See Radio Remove all objects from the charging pad pad. The system may not charge if there 0 Frequency Statement 331. before charging your compatible are any objects between the smartphone { smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys, and charging pad. Warning rings, paper clips, or cards, between the 2. Place the smartphone face up on the Wireless charging can affect the smartphone and charging pad will charging symbol. operation of an implanted pacemaker or become very hot. On the rare occasion To maximize the charge rate, ensure the other medical devices. If you have one, it that the charging system does not detect smartphone is fully seated and centered is recommended to consult with your an object, and the object gets wedged in the holder with nothing under it. doctor before using the wireless charging between the smartphone and charger, A thick smartphone case may prevent system. remove the smartphone and allow the the wireless charger from working, object to cool before removing it from or may reduce the charging performance. The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, the charging pad, to prevent burns. See your dealer for additional or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be information. active. The wireless charging feature may 5 not correctly indicate charging when the 3. A green } next to will display on vehicle is in RAP. See Retained Accessory the infotainment screen. This indicates Power (RAP) 0 188. that the smartphone is properly positioned and charging. The operating temperature is −20 °C (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the charging system If } turns yellow, ensure that the and 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the charging pad is clear of any objects and smartphone. that the smartphone is capable of wireless charging before repositioning it. If } does not illuminate, the smartphone may need to be repositioned. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 79 To reposition, remove the smartphone email request to [email protected]. This THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE from the pad, turn it 180 degrees, and offer is valid for three (3) years from the COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS wait three seconds before placing/ date on which you purchased the product. "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED aligning the smartphone on the pad Freescale-WCT library WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED again. TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF The smartphone may become warm Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A during charging. This is normal. In Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved. PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN warmer temperatures, the speed of 1. Redistributions of source code must NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER charging may be reduced. retain the above copyright notice, this OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY list of conditions and the following DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, Software Acknowledgements disclaimer. EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Certain Wireless Charging Module product 2. Redistributions in binary form must (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the reproduce the above copyright notice, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR open source software detailed below. Refer this list of conditions and the following SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; to the indicated open source licenses (as are disclaimer in the documentation and/or OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER included following this notice) for the terms other materials provided with the CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, and conditions of their use. distribution. WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OSS Notice Information 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF To obtain the source code that is nor the names of its contributors may be THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF contained in this product, please visit used to endorse or promote products ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to derived from this software without DAMAGE. the source code, all referred license terms, specific prior written permission. warranty disclaimers and copyright notices are available for download. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of performing such distribution (such as the cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

80 Instruments and Controls Warning Lights, Gauges, and Instrument Cluster Indicators Warning lights and gauges can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to the warning lights and gauges could prevent injury. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous.

Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar

1. Tachometer 0 83 5. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 2. Fuel Gauge 0 83 Level) 0 93 or 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 84 (Uplevel) 0 95 4. Speedometer 0 82 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 81

Use the right steering wheel control to open and scroll through the different items and displays. Press o or p to change between the Uplevel English Shown, Metric Similar cluster applications. Press w or x to scroll through the list of available features within V 1. Tachometer 0 83 If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the each application. Press to select. Not all applications will be available on all vehicles. 2. Fuel Gauge 0 83 Duramax diesel supplement for more Some may be temporarily restricted when 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge information. 0 the vehicle is off or in ACC/ACCESSORY. 84 Uplevel Cluster Menu 4. Speedometer 0 82 . Home Page 5. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base There is an interactive display area in the . Info App. This is where the selected Driver Level) 0 93 or center of the instrument cluster. Information Center (DIC) displays can be Driver Information Center (DIC) viewed. See “Driver Information Center (Uplevel) 0 95 (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the Index. . Audio GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

82 Instruments and Controls . Phone connected to the vehicle. Press V to enter Info Page Options : Select the items to be . Navigation the Audio menu to browse for music, select displayed in the Info app. A selected mark . Options from favorites, or change the audio source. will be displayed next to the selected item. Home Phone Home Page Options : Select the available elements to display. Not all elements will be Information displayed here can be In the Phone menu, if there is no active available on all vehicles: Speedometer, Speed customized from the Options menu. phone call, view recent calls, scroll through Sign, Time, and Fuel Range. contacts, select from the favorites, or change Speedometer : Displays how fast the vehicle Speed Warning : Allows the driver to set a the phone source. If there is an active call, is moving in either kilometers per hour speed that they do not want to exceed. mute the phone or switch to handset (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). V operation. Press w or x to adjust the value. Press Speed Sign : Shows sign information, which to set the speed. Once the speed is set, this comes from a roadway database in the Navigation feature can be turned off by pressing V onboard navigation, if equipped. In the Navigation menu, if there is no active while viewing this page. If the selected Time : Displays the current time. route, you can resume the last route and speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up warning is turn the voice prompts on or off. If there is displayed with a chime. Fuel Range : Displays the approximate an active route, press V to cancel route distance the vehicle can be driven without Software Information : Displays open source guidance or turn the voice prompts on refueling. The fuel range estimate is based software information. or off. on an average of the vehicle’s fuel economy Speedometer over recent driving history and the amount Options of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed range cannot be reset. Press w or x to scroll through items in in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or the Options menu. Press V to select the miles per hour (mph). Audio item. Press o to exit the item. Odometer Press w or x to scroll through radio Units : Choose US or Metric units. A selected stations or move to the next or previous mark will be displayed next to the The odometer shows how far the vehicle has track of a CD/USB/Bluetooth device that is selected item. been driven, in either kilometers or miles. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 83 Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge indicates about how much fuel is left in The trip odometer shows how far the the tank. vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last reset. An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. The trip odometer is accessed and reset through the Driver Information Center (DIC). When the indicator nears empty, the low See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base fuel light comes on. There is a small amount Level) 0 93 or of fuel left, but the fuel tank should be Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) filled soon. 0 95. Here are four things that some owners ask about. None of these show a problem with Tachometer the fuel gauge: The tachometer displays the engine speed in . At the service station, the fuel pump revolutions per minute (rpm). Metric shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. . The gauge moves a little while turning a corner or speeding up. . The gauge takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on, and goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off. English GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

84 Instruments and Controls Engine Coolant Temperature This gauge shows the engine coolant This cycle may continue several times if the Gauge temperature. driver remains or becomes unbuckled while If the pointer moves toward the warning the vehicle is moving. area at the high end of the gauge, the If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the engine is too hot. light nor the chime comes on. This reading indicates the same thing as the Passenger Seat Belt Reminder Light warning light. It means that the engine coolant has overheated. If the vehicle has There is a passenger seat belt reminder light been operating under normal driving near the passenger airbag status indicator. 0 conditions, pull off the road, stop the See Passenger Sensing System 39. vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating 0 245. Seat Belt Reminders Metric Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light There is a driver seat belt reminder light on the instrument cluster. When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten their seat belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if the passenger remains or becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. If the passenger seat belt is buckled, neither When the vehicle is started, this light the chime nor the light comes on. flashes and a chime may come on to remind The front passenger seat belt reminder light the driver to fasten their seat belt. Then the and chime may turn on if an object is put light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. English on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 85 grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device. To turn off the reminder light and/or { Warning chime, remove the object from the seat or If the airbag readiness light stays on buckle the seat belt. after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving, it means the airbag system Airbag Readiness Light might not be working properly. The This light shows if there is an electrical airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in Canada problem with the airbag system. The system a crash, or they could even inflate check includes the airbag sensor(s), the without a crash. To help avoid injury, When the vehicle is started, the passenger passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, have the vehicle serviced right away. airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, the airbag modules, the wiring, and the or the symbol for on and off, for several crash sensing and diagnostic module. For If there is a problem with the airbag seconds as a system check. Then, after more information on the airbag system, see system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) several more seconds, the status indicator Airbag System 0 34. message may also come on. will light either ON or OFF, or either the on or off symbol, to let you know the status of Passenger Airbag Status Indicator the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on See Passenger Sensing System 0 39 for the passenger airbag status indicator, it important safety information. The overhead means that the front outboard passenger console has a passenger airbag status frontal airbag is allowed to inflate. indicator. The airbag readiness light comes on for If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on several seconds when the vehicle is started. the airbag status indicator, it means that If the light does not come on then, have it the passenger sensing system has turned off fixed immediately. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be a problem with United States the lights or the passenger sensing system. See your dealer for service. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

86 Instruments and Controls If the light stays on, or comes on while Malfunctions are often indicated by the { Warning driving, there may be a problem with the system before any problem is noticeable. If the airbag readiness light ever comes electrical charging system. Have it checked Being aware of the light and seeking service on and stays on, it means that by your dealer. Driving while this light is on promptly when it comes on may prevent something may be wrong with the airbag could drain the battery. damage. system. To help avoid injury to yourself When this light comes on, the Driver Caution or others, have the vehicle serviced right Information Center (DIC) also displays a away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85 message. If the vehicle is driven continually with this light on, the emission control system for more information, including important If a short distance must be driven with the may not work as well, the fuel economy safety information. light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, may be lower, and the vehicle may not such as the radio and air conditioner. Charging System Light run smoothly. This could lead to costly Malfunction Indicator Lamp repairs that might not be covered by the (Check Engine Light) vehicle warranty. This light is part of the vehicle’s emission control on-board diagnostic system. If this Caution light is on while the engine is running, a Modifications to the engine, transmission, malfunction has been detected and the exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the The charging system light comes on briefly vehicle may require service. The light should use of replacement tires that do not when the ignition is turned on, but the come on to show that it is working when meet the original tire specifications, can engine is not running, as a check to show the ignition is on and the engine is not cause this light to come on. This could running. See Ignition Positions 0 185. the light is working. The light turns off lead to costly repairs not covered by the when the engine is started. If it does not, vehicle warranty. This could also affect have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. See Accessories and Modifications 0 231. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 87 If the light is flashing : A malfunction has the atmosphere. A few driving trips with The DLC is under the instrument panel to been detected that could damage the the adapter removed may turn off the the left of the steering wheel. Connecting emission control system and increase vehicle light. devices that are not used to perform an emissions. Diagnosis and service may be . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to required. engine operation and poor driveability, service the vehicle may affect vehicle which may go away once the engine is operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle 0 speed and avoid hard accelerations and warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel 229. See your dealer if assistance is uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the brand. It may require at least one full needed. amount of cargo being hauled as soon as tank of the proper fuel to turn the light The vehicle may not pass inspection if: off. See Recommended Fuel 0 212. possible. . The light is on when the engine is If the light continues to flash, find a safe If the light remains on, see your dealer. running. place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait Emissions Inspection and Maintenance . The light does not come on when the at least 10 seconds before restarting the ignition is on while the engine is off. Programs engine. If the light is still flashing, follow . Critical emission control systems have not the previous guidelines and see your dealer If the vehicle requires an Emissions been completely diagnosed. If this for service as soon as possible. Inspection/Maintenance test, the test happens, the vehicle would not be ready If the light is on steady : A malfunction has equipment will likely connect to the for inspection and might require been detected. Diagnosis and service may be vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). several days of routine driving before the required. system is ready for inspection. This can happen if the 12-volt battery has recently Check the following: been replaced or run down, or if the . If fuel has been added to the vehicle vehicle has been recently serviced. using the capless funnel adapter, make sure that it has been removed. See See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can” or cannot be made ready for the test. under Filling the Tank 0 213. The diagnostic system can detect if the adapter has been left installed in the vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

88 Instruments and Controls Brake System Warning Light the system. If the ABS light stays on, { Warning or comes on again while driving, the vehicle The brake system might not be working needs service. A chime may also sound properly if the brake system warning when the light comes on steady. light is on. Driving with the brake system If the ABS light is the only light on, the warning light on can lead to a crash. vehicle has regular brakes, but the antilock If the light is still on after the vehicle has brakes are not functioning. Metric English been pulled off the road and carefully If both the ABS and the brake system stopped, have the vehicle towed for warning light are on, the vehicle's antilock This light should come on briefly when the service. brakes are not functioning and there is a vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on problem with the regular brakes. See your then, have it fixed so it will be ready to Antilock Brake System (ABS) dealer for service. warn you if there is a problem. Warning Light See Brake System Warning Light 0 88. When the vehicle is on, the brake system warning light also comes on when the Four-Wheel-Drive Light parking brake is set. The light stays on if the parking brake does not fully release. If it stays on after the parking brake is fully released, there is a brake problem. Have the brake system inspected right away. If the light comes on while driving, pull off This light comes on briefly when the engine is started. the road and stop carefully. The brake pedal Auto Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar might be harder to push, or the brake pedal If the light does not come on, have it fixed may go closer to the floor. It could take so it will be ready to warn if there is a If equipped, the four-wheel-drive light longer to stop. If the light is still on, have problem. displays what mode the vehicle is in. The the vehicle towed for service. See Towing light will show each mode: 2WD, 4HI, AUTO If the light comes on while driving, stop as the Vehicle 0 293. (all transfer cases); 4LOW and N (two-speed soon as it is safely possible and turn off the transfer case only). vehicle. Then start the engine again to reset GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 89 The light will flash when a shift is in If equipped, the Hill Descent Control light Vehicle Ahead Indicator progress. Once the shift is complete the comes on when the system is ready for use. light will be steady. When the light flashes, the system is active. If the light turns amber, there may be a See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 203. malfunction with the four-wheel-drive system. See your dealer. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) See Four-Wheel Drive 0 195. Light Tow/Haul Mode Light If equipped, this indicator will display green when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber when you are following a vehicle ahead much too closely. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 209. This light is green if LDW is on and ready to operate. Traction Off Light For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Mode This light changes to amber and flashes to feature, this light comes on when the indicate that the lane marking has been Tow/Haul Mode has been activated. crossed without using a turn signal in that See Tow/Haul Mode 0 195. direction. 0 Hill Descent Control Light See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 211. This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then turns off. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

90 Instruments and Controls The traction off light comes on when the If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off, the DIC messages to determine which feature(s) Traction Control System (TCS) has been system does not assist in controlling the is no longer functioning and whether the turned off by pressing and releasing the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak/ vehicle requires service. TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button. ESC systems, and the warning light If the light is on and flashing, the TCS and/ This light and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light turns off. or the StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively come on when StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability See Traction Control/Electronic Stability working. 0 Control (ESC) is turned off. Control 202. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited. Traction Control System (TCS)/ Control 0 202. Adjust driving accordingly. StabiliTrak Light Tire Pressure Light See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 202. StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly when the engine For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor is started. System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly If the light does not come on, have the when the engine is started. It provides This light comes on briefly while starting vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the information about tire pressures and the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle system is working normally, the indicator the TPMS. serviced by your dealer. light turns off. When the Light Is On Steady This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/ If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS This indicates that one or more of the tires Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system are significantly underinflated. turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the have been disabled. A Driver Information Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. Center (DIC) message may display. Check the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 91

A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire Caution (Continued) Low Fuel Warning Light (Base pressure message may also display. Stop as soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the still low, have the vehicle serviced. Level) pressure value shown on the Tire and Always follow the maintenance schedule Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure for changing engine oil. 0 269. When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This light should come on briefly as the 0 271. engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it means English Shown that oil is not flowing through the engine Caution This light comes on for a few seconds when properly. The vehicle could be low on oil the ignition is turned on as a check to Lack of proper engine oil maintenance and might have some other system indicate it is working. If it does not come can damage the engine. Driving with the problem. See your dealer. on, have it fixed. engine oil low can also damage the The low fuel warning light comes on and a engine. The repairs would not be covered chime sounds when the vehicle is low on by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil fuel. The light turns off when fuel is added level as soon as possible. Add oil if to the fuel tank. required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

92 Instruments and Controls Low Fuel Warning Light (Uplevel) If the light stays on and the engine does The light goes out when the fog lamps are not start, there could be a problem with the turned off. See Fog Lamps 0 104 for more theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer information. Operation 0 15. Lamps On Reminder High-Beam On Light

This light is near the fuel gauge and comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on as a check to show it is working. It also comes on when the fuel tank is low This light comes on when the exterior lamps on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is This light comes on when the high-beam are in use, except when only the Daytime added. If it does not, have the vehicle headlamps are in use. Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior serviced. 0 See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer Lamp Controls 101. Security Light 0 102. Cruise Control Light Front Fog Lamp Light

The security light should come on briefly as The cruise control light is white when the the engine is started. If it does not come on, cruise control is on and ready, and turns have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. The fog lamp light comes on when the fog lamps are in use. green when the cruise control is set and If the system is working normally, the active. indicator light turns off. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 93 The light goes out when the cruise control is DIC Operation and Displays Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items turned off. See Cruise Control 0 204. The DIC has different displays which can be Press MENU on the turn signal lever until Door Ajar Light (Uplevel Cluster) accessed by using the DIC buttons on the the TRIP menu displays. Use w x to scroll turn signal lever. through the menu items. Not all items are DIC Buttons available on every vehicle. The following is a list of all possible menu items: Digital Speed : Displays how fast the vehicle is moving in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The speedometer cannot be reset. This light comes on when a door is open or not securely latched. Before driving, check Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel Economy : that all doors are properly closed. 1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press and hold Displays the current distance traveled, in to clear, the menu item displayed. either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from the last reset for the trip odometer. The trip Information Displays 2. w x : Use the band to scroll through odometer can be reset to zero by pressing Driver Information Center (DIC) the items in each menu. and holding the SET/CLR button while the 3. MENU: Press to display the Trip/Fuel trip odometer display is showing. (Base Level) Menu, the Vehicle Information Menu, Also displays the approximate average liters The DIC displays information about your and the ECO Menu. This button is also per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per vehicle. It also displays warning messages if used to return to or exit the last screen gallon (mpg). This number is based on the a system problem is detected. See Vehicle displayed on the DIC. number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since Messages 0 97. All messages appear in the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the the last time this menu item was reset. This DIC display in the center of the instrument Duramax diesel supplement for additional number reflects only the approximate cluster. DIC pages. average fuel economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving conditions change. Reset the average consumption by pressing SET/CLR when it is displayed. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

94 Instruments and Controls Fuel Range : Displays the approximate Vehicle Information Menu (VEHICLE) Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is displayed in distance the vehicle can be driven without Items either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per refueling. The fuel range estimate is based square inch (psi). Press MENU on the turn signal lever until on an average of the vehicle's fuel economy Tire Pressure : Displays a vehicle with the over recent driving history and the amount the VEHICLE menu is displayed. Use w x to scroll through the menu items. Not all approximate pressures of all four tires. Tire of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel pressure is displayed in either range cannot be reset. items are available on every vehicle. The following is a list of all possible menu items: kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per square Average Vehicle Speed : Displays the inch (psi). See Tire Pressure Monitor System average vehicle speed of the vehicle in Remaining Oil Life : Displays an estimate of 0 270 and kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per the oil's remaining useful life. If REMAINING Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 271. hour (mph). This average is based on the OIL LIFE 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the current oil life remains. Battery Voltage : Displays the current various vehicle speeds recorded since the battery voltage, if equipped. Battery voltage last reset. Reset the average speed by When the remaining oil life is low, the changes are normal while driving. See pressing SET/CLR when it is displayed. CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will Charging System Light 0 86. If there is a Timer : To start the timer, press SET/CLR appear on the display. The oil should be problem with the battery charging system, while Timer is displayed. The display will changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil the DIC will display a message. show the amount of time that has passed 0 237. In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional Engine Hours : Shows the total number of since the timer was last reset, not including hours the engine has run. time the ignition is off. Time will continue maintenance is recommended in the to be counted as long as the ignition is on, Maintenance Schedule in this manual. See Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the even if another display is being shown on Maintenance Schedule 0 306. temperature of the automatic transmission the DIC. The timer will record up to The Oil Life display must be reset after each fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees 99 hours, 59 minutes, and 59 seconds oil change. Do not reset the Oil Life display Fahrenheit (°F). (99:59:59) after which the display will return accidentally at any time other than when Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : TRAILER GAIN to zero. To stop the timer, press SET/CLR the oil has just been changed. It cannot be shows the trailer gain setting. This setting briefly while Timer is displayed. To reset the reset accurately until the next oil change. To can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either timer to zero, press and hold SET/CLR. reset the engine oil life system, see Engine a trailer connected or disconnected. Blank Display : Displays no information. Oil Life System 0 239. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 95 OUTPUT shows the power output to the When viewing best AFE, a several second trailer anytime a trailer with electric brakes press and hold of SET/CLR will reset the best is connected. Output is displayed as a bar value. The best value will show “---“ until graph. Dashes may appear in the OUTPUT the selected distance has been traveled. display if a trailer is not connected. The display provides feedback on how Units : Move w x to change between current driving behavior in the bar graph Metric or US when the Unit display is active. affects the running average in the top Press SET/CLR to confirm the setting. This display and how well recent driving will change the displays on the DIC to the compares to the best that has been type of measurements you select. achieved. ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO) Items Driver Information Center (DIC) This menu is only available on some (Uplevel) w or x : Press to move up or down in vehicles. Press MENU on the turn signal The DIC displays are shown in the center of a list. lever until the ECO menu is displayed. Use the instrument cluster in the Info app. See or : Press to move between the to scroll through the menu items. 0 o p w x Instrument Cluster 80. The displays show interactive display zones in the cluster. Not all items are available on every vehicle. the status of many vehicle systems. The The following is a list of all possible menu controls for the DIC are on the right steering V : Press to open a menu or select a menu items: wheel control. item. Press and hold to reset values on Best Average Fuel Economy : The bottom certain screens. displays the best average fuel economy If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the (AFE) that is achieved for a selected Duramax diesel supplement for additional distance. The top displays a running average DIC pages. of fuel economy for the most recently traveled selected distance. The center bar DIC Info Page Options graph displays the instantaneous fuel The info pages on the DIC can be turned on economy. Quickly press the SET/CLR button or off through the Options menu. to change the settings for the distance options. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

96 Instruments and Controls 1. Press o or p to scroll to the Options Trip 1 or Trip 2 : Shows the current distance Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's application. traveled, in either kilometers (km) or remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE V miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the 2. Scroll to Info Page Options and press . reset. current oil life remains. 3. Press w or x to move through the list This also shows the approximate average When the remaining oil life is low, the of possible information displays. liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will 4. Press V while an item is highlighted to per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated appear on the display. The oil should be select or deselect that item. When an based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil item is selected, a checkmark will appear recorded since the last time this menu item 0 237. In addition to the engine oil life next to it. was reset. This number reflects only the system monitoring the oil life, additional approximate average fuel economy that the maintenance is recommended. See DIC Info Pages vehicle has right now, and will change as Maintenance Schedule 0 306. The following is the list of all possible DIC driving conditions change. The Oil Life display must be reset after each info page displays. Some may not be Press and hold V while this display is active oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not to available for your particular vehicle. Some to reset the trip odometer and the average reset the Oil Life display at any time other items may not be turned on by default but fuel economy. Trip 1 and Trip 2 can also be than when the oil has just been changed. can be turned on through the Settings app. reset by pressing V and choosing reset. It cannot be reset accurately until the next See “DIC Info Page Options” earlier in this oil change. To reset the engine oil life section. Fuel Range : Shows the approximate system, press and hold V for several distance the vehicle can be driven without Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either seconds while the Oil Life display is active. refueling. LOW will be displayed when the kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per See Engine Oil Life System 0 239. V vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range hour (mph). If equipped, press to open estimate is based on an average of the Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate the menu and select to display speed limit vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is signs. The sign will show “− −” when there history and the amount of fuel remaining in displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in is no detected speed limit or the system is the fuel tank. pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure unavailable. is low, the value for that tire is shown in amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 270 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 271. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 97 Instantaneous Fuel Economy : Displays the select “Reset Best Score.” Press V to reset Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is displayed in current fuel economy in liters per the best average fuel economy. After reset, either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per the best value displays “-,-” until the square inch (psi). gallon (mpg). This number reflects only the selected distance has been traveled. Engine Hours : Shows the total number of approximate fuel economy that the vehicle hours the engine has run. has right now and changes frequently as The display provides information on how driving conditions change. This display current driving behavior affects the running Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the cannot be reset. average and how well recent driving temperature of the automatic transmission compares to the best that has been fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Average Vehicle Speed : Displays the achieved for the selected distance. Fahrenheit (°F). average vehicle speed of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per Engine Hours (Hourmeter) : Shows the total Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : TRAILER GAIN hour (mph). This average is based on the number of hours the engine has run. This shows the trailer gain setting. This setting various vehicle speeds recorded since the display also shows the engine idle hours. can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either last reset. Reset the average speed by Timer : This display can be used as a timer. a trailer connected or disconnected. pressing V when it is displayed. To start the timer, press V while this OUTPUT shows the power output to the Fuel Economy : The center displays the display is active. The display will show the trailer anytime a trailer with electric brakes approximate instantaneous fuel economy as amount of time that has passed since the is connected. Output is displayed as a bar a number and bar graph. Displayed above timer was last reset. To stop the timer, graph. Dashes may appear in the OUTPUT the bar graph is a running average of fuel press V briefly while this display is active display if a trailer is not connected. economy for the most recently traveled and the timer is running. To reset the timer Blank Page : Shows no information. selected distance. Displayed below the bar to zero, press and hold V while this display graph is the best average fuel economy that is active. Vehicle Messages has been achieved for the selected distance. The selected distance is displayed at the top Battery Voltage : Displays the current Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the of the page as “last xxx mi/km.” battery voltage, if equipped. Battery voltage status of the vehicle or some action that changes are normal while driving. See V 0 may be needed to correct a condition. Press to select the distance or reset best Charging System Light 86. If there is a Multiple messages may appear one after value. Use w and x to choose the problem with the battery charging system, another. distance and press V. Press w and x to the DIC will display a message. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

98 Instruments and Controls The messages that do not require . Engine and Transmission Vehicle Speed Messages immediate action can be acknowledged and . Tire Pressure cleared by pressing V. The messages that . Battery SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH) require immediate action cannot be cleared This message shows that the vehicle speed until that action is performed. Engine Power Messages has been limited to the speed displayed. The All messages should be taken seriously; ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED limited speed is a protection for various clearing the message does not correct the propulsion and vehicle systems, such as problem. This message displays when the vehicle's lubrication, brakes, thermal, suspension, propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in Teen Driver if equipped, or tires. If a SERVICE message appears, see your propulsion power can affect the vehicle's dealer. ability to accelerate. If this message is on, If equipped with a diesel engine, see the Duramax Diesel supplement. Follow the instructions given in the but there is no observed reduction in messages. The system displays messages performance, proceed to your destination. regarding the following topics: Under certain conditions the performance Vehicle Personalization . Service Messages may be reduced the next time the vehicle is The following are all possible vehicle driven. The vehicle may be driven while this . Fluid Levels personalization features. Depending on the message is on, but maximum acceleration vehicle, some may not be available. . Vehicle Security and speed may be reduced. Anytime this . Brakes message stays on, or displays repeatedly, For System, Apps, and Personal features and . Steering the vehicle should be taken to your dealer functions, see “Settings” in the infotainment manual. . Ride Control Systems for service as soon as possible. . Driver Assistance Systems Under certain operating conditions, To access the vehicle personalization menu: . Cruise Control propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting 1. Touch the SETTINGS icon on the Home after the ignition has been off for . Lighting and Bulb Replacement Page of the infotainment display. 30 seconds. . Wiper/Washer Systems 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of . Doors and Windows available options. . Seat Belts 3. Touch to select the desired feature setting. . Airbag Systems GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Instruments and Controls 99 4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on. Auto Rear Defog Touch the controls on the infotainment display to adjust the volume. 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the This setting automatically turns the rear Settings menu. defogger on when the engine is started. Lighting The menu may contain the following: Touch Off or On. Touch and the following may display: Rear Seat Reminder Collision/Detection Systems . Vehicle Locator Lights . Exit Lighting This allows for a chime and a message when Touch and the following may display: the rear door has been opened before or . Park Assist Vehicle Locator Lights during operation of the vehicle. . Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols This setting flashes the vehicle’s headlamps Touch Off or On. Park Assist when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. Climate and Air Quality This allows the feature to be turned on or off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Touch Off or On. Touch and the following may display: Backing 0 207. Exit Lighting . Auto Fan Speed Touch Off or On. . Auto Defog This setting specifies how long the headlamps stay on after the vehicle is . Auto Rear Defog Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols turned off and exited. Auto Fan Speed This setting enables the Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, This setting specifies the amount of airflow Parking or Backing 0 207. or 120 Seconds. when the climate control fan setting is Auto Fan. Touch Off or On. Power Door Locks Touch Low, Medium, or High. Comfort and Convenience Touch and the following may display: . Open Door Anti-Lockout Auto Defog Touch and the following may display: . Auto Door Unlock This setting automatically turns the front . Chime Volume . Delayed Door Lock defogger on when the engine is started. Chime Volume Touch Off or On. This determines the chime volume level. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

100 Instruments and Controls Open Door Anti Lock Out Remote Unlock Light Feedback Remote Start Auto Heat Seats This setting prevents the driver door from When on, the exterior lamps will flash when If equipped and turned on, this feature will locking when the door is open. If this unlocking the vehicle with the RKE turn on the heated seats when using remote setting is on, the Delayed Door Lock menu transmitter. start on cold days. See Heated and 0 will not be available. Touch Off or Flash Lights. Ventilated Front Seats 25 and Remote Vehicle Start 0 11. Touch Off or On. Remote Lock Feedback Touch Off or On. Auto Door Unlock This allows selection of what type of This allows selection of which of the doors feedback is given when locking the vehicle Teen Driver will automatically unlock when the vehicle is with the RKE transmitter. See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” in the shifted into P (Park). Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, infotainment manual. Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. or Horn Only. Valet Mode Delayed Door Lock Remote Door Unlock This will lock the infotainment system and When on, this feature will delay the locking This allows selection of which doors will steering wheel controls. It may also limit of the doors. To override the delay, press unlock when pressing K on the RKE access to vehicle storage locations, the power door lock switch on the door. transmitter. if equipped. Touch Off or On. Touch All Doors or Driver Door. To enable valet mode: Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start Remote Start Auto Cool Seats 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad. 2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation Touch and the following may display: If equipped and turned on, this feature will screen. . Remote Unlock Light Feedback turn the ventilated seats on when using remote start on warm days. See Heated and 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. . Remote Lock Feedback Ventilated Front Seats 0 25. . Remote Door Unlock Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the system. Touch Back to go back to the . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Touch Off or On. previous menu. . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Lighting 101 Lighting Exterior Lighting . License Plate Lamps . Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls When the vehicle is turned off and the Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 101 headlamps are in AUTO, the headlamps turn Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 102 off. When the key is removed, they Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . 102 automatically turn on for a set time. The Flash-to-Pass ...... 102 time of the delay can be changed using the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 102 DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) Automatic Headlamp System ...... 102 (Base Level) 0 93 or Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 103 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 103 0 95. Fog Lamps ...... 104 ; : Turns on the parking lamps including Exterior Cargo Lamps ...... 104 The exterior lamp control is on the all lamps, except the headlamps. Interior Lighting instrument panel to the left of the steering 2 : Turns on the headlamps together with Instrument Panel Illumination wheel. the parking lamps and instrument panel Control ...... 105 O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and lights. Dome Lamps ...... 105 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the Reading Lamps ...... 105 When the headlamps are turned on while headlamp control to O again to turn the the vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off Lighting Features automatic headlamps or DRL back on. automatically 10 minutes after the ignition Entry Lighting ...... 106 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off will only is turned off. When the headlamps are Exit Lighting ...... 106 work when the vehicle is in P (Park). turned on while the vehicle is off, the Battery Load Management ...... 106 headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes Battery Power Protection ...... 106 AUTO : Automatically turns on the before turning off to prevent the battery Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 107 headlamps at normal brightness, together from being drained. Turn the headlamp with the following: control off and then back to the headlamp . Parking Lamps on position to make the headlamps stay on . Instrument Panel Lights . Taillamps GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

102 Lighting for an additional 10 minutes. To keep the When the high-beam headlamps are on, this The DRL system comes on when the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the indicator light on the instrument cluster will following conditions are met: ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. also be on. . The ignition is on. # : If equipped, this turns on the fog Flash-to-Pass . The exterior lamp control is in AUTO. lamps. See Fog Lamps 0 104. . The parking brake is released or the This feature lets you use the high-beam vehicle is not in P (Park). headlamps to signal a driver in front of you Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . The light sensor determines it is daytime. that you want to pass. It works even if the A reminder chime sounds when the headlamps are in the automatic position. When the DRL system is on, only the DRL headlamps or parking lamps are manually are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, turned on, the ignition is off, and a door is To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward instrument panel lights, and other lamps open. To disable the chime, turn the you, then release it. will not be on. lamps off. If the headlamps are in the automatic When it begins to get dark, the automatic Headlamp High/Low-Beam position or on low beam, the high-beam headlamp system switches from DRL to the headlamps will turn on. They will stay on as headlamps. Changer long as you hold the lever toward you. The high-beam indicator on the instrument To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp Push the turn signal lever away from you O and release to turn the high beams on. cluster will come on. Release the lever to control to and then release. For vehicles return to normal operation. first sold in Canada, off will only work when To return to low beams, push the lever the vehicle is parked. again or pull it toward you and release. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) DRL can make it easier for others to see the Automatic Headlamp System front of the vehicle during the day. Fully When the exterior lamp control is set to functional DRL are required on all vehicles AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the first sold in Canada. headlamps come on automatically. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Lighting 103 When it is bright enough outside, the Hazard Warning Flashers headlamps will turn off or may change to Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. Lights On with Wipers If the windshield wipers are activated in There is a light sensor on top of the daylight with the engine on, and the instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor, exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the otherwise the headlamps will come on when headlamps, parking lamps, and other they are not needed. exterior lamps come on. The transition time The system may also turn on the headlamps for the lamps coming on varies based on when driving through a parking garage or wiper speed. When the wipers are not | : Press to make the front and rear turn tunnel. operating, these lamps turn off. Move the signal lamps flash on and off. Press again to turn the flashers off. If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable automatic headlamp system comes on this feature. When the hazard warning flashers are on, immediately. If it is light outside when the the vehicle's turn signals will not work. vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight delay before the automatic headlamp Turn and Lane-Change Signals system changes to the DRL. During that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 105. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

104 Lighting An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes Fog Lamps Exterior Cargo Lamps in the direction of the turn or lane change. Move the turn signal lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. Raise or lower the lever for less than one second until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. This causes the turn signals to automatically flash three times. Holding the turn signal lever for more than one second will cause the turn signals to flash until the lever is released. If equipped, the control is on the center of The lever returns to its starting position the exterior lamp control, to the left of the whenever it is released. steering column. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the The ignition must be on for the fog lamps The cargo lamp provides more light in the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a to come on. cargo area of the vehicle, if needed. The signal bulb could be burned out. # lamps inside the pickup box also turn on, : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off. if equipped. Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is A light will come on in the instrument not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses cluster. Press the switch down to turn the cargo and Circuit Breakers 0 256. lamp on or off. The shift lever must be in When the fog lamps are turned on, the P (Park), R (Reverse), or N (Neutral) to Turn Signal On Chime parking lamps automatically turn on. operate the cargo lamp. If the turn signal is left on for more than When the headlamps are changed to high Become familiar with and follow all state 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each beam, the fog lamps go off. When the and local laws that apply to cargo lamp flash of the turn signal. The message TURN high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog operation. SIGNAL ON will also appear in the Driver lamps will come on again. Information Center (DIC). To turn the chime Some localities have laws that require the and message off, move the turn signal lever headlamps to be on with the fog lamps. to the off position. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Lighting 105 Interior Lighting Dome Lamps Reading Lamps Instrument Panel Illumination Control

The interior lamps control in the overhead The front reading lamps, if equipped, are in console controls both the front and rear the overhead console. interior lamps. This feature controls the brightness of the To operate: steering wheel and instrument panel lights. ( The instrument panel illumination control is : Turns the lamps off. next to the exterior lamp control. H : Turns the lamps on when any door is D : Move the thumbwheel up or down to opened. brighten or dim the lights. ' : Keeps the lamps on all the time. The interior lamps turn on automatically if the airbags are deployed. The rear reading lamps, if equipped, are in the headliner. # or $ : Press to turn each lamp on or off. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

106 Lighting Lighting Features The exterior lamps turn off immediately by A high electrical load occurs when several of turning the exterior lamps control off. the following are on, such as: headlamps, Entry Lighting This feature can be changed. See Vehicle high beams, fog lamps, rear window Personalization 0 98. defogger, climate control fan at high speed, Some exterior lamps and the interior lamps heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer turn on briefly at night, or in areas with Battery Load Management loads, and loads plugged into accessory limited lighting, when K is pressed on the power outlets. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. The vehicle has Electric Power Management (EPM), which estimates the battery's EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of When a door is opened, the interior lamps the battery. It does this by balancing the come on if the dome lamp control is in the temperature and state of charge. It then adjusts the voltage for best performance generator's output and the vehicle's H position. After about 30 seconds the and extended life of the battery. electrical needs. It can increase engine idle exterior lamps turn off. Entry lighting can be speed to generate more power, whenever disabled manually by changing the ignition When the battery's state of charge is low, needed. It can temporarily reduce the power out of the OFF position, or by pressing Q the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring demands of some accessories. on the RKE transmitter. the charge back up. When the state of charge is high, the voltage is lowered Normally, these actions occur in steps or This feature can be changed. See “Vehicle slightly to prevent overcharging. The levels, without being noticeable. In rare Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on cases at the highest levels of corrective 0 98. the Driver Information Center (DIC), action, this action may be noticeable to the if equipped, may show the voltage moving driver. If so, a DIC message might be Exit Lighting up or down. This is normal. If there is a displayed and it is recommended that the Some exterior lamps and the interior lamps problem, an alert will be displayed. driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible. come on at night, or in areas with limited The battery can be discharged at idle if the lighting when the key is removed from the electrical loads are very high. This is true for Battery Power Protection ignition. The exterior and interior lamps all vehicles. This is because the generator remain on for a set amount of time and (alternator) may not be spinning fast This feature shuts off the dome and reading then automatically turn off. The interior enough at idle to produce all the power that lamps, if they are left on for more than lamps do not come on if the dome lamp is needed for very high electrical loads. 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off. control is in the Off position. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Lighting 107 The cargo lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. This prevents the battery from running down. Exterior Lighting Battery Saver The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off, if the parking lamps or headlamps have been manually left on. This protects against draining the battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn the exterior lamp control to the O position and then back to the ; or 2 position. To keep the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

108 Infotainment System OnStar System ...... 132 Introduction Infotainment System Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 133 Vehicle Positioning ...... 133 Read the following pages to become familiar Introduction Problems with Route Guidance ...... 134 with the features. Introduction ...... 108 If the System Needs Service ...... 134 Overview ...... 109 Map Data Updates ...... 134 { Warning Steering Wheel Controls ...... 111 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 135 Using the System ...... 112 Taking your eyes off the road for too Software Updates ...... 115 Voice Recognition long or too often while using any Voice Recognition ...... 135 infotainment feature can cause a crash. Radio You or others could be injured or killed. AM-FM Radio ...... 115 Phone Do not give extended attention to HD Radio Technology ...... 116 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 140 infotainment tasks while driving. Limit Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 117 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a your glances at the vehicle displays and Satellite Radio ...... 117 Phone) ...... 141 focus your attention on driving. Use voice Radio Reception ...... 118 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 144 Multi-Band Antenna ...... 118 commands whenever possible. Settings Audio Players Settings ...... 146 The infotainment system has built-in Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 118 Teen Driver ...... 151 features intended to help avoid distraction USB Port ...... 118 by disabling some features when driving. Auxiliary Jack ...... 121 Trademarks and License Agreements These features may gray out when they are Bluetooth Audio ...... 121 Trademarks and License unavailable. Many infotainment features are Agreements ...... 154 also available through the instrument cluster OnStar System and steering wheel controls. OnStar System ...... 122 Before driving: Navigation . Become familiar with the operation, Using the Navigation System ...... 123 center stack controls, steering wheel Maps ...... 126 controls, and infotainment display. Navigation Symbols ...... 126 Destination ...... 127 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 109 . Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single control or by using a single voice command. See Distracted Driving 0 170. Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, Uplevel Radio speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work . Turn to decrease or increase the properly. Deactivation is required by your 1. O (Power) volume. dealer if related aftermarket equipment is . Press to turn the power on. 2. 7 installed. . Press and hold to turn the . Radio: Press and release to go to Overview power off. . Press to mute/unmute the system the previous station or channel. when on. Press and hold to fast seek the Infotainment System next strongest previous station or The infotainment system is controlled by . When the power is on and the channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 115. system is not muted, a quick using the infotainment display, controls on . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to status pane will display when O is the center stack, steering wheel controls, the beginning of the current or and voice recognition. pressed. Pressing O will mute the previous track. Press and hold to system and trigger this pane to quickly reverse through a track. show a long press is required to Release to return to playing speed. actually power down the system. See USB Port 0 118 or Bluetooth Audio 0 121. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

110 Infotainment System 3. { . Press to go to the Home Page. See “Home Page” later in this section. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and hold. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 144. 4. 6 . Radio: Press and release to go to the next station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next strongest station or channel. 1. { (Home Page) . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to the beginning of the current or . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the . Press to go to the Home Page. See previous track. Press and hold to next track. Press and hold to fast “Home Page” later in this section. forward through a track. Release to quickly reverse through a track. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple return to playing speed. See USB Release to return to playing speed. CarPlay. To enter back into Android 0 Port 0 118 or See USB Port 118 or 0 Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and Bluetooth Audio 0 121. Bluetooth Audio 121. hold. See Apple CarPlay and 3. O (Power) 5. o BACK Android Auto 0 144. . Press to return to the previous 2. 7 . Press to turn the power on. display in a menu. . Press and hold to turn the . Radio: Press and release to go to power off. 6. V the previous station or channel. . Turn to highlight a feature. Press Press and hold to fast seek the . Press to mute/unmute the system to activate the highlighted feature. next strongest previous station or when on. channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 115. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 111 . When the power is on and the Home Page Steering Wheel Controls system is not muted, a quick O The Home Page is where vehicle application status pane will display when is icons are accessed. Some applications are pressed. Pressing O will mute the disabled when the vehicle is moving. system and trigger this pane to The Home Page can be set up to have up to show a long press is required to four pages with eight icons per page. actually power down the system. . Turn to decrease or increase the Swipe left or right across the display to volume. access the pages of icons. 4. 6 Managing Home Page Icons . Radio: Press and release to go to 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page the next station or channel. Press icons to enter edit mode. and hold to fast seek the next 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to strongest station or channel. the desired position. If equipped, some audio controls can be . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in adjusted at the steering wheel. next track. Press and hold to fast the desired position. forward through a track. Release to g : Press to answer an incoming call or return to playing speed. See USB 4. To move an application to another page, start voice recognition (if equipped). Press Port 0 118 or drag the icon to the edge of the display and hold to activate Bluetooth Voice Bluetooth Audio 0 121. toward the desired page. Recognition/Siri Eyes Free. See Voice 0 5. v 5. Continue dragging and dropping Recognition 135 and application icons as desired. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 141 . Press and release to access the or phone display or answer an Bluetooth (Overview) 0 140. incoming call. i : Press to decline an incoming call or end a current call. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system when not on a call. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

112 Infotainment System o or p : Press the five-way control to go 2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease creating or signing into an existing profile. to the previous or next area of a display in the volume. The removed profile can be logged into at a later time. the instrument cluster. Using the System w or x : Press the five-way control to go Settings Audio up or down in a list on the instrument Touch the Settings icon to display the cluster. Touch the Audio icon to display the active Settings menu. See Settings 0 146. V audio source page. Examples of available : Press to select a highlighted menu Apple CarPlay option. sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB, AUX, and Bluetooth. Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate Phone Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a supported device is connected. See Apple Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone CarPlay and Android Auto 0 144. main page. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 141 or Android Auto Bluetooth (Overview) 0 140. Touch the Android Auto icon to activate Nav Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and If equipped, touch the Nav icon to display Android Auto 0 144. the navigation map. See Using the Navigation System 0 123. Apps Users If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for The favorites and volume switches are on download. Touch the Apps icon on the the back of the steering wheel. If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in Home Page to begin. or create a new user profile, and follow the Downloading and using in-vehicle apps 1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press on-screen instructions. to select the next or previous audio requires Internet connectivity which can be broadcast favorite. When listening to a Only four user profiles can be active at one accessed with a data plan through the media device, press to select the next or time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot, previous track. remove a profile from the menu before if equipped, or a compatible mobile device GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 113 hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation Infotainment Display Features Touch and Hold of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s Infotainment display features show on the Settings menu under Mobile Network display when available. When a feature is Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, unavailable, it may gray out. When a or similar. feature is touched, it may highlight. Availability of apps and connectivity varies by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data Haptic Feedback plan rates apply. Features are subject to If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that change. For more information, see occurs when an icon or option is touched on www.my.gmc.com/learn. the display or when controls on the center OnStar Services stack are pressed. Touch and hold can be used to start another gesture, or to move or delete an application. If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon Infotainment Gestures Drag to display the OnStar Services and Account Use the following finger gestures to control pages. See OnStar Overview 0 335 and the infotainment system. OnStar System 0 122. Touch/Tap Camera If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access the camera application. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 207. Shortcut Tray The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the Drag is used to move applications on the display. It shows up to four applications. Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the item, it must be held and moved along the Touch/tap is used to select an icon or display to the new location. This can be option, activate an application, or change the location inside a map. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

114 Infotainment System done up, down, right, or left. This feature is Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch only available when vehicle is parked and list, pan the map, or change page views. Do not in motion. this by placing a finger on the display then Nudge moving it rapidly up and down or right and left. Spread

Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain images, or a web page. Place finger and thumb apart on the display, then move Nudge is used to move items a short them together. distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle and move the selected item up or down to Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Information and Radio Displays a new location. images, or a web page. Place finger and For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or Fling or Swipe thumb together on the display, then move them apart. vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that could scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 115 Software Updates Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the Direct Tune controls on the infotainment display or by Over-the-Air Software Updates tapping/dragging the crosshair. See “Updates” under Settings 0 146 for Finding a Station details on software updates. Seeking a Station Radio AM-FM Radio

Playing the Radio Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon icon on the infotainment display to bring up to display the active audio source page. the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies Choose from the three most recently used using the arrows on the right side of the sources listed at the left side of the display Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station or touch the More option to display a list of From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) or channel using the keypad. When a new available sources. Examples of available option, press 6 or 7 on the center stack station or channel is entered, the sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if to search for the previous or next strong information about that station or channel equipped), MyMedia, USB, AUX (if station or channel. displays on the right side. This information equipped), and Bluetooth. will update with each new valid frequency. Browsing Stations Touch H to save the station or channel as Infotainment System Sound Menu Touch the Browse option to list all available a favorite. From any of the audio source main pages, stations or channels. Navigate up and down The keypad will gray out entries that do not touch Sound to display the following: through all stations by scrolling the list. contribute to a valid frequency and will Touch the station or channel you want to Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, automatically place a decimal point within Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using the listen to. Touch H to save the station or the frequency number. channel as a favorite. options on the infotainment display. Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. If equipped, touch Update Station List to Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers. update the active stations in your area. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

116 Infotainment System A valid AM or FM station will automatically AM, FM, and SXM Categories Favorites can also be stored by touching H tune to the new frequency but not close the in a station or channel list. This will Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM highlight indicating that it is now saved as a (if equipped), touch Go after entering the favorite. channel. Touch the Back icon on the The number of favorites displayed is infotainment display or touch z to exit out automatically adjusted by default, but can of Direct Tune. be manually adjusted in Settings in the The tune arrows on the right side of the System tab under Favorites and then Set Direct Tune display will tune through the Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be complete station or channel list one station adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under step at a time per touch. A touch and hold From the AM stations, if equipped with HD Audio and then Set Number of Audio advances through stations or channels Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, Favorites. quickly. touch Categories at the top of the Browse HD Radio Technology If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations menu to access the categories list. The list cannot be tuned directly through the Direct contains names associated with the AM or If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with Tune feature. Only the analog or FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a features such as digital quality sound, more HD1 station can use that feature. Use the category name to display a list of stations stations available on a single frequency such display arrows to adjust to the multicast or channels for that category. Touching a as HD2 and HD3, and display information stations. station or channel from the list will tune the such as artist and song title. radio to that station or channel. From the Now Playing display, touch the HD Storing Radio Station Presets Radio icon to turn HD on or off. Favorites show in the area at the top of the Station Access display. To access HD Radio stations: AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD Stations (if equipped) : Press and hold a Radio is turned on and the station is preset to store the current station or broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite automatically tune to the HD version of to recall a favorite station or channel. the current channel (HD1) after several GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 117 seconds. The radio will also display If the HD Radio signal loses reception while Satellite Radio icons representing additional channels listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio (HD2, ...HD8), that may be available. mutes until the signal can be recovered or SiriusXM Radio Service When the radio successfully tunes to a until the station is changed. If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM HD station, the HD logo will display and HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a radio subscription can receive SiriusXM digital audio will play. weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to programming. 2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the toggle HD Radio reception on and off. previous or next HD Radio station. SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of Radio Data System (RDS) programming and commercial-free music, There may be a delay before the station coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In starts playing. If equipped, RDS features are available for the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call The HD Radio station number is indicated use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see next to the HD logo. information. With RDS, the radio can: www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. . Group stations by Category (i.e., Program HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites. When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. number, song title, and artist appear on the For a list of all stations, see . Display messages from radio stations. display. www.hdradio.com. This system relies on receiving specific SiriusXM with 360L HD Radio Troubleshooting information from these stations and only SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to works when the information is available. in-vehicle listening experience for process. This can take several seconds. It is possible that a radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes subscribers. The experience now offers more Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital the radio features to work improperly. If this categories and system learned Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be happens, contact the radio station. recommendations toward discovering more weak, the station is out of range, or the personalized content. station may be out of alignment. Verify When information is broadcast from a RDS To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, proper reception on another station. station, the station name or call letters display on the audio screen. Radio text including streaming content and listening If the HD Radio signal weakens while supporting the currently playing broadcast recommendations, OnStar Connected Access listening to HD1, the radio will automatically may also appear. is required. Connected vehicle services vary switch to the analog version of the radio station. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

118 Infotainment System by model and require a complete working SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service Audio Players electrical system, cell reception, and GPS If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service signal. An active connected plan is required. provides digital radio reception. Tall Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use buildings or hills can interfere with satellite When using media devices such as SD cards, and subscription information. radio signals, causing the sound to fade in USB devices, and mobile devices, consider and out. In addition, traveling or standing Radio Reception the source. Untrusted media devices could under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, contain files that affect system operation or Unplug electronic devices from the accessory or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM performance. Avoid use if the content or power outlets if there is interference or signal for a period of time. Some cellular origin cannot be trusted. static in the radio. services may interfere with SXM reception causing loss of signal. USB Port FM Mobile Device Usage Audio stored on a USB device may be FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 listened to. to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in Mobile device usage, such as making or electronic circuit that automatically works to receiving calls, charging, or just having the The vehicle may be equipped with two USB reduce interference, some static can occur, mobile device on may cause static ports on the center stack. These ports are especially around tall buildings or hills, interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile for data and charging. There may also be causing the sound to fade in and out. device or turn it off if this happens. two USB ports for charging only at the rear of the center console. AM Multi-Band Antenna Caution The range for most AM stations is greater The roof antenna is for AM, FM, SXM, than for FM, especially at night. The longer OnStar, and GPS (Global Positioning System). To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all range can cause station frequencies to Keep clear of obstructions for clear accessories and disconnect all accessory interfere with each other. Static can also reception. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it cables from the vehicle when not in use. occur when things like storms and power is open, reception can also be affected. Accessory cables left plugged into the lines interfere with radio reception. When vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be this happens, try reducing the treble on the damaged or cause an electrical short if radio. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 119

Caution (Continued) My Media Library 7 : the unconnected end comes in contact MyMedia is only available when more than . Touch to seek the beginning of the one indexed device is connected. It allows current or previous track. with liquids or another power source such access to content from all indexed media as the accessory power outlet. . Touch and hold to reverse quickly sources. MyMedia will show as an available through playback. Release to return to source in the Source page. Playing from a USB playing speed. Elapsed time displays. USB MP3 Player and USB Devices A USB mass storage device can be connected 6 : to the USB port. The USB MP3 players and USB devices . Touch to seek the next track. connected must comply with the USB Mass . Touch and hold to advance quickly Audio extensions supported by the USB may Storage Class specification (USB MSC). include: through playback. Release to return to . MP3 To play a USB device: playing speed. Elapsed time displays. . AAC 1. Connect the USB. Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play . OGG 2. Touch Audio from the Home Page. music in random order. . 3GP 3. Touch the More option and then touch USB Sound Menu the USB device. Gracenote See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” Use the following when playing an active under AM-FM Radio 0 115. When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote USB source: service builds voice tags for music. Voice USB Browse Menu tags allow artists, albums with hard to p : Touch to play the current media source. When a list of songs, albums, artists, pronounce names, and nicknames to be used or other types of media displays, the up and to play music through voice recognition, j : Touch to pause playback of the current media source. down arrows and A-Z appear on the left if equipped. side. Select A-Z to view a display that will While indexing, infotainment features may show all letters of the alphabet and select be available. the letter to go to. Touch the up and down arrows to move the list up and down. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

120 Infotainment System Touch Browse and the following may 2. Touch the album to view a list of all 3. Touch a file from the list to begin display: songs on the album. playback. Playlists: 3. Touch a song from the list to begin Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts on 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on playback. the connected Apple device and get a list of the USB. Genres: podcast episodes. 2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. Audiobooks: songs in that playlist. 2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on 3. Touch a song from the list to begin 3. Touch an artist to view albums by that the Apple device. playback. artist. 2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of Supported playlist extensions are m3u 4. Touch an album to view songs on the chapters. and pls. album. 3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin Artists: 5. Touch a song to start playback. playback. 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored Composers: File System and Naming on the USB. 1. Touch to view the composers on File systems supported by the USB may 2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all the USB. include: albums by the artist. 2. Touch a Composer to view a list of . FAT32 3. To select a song, touch All Songs or albums by that composer. . NTFS touch an album and then touch a song 3. Touch an album or All Songs to view a . HFS+ from the list. list of songs. The songs, artists, albums, and genres are Songs: 4. Touch a song from the list to begin taken from the file’s song information and 1. Touch to display a list of all songs on playback. are only displayed if present. The radio the USB. displays the file name as the track name if Folders: the song information is not available. 2. To begin playback, touch a song from 1. Touch to view the directories on the list. the USB. Supported Apple Devices Albums: 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. To view supported devices, see 1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. my.gmc.com/learn. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 121 Storing and Recalling Media Favorites Podcasts : Touch H next to any podcast to Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack. To store media favorites, touch Browse to store the podcast as a favorite. Touch a When a device is connected, the system can display a list of media types. saved favorite to recall a favorite podcast. The podcast begins to play. play audio from the device over the vehicle Touch one of the following Browse options speakers. to save a favorite: Audiobooks : Touch H next to any audiobook to store the audiobook as a If an auxiliary device has already been connected, but a different source is currently Playlists : Touch H next to any playlist to favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a active, touch More and then touch AUX to store the playlist as a favorite. Touch a favorite audiobook. The first chapter in the make the source active. saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist. audiobook begins to play. The first song in the playlist begins to play. Shuffle and Browse are not available in the Media Playback and Mute Artists : Touch H next to any artist to AUX source menu. store the artist as a favorite. Touch a saved USB playback will be paused if the system is Bluetooth Audio favorite to recall a favorite artist. The first muted. If the steering wheel mute control is song in the artist list begins to play. pressed again, playback will resume. Music may be played from a paired If the source is changed while in mute, Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Songs : Touch H next to any song to store 0 playback resumes and audio will unmute. Using a Phone) 141 or the song as a favorite. Touch a saved Bluetooth (Overview) 0 140 for help pairing favorite to recall a favorite song. Auxiliary Jack a device. Albums : Touch H next to any album to If equipped, this vehicle has an auxiliary Volume and song selection may be store the album as a favorite. Touch a saved input jack in the center stack. Possible controlled by using the infotainment favorite to recall a favorite album. The first auxiliary audio sources include: controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is song in the album list begins to play. . Laptop computer selected and no volume is present, check the volume setting on the infotainment system. Genres : Touch H next to any genre to . Audio music player Music can be launched by touching store the genre as a favorite. Touch a saved This jack is not an audio output. Do not Bluetooth from the recent sources list on favorite to recall a favorite genre. The first plug headphones into the auxiliary input the left of the display or by touching the song of the genre begins to play. jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the More option and then touching the vehicle is in P (Park). Bluetooth device. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

122 Infotainment System To play music via Bluetooth: Browse functionality will be provided where 4G LTE performance is based on industry 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect supported by the Bluetooth device. This averages and vehicle systems design. Some the device. media content will not be part of the services require a data plan. MyMedia source mode. 2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home The OnStar App Page, then touch Bluetooth from the Some smartphones support sending recent sources list on the left of the Bluetooth music information to display on If equipped, the infotainment system has display. the radio. When the radio receives this OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app information, it will check to see if any is on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions Bluetooth Sound Menu available and display it. For more that can be performed with the buttons can See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” information about supported Bluetooth be done using the app. To open the app, under AM-FM Radio 0 115. features, see my.gmc.com/learn. touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page. App updates require a corresponding service Manage Bluetooth Devices plan. Features vary by region and model. From the Home Page: OnStar System Features are subject to change. For more information, see my.gmc.com/learn or 1. Touch Audio. 4G LTE press Q. 2. Touch More. If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven 3. Touch Bluetooth. devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and Services 4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. laptops, can be connected to high-speed The Services tab displays the default view Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi for the app. Use this page to launch the When touching Bluetooth, the radio may hotspot. available OnStar services. Touch a service to not be able to launch the audio player on open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the the connected device to start playing. When Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. connections manager. Turn-by-Turn and the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile Advisor Call are the other tiled options. device to begin playback. See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability, details, and system limitations. Service and All devices launch audio differently. When connectivity may vary by make, model, selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio year, carrier, availability, and conditions. may show as paused on the display. Press 4G LTE service is available in select markets. play on the device or touch p on the display to begin playback. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 123 Account Wi-Fi Hotspot Predictive Navigation may learn elements The Account tab displays a snapshot of the Touch to display the Settings page, which such as: account linked with the vehicle. If there is shows the configurations for the vehicle . Personalized routes based on preferred no such account, this tab will show all hotspot and allows them to be changed. streets. values as ——. The call advisor call icon will For more information, see www.onstar.com. . Search results that provide best matches be active even if there is no active account. at the top of the list. Advisor Call Navigation . Predictive traffic. . Local map content updating. Selecting Advisor Call is the same as pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR Using the Navigation System Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or (1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper If equipped, launch the Nav application by disabled at a later time by touching A right corner of the screen does not end the touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or (Options). While in Options, touch Settings, call, but returns to the previous screen. on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 146. Turn-by-Turn Directions infotainment display. Navigation Map View With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor When the Nav application is launched for can download a destination to the vehicle or the first time, a product walkthrough is its embedded navigation system, available. Use of the feature requires the if equipped. Select Turn-by-Turn Directions Terms and Conditions and the Privacy from the Services tab of the OnStar app to statement to be confirmed. If available and call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite signed into a profile, it is also suggested to destination. Touch the navigation icons to enable and confirm Predictive Navigation. select home, address or place. A destination Predictive Navigation (If Equipped) transfer from OnStar will show the detail view of the destination when it is If Predictive Navigation is available and transferred from OnStar to the Navigation confirmed, this feature learns preferences by remembering where the vehicle has been. After opening the Nav application for the application. See www.onstar.com for a first time, the application will always open coverage map. Services vary by model. Map It uses the locations and navigation history to personalize routes and results. in full map view displaying the vehicle’s coverage is available in the United States, current location. When the vehicle is Puerto Rico, and Canada. stopped, the search bar will appear along GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

124 Infotainment System the top of the navigation map view. If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a . Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive Manually close the search bar by touching customized profile, the current location icon Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in z. When the vehicle is moving, the } uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a this section. (Search) icon will replace the search bar to customized profile, the current location . About maximize the full map view. symbol will show a customized icon. See z Navigation Symbols 0 126. To exit a list, touch in the top right Destination Card Preferences corner to return to the main map view. Map and Navigation Settings From the Nav application, set up Home and Make sure to set up preferences before Work addresses to enable one-touch Touch A while in the map view to display setting a destination and starting active navigation. To set up Home and Work options. The following may display: guidance. addresses, touch A and select Settings, . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North Map Preferences then Map and Navigation Settings, and then . Show on Map Destination Card Preferences. Show My Touch to choose between basic map feature . Traffic Events (available with OnStar configurations: Places on Map should be on by default. Connected Navigation) Select and enter Home and/or Work address Map Colors and save. . Settings . Edit Destination (if a route has been set) . Auto – Touch to automatically change modes based on lighting conditions. . Avoid on Route (if a route has been set) . Day (Light) Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation . Night (Dark) Settings. The following may display: . Destination Card Preferences 3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or Off. When turned on, the system will . Map Preferences display all 3D Landmarks on the map . Route Preferences depending on the zoom level. . Navigation Voice Control 3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or To turn off the My Places bubbles, switch . Traffic Preferences Off. When turned on, the system will Show My Places on Map to Off. . Alert Preferences display all of the possible 3D building shapes . Fuel Grade Preferences on the map depending on the zoom level. . Manage History GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 125 Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) : ‐ Unpaved Roads Traffic Preferences (If Equipped) If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned ‐ Ferries A on, the system will display terrain While in Map View, touch , then Settings information on the map in 3D view. ‐ Carpool Lanes and then Map and Navigation Settings to ‐ Toll Roads access Traffic Preferences. When Show Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature ‐ Tunnels Off. When turned on, the system will provides an overview of the traffic flow automatically adjust the zoom level when ‐ Country Borders using different coded colors. The following the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the Navigation Voice Control options are available for rerouting: turn is completed, the system automatically . Auto Reroute to Better Route – The brings the zoom back to the originally set Touch to access the voice control setting display. system will automatically reroute if the level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn system detects there is a traffic issue with the next turn occurring shortly after, . Navigation Volume – To adjust the ahead. the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both volume level, touch the up and down turns are completed. arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is . Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the system detects there is a traffic issue Route Preferences being heard, volume can also be adjusted using the knob on the center stack or the ahead, it will display a pop-up with Touch to access the Route Preferences. The volume switch on the steering wheel. details about the issue. Choose to reroute choices are: or cancel the alert. . Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a . Preferred Route – Choose from two Call. Options available are: . Never Search for Better Route – The different route options: Fastest or system will not check for a better route ‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default) Eco-Friendly. until one of the above options is selected. ‐ Tone Only ‐ Fastest would be the route with the Alert Preferences ‐ None shortest drive time. Set alerts on or off during both inactive and ‐ Eco-Friendly would be the most Traffic Events (If Equipped) active guidance views. The following alerts fuel-efficient route. This feature provides a list of events that may be available: . Avoid on Current Route – Choose any of are on the route or nearby. Touch A and . Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display the road features to avoid while on route: then select Traffic Events. An OnStar upcoming School Zones. ‐ Highways connected Navigation service plan is . Traffic Camera Alerts required. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

126 Infotainment System Manage History . The SD card has initialized for the first time: “Once initialized, this SD card can Touch Manage History to access the History only be used for navigation in this options: vehicle.” . Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to . The SD card is not working properly: “SD clear the recent destinations. card is not functioning properly. . Clear Search History – Touch \ to clear (Error Code).” This indicates the vehicle’s current location the search history. . The SD card is not paired with the and direction on the map. About existing system: “This SD card is not valid in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s Touch to display software information, Manual for more detail or visit your such as: dealer. (Error Code).” . Telenav Terms and Conditions . The SD card has been removed from the . Telenav Privacy Statement slot: “SD card has been removed. . Navigation Version (Error Code).” This is the vehicle’s current location icon Maps Touch Continue to resume after the during inactive guidance mode. Once a user initialization error message. For the other profile is created, the current location icon The Nav application requires a map database messages, touch OK to return to the can be customized. to run. It is stored on an SD card that is Home Page. connected to the infotainment system. If the This icon indicates the vehicle’s current map database is not available, a missing SD Navigation Symbols location and direction on the map. card error message will be displayed. Following are the most common symbols SD Card Error Messages that may appear in the Nav application. The SD card only works for one unique vehicle. The SD card must pass authentication verification to be used for that specific vehicle. Potential error scenarios and messages include: GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 127 The destination pin marks the location of Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and Waypoints the final destination. Touch the pin to view view the entire route. Touch it again to Add up to five waypoints, which are the destination address or to add it or return to the previous view. additional destinations, along the route. To remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the View the drive time by touching the add an additional stop or waypoint: information by touching the pin one more estimated time of arrival (ETA). time. It will automatically time out if no 1. From active guidance, touch }. Current Location action is taken. 2. Search for the destination using One-Box, When the vehicle is parked and not in a Voice search, or the Quick Category Navigation session, the user icon is centered icons. on the map view, highlighting the current 3. Choose search results Along Route, location. Nearby, or Near Destination. Destination 4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch Add to Trip or replace the current If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs) Receiving Destination Directions from destination by touching New Destination. Different Sources are places of interest for parking and gas Route options are not available for stations. Destinations can be received or transferred waypoints. from different sources to the Nav application for route guidance. If equipped, some of Arriving at a Waypoint these sources may include: When approaching a waypoint, the system . Navigation from search results. will display a Destination Arrival view. To . OnStar Advisor destination download. continue on to the next destination touch the Drive to message on the infotainment . An address from the Contacts list. display. The progress bar provides an overview of . An application on the smartphone that the route progress and may show traffic and can send destinations to the vehicle. If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets out of the current route, the system will incidents along the way. As the route . An application downloaded to the vehicle proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar. such as OnStar Services that can send automatically reroute back to this waypoint. destinations to the navigation system. At the same time, it will show a Drive to icon along with the next waypoint address GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

128 Infotainment System so the current waypoint can be skipped and Map Information . Use the index finger and thumb to zoom guidance can resume to the next waypoint out by pinching and then zoom in by Road network attributes are contained in the or destination. spreading those two fingers on the map. map database for map information. Editing a Waypoint Attributes include information such as street Map Gestures and Map Scale names, street addresses, and turn When waypoints are added during active Use the following gestures on the restrictions. A detailed area includes all guidance, the system allows a stop to be infotainment display to adjust the map scale major highways, service roads, and deleted or the order to be changed. To edit and display options. a waypoint: residential roads. The detailed areas include Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants, . Pinch to zoom in or out. 1. Touch A. airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas . Pan the map. 2. Touch Edit Destinations. stations, tourist attractions, and historical . Use two fingers to tilt down and change . Modify destination order by touching monuments. from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back and holding the arrow until it is If the vehicle does not have an applicable to 2D. highlighted. Drag to move the service plan, the map database may not . Rotate the map. waypoint up or down the list. include data for newly constructed areas or See Using the System 0 112. . Delete a waypoint by touching Y. map database corrections that are A pop-up will appear to confirm completed after production. The navigation Mute waypoint removal. Once the request system provides full route guidance in the When in active guidance, the audio prompts is confirmed, the system will remove detailed map areas. while using navigation can be muted. Touch the address from the destinations list. Zoom Control the speaker icon on the right side of the Touch z on the top right corner so upper bar. A slash will appear on the the system can recalculate the route. The zoom control display is shown on the speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted. map view. A few ways to zoom in or If there is only one address in the out are: Active Guidance View destinations list, the system will . Touch + or – to zoom in or out on disable the move and delete When a destination is chosen and a the map. functions. The system will not allow navigation session is active, the navigation the final destination to be deleted. . Double tap with one finger to zoom in or system enters into an Active Guidance single tap with two fingers to zoom out View (AGV). on the map. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 129 Map Orientation 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon When the vehicle is approaching a turn with A will appear in the middle of the display. the next turn following in quick succession, Touch on the map to access map Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic a quick-turn list appears below the primary orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D bar again to return to the previous view, turn indicator. An audio prompt will Heading Up by default. either 2D or 3D. announce the quick turn. Available settings are: Lane Guidance Auto-Zoom . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the The map will display the lane information When approaching a maneuver, the map current location icon will always head up for the upcoming maneuver if it is available. will automatically zoom in to show both the and the map will rotate around it. Junction View vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to give a better view of the maneuver. Once . 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle When a vehicle is on the highway and the maneuver is complete, the system will pointing up. In this mode, the current approaching the exit, an image displays the zoom back to the previous zoom level. location icon will always head up and the lane that the vehicle must stay in to Touch A on the map to access Settings, map will rotate around it. complete the next maneuver. then touch Map Preferences to access . 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing Quick-Turn View Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or up. In this mode, the current location icon disabled. will shift as the vehicle turns left and right. Directions Touch the icon to change the map type. The Touch the menu option next to the next icon and label will also update accordingly. turn street name to display Directions. Depending on the zoom level of the 2D Directions displays the turns and directions Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the from the current location to the final system may automatically switch to the 2D destination. North Up map. Editing Directions When in AGV, the entire route can be Directions can be edited by choosing y, viewed in 2D North Up by touching the which expands the list to fill the display and traffic bar. The map will zoom out and enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode, readjust to display the full route. When in an unwanted route segment can be GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

130 Infotainment System removed from the route by touching Y next exit from the current vehicle position, and This symbol indicates the next guidance to the segment. A pop-up appears to convenience stops that may be available, maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last confirm segment removal. such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging. spoken guidance instruction. When the route segment has been removed, Next Maneuver Menu Incident Alert (If Equipped) all segments are replaced by an activity When in Active Guidance, the Next During active guidance, if the system indicator while the new route is Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and determines that there is an incident ahead recalculated. When the recalculation is Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next but there is not a better route, the system complete, the activity indicator is replaced Maneuver at the top of the display will play a tone and show a Quick Notice. with the new route segments. overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to This will only show once per incident. Highway Exits List Destination, and Traffic Indicator are Incident Reports (If Equipped) displayed in a panel pinned on the right of the display. Incident report icons, along with traffic flow data, display on the map during both active Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert and inactive guidance. If the Navigation application is not open End Route when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end the main navigation view or touch z to active guidance and return to inactive dismiss the alert. guidance. If active guidance is canceled before the destination has been reached, a Repeat Voice Guidance Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear. displays next to the current street name Resume Trip near the bottom of the display. The icon The trip can be resumed if it was canceled only appears when on a highway with by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option. defined exits. While traveling on roads with designated exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit list displays the exit number, distance to the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 131 If the system has determined that the 3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to Show POI Icons destination has been reached, either because access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon To see the POI categories, touch Options, the arrival view displayed or the destination to rename the favorite. then touch Show on Map. Up to eight has been passed, the Resume Trip option 4. Touch Save to store the renamed categories of icons can be selected. will not appear. favorite. Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped) Favorites Recents The navigation favorites can have contacts, Touch H to access a list of recent addresses, or POIs that have been saved destinations. through the favorite icon on the details view. Recenter Position Icon Accessing Favorites Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the middle of the map view to reset the map to In the Nav application, view the Favorites the current location. list by touching H in the search bar along the top of the Nav map view. If the search Last Parked Location } H The smart POI icons such as fuel stations bar is closed, touch and select . The Last Parked Location is the last location and parking may appear based on time, the vehicle engine was turned off. That Saving Favorites location, driver search behavior, driving location is displayed in the first row of the conditions, and vehicle conditions. Favorites can be added from a number of Recents list. Touching the last Parked the system’s applications. Touch the Location shows the Address Details view to Touch a smart POI icon to open the favorites icon to save content as a favorite. either save the address or drive to it. The corresponding details: Renaming Navigation Favorites Last Parked Location can be deleted by . Left side: Name and address of the POI. entering the Edit display. Once the Last 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home . Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time Parked Location is deleted, it no longer Enroute.) Page and touch the System tab. appears in the Recents list, unless the 2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage vehicle is started at that location again. Favorites option. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

132 Infotainment System Smart Fuel Station Icons Auto Complete Connected Navigation Fuel station prices are shown if available for Enter a partial location in the field entry box Connected Navigation is a subscription nearby stations when the vehicle is low on the search display. Auto complete will service that enables certain capabilities on fuel. attempt to complete the destination based within the navigation system, such as Smart Parking Icons on what is being entered. Touch the Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive suggested item to search. Navigation capabilities. The system will When reaching a densely populated Search While in Motion with No Front Seat show an alert when the subscription is destination and the system determines that expiring and will ask to renew the plan. parking may be limited, the system will Passenger Present attempt to display nearby parking The search display will not allow changes or OnStar System destinations with pricing information, text input with the keyboard when the if available. vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor showing three rows of the most commonly can download a destination to the vehicle or Report an Issue Using POI Details (If into the built-in navigation system. Equipped) used categories appears. Touching the search box will activate speech recognition. In the POI details page, a POI issue can be reported if the data is not accurate or the Search While in Motion with Front Seat address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue Passenger Present near the bottom of the display to access the If the system detects that the front seat issue selection page. Touch one of the passenger is present with both driver and predefined issues on the selection page, passenger seat belts buckled, touching the then touch Send. The system will send the search icon will display an alert message information for analysis. that allows the passenger to search for a destination as if the vehicle were stopped. Search Touch OnStar Services on the Home Page to Touch Search on the infotainment display to access the OnStar menu. Touch Turn-by-Turn open the search display. It has a search field Directions icon while on the Services tab of entry box, quick category icon shortcuts, the OnStar menu. recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 133 Turn-by-Turn Navigation Cancel a Route For more information if the GPS is not If a route is in progress using either the functioning properly, see Problems with Route Guidance 0 134 and vehicle navigation system or the 0 Turn-by-Turn route, and a new route is If the System Needs Service 134. requested, the current route in progress will Vehicle Positioning be canceled. At times, the position of the vehicle on the Global Positioning System (GPS) map could be inaccurate due to one or more If equipped, the position of the vehicle is of the following reasons: determined by using satellite signals, various . The road system has changed. After touching the Turn-by-Turn Directions vehicle signals, and map data. . The vehicle is driving on slippery road surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow. icon, select destinations from Recents or At times, other interference such as the Favorites. Recents or Favorites will be empty satellite condition, road configuration, . The vehicle is traveling on winding roads if this is the first use. To find new locations, condition of the vehicle, and/or other or long, straight roads. touch OnStar Advisor, Home Directions, circumstances can affect the navigation . The vehicle is approaching a tall building Place Voice Search, or Address Voice Search. system's ability to determine the accurate or a large vehicle. Lane Guidance position of the vehicle. . The surface streets run parallel to a The GPS shows the current position of the freeway. vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites. . The vehicle has been transferred by a When the vehicle is not receiving signals vehicle carrier or a ferry. from the satellites, a symbol appears in the . The current position calibration is set status bar. incorrectly. This system might not be available or . The vehicle is traveling at high speed. interference can occur if any of the . The vehicle changes directions more than following are true: once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn . Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, table in a parking lot. When available, the system will show the trees, large trucks, or a tunnel. . The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a best lane(s) to be in for the next maneuver. . Satellites are being repaired or improved. parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

134 Infotainment System . The GPS signal is not received. . It could take a long time to operate Map Data Updates . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle. automatic rerouting during high-speed driving. The map data in the vehicle is the most . Tire chains are installed on the vehicle. up-to-date information available when the . The tires are replaced or worn. . Automatic rerouting might display a route returning to the set waypoint if heading vehicle was produced. The map data is . The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect. for a destination without passing through updated periodically, provided that the map . This is the first navigation use after the a set waypoint. information has changed and the vehicle has map data is updated. a relevant service plan. . The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle . The 12-volt battery has been disconnected due to a regulation by time or season or Over-the-Air-Vehicle Map Updates for several days. any other regulation which may be given. If equipped, the infotainment system can . The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic . Some routes might not be searched. where driving is at low speeds, and the receive map updates over the air. Map . The route to the destination might not be vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly. updates occur within a 161 km (100 mi) shown if there are new roads, if roads radius around the home address on file. This Problems with Route Guidance have recently changed, or if certain roads boundary will adjust over time based on are not listed in the map data. See Maps driving patterns. The vehicle uses a Inappropriate route guidance can occur 0 126. Cloud-connected service to receive the date under one or more of the following and downloads it to the system’s onboard conditions: To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the map, park with the vehicle running for two SD card, if equipped. A data plan or . The turn was not made on the road to five minutes, until the vehicle position compatible mobile device hotspot is indicated. updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in required. The SD card is required for . Route guidance might not be available a location that is safe and has a clear view navigation system function. when using automatic rerouting for the of the sky and away from large When a map update is available, a prompt next right or left turn. obstructions. will appear on the infotainment display. . The route might not be changed when Once the update is accepted, it will using automatic rerouting. If the System Needs Service download and run in the background . There is no route guidance when turning If the navigation system needs service, see without interruption any infotainment at an intersection. your dealer. functions. The download will carry over . Plural names of places might be announced occasionally. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 135 ignition cycles, stopping and starting where However, not all features within these areas Hybrid Speech Recognition it left off. The updates can be set to are supported by voice commands. If equipped, this feature helps distinguish download automatically. Generally, only complex tasks that require words by using Internet-based information multiple manual interactions to complete See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on along with the system’s voice recognition are supported by voice commands. ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or database. This allows you to speak more replacement SD card. Features are subject to For example, tasks that take more than one naturally when using voice recognition. change. For more information on this or two touches, such as a song or artist to feature, see my.gmc.com/learn. play from a media device, would be Using Voice Recognition supported by voice commands. Other tasks, Voice recognition becomes available once Database Coverage Explanations like adjusting the volume or seeking up or the system has been initialized. This begins Coverage areas vary with respect to the down, are audio features that are easily when the ignition is turned on. Initialization level of map detail available for any given performed by touching one or two options, may take a few moments. and are not supported by voice commands. area. Some areas feature greater levels of 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls detail than others. If this happens, it does In general there are flexible ways to speak to activate voice recognition. not mean there is a problem with the commands for completing the tasks. system. As the map data is updated, more 2. The audio system mutes and the system If your language supports it, try stating a detail can become available for areas that plays a prompt. one-shot command, such as “Directions to previously had limited detail. See Map Data 3. Clearly speak one of the commands address .” Do not include the ZIP code while stating the address during the A voice recognition system prompt can Voice Recognition command. Another example of a one-shot be interrupted while it is playing by pressing again. If equipped, voice recognition allows for Destination Entry command is, “Directions to g hands-free operation within the navigation, Place of Interest at .” If these Once voice recognition is started, both the audio, phone, and weather applications. This commands do not work, try saying, “Take infotainment display and instrument cluster me to Place of Interest” or “Find address” feature can be started by pressing g on the show the selections and visual dialog and the system will walk you through by content. These displays can be turned on or steering wheel or touching g on the asking additional questions. infotainment display. off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings 0 146. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

136 Infotainment System There are three voice prompt modes the voice recognition dialog will progress in Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands supported: the same way as if the selection were made Voice recognition can understand commands using a voice command. Once the system . Informative verbal prompts: This type of that are naturally stated in sentence form or completes the task, or the session is prompt will provide more information direct commands that state the application terminated, the voice recognition dialog regarding the supported actions. and the task. stops. . Short prompts: This type of prompt will For best results: provide simple instructions about what An example of this type of manual can be stated. intervention is touching an entry of a . Listen for the prompt before saying a command or reply. . Auto informative prompts: This type of displayed number list instead of speaking prompt plays during the first few speech the number associated with the entry . Speak the command naturally, not too sessions, then automatically switches to desired. fast, not too slow. the short prompt after some experience Canceling Voice Recognition . Use direct commands without a lot of has been gained through using the extra words. For example, “Call system. . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to at work,”“Play” followed by the artist or terminate the voice recognition session song name, or “Tune” followed by the If a command is not spoken, the voice and show the display where voice radio station number. recognition system says a help prompt. recognition was initiated. . Navigation destinations can be made in a Prompts and Infotainment Displays . Press i on the steering wheel controls single command using keywords. A few While a voice recognition session is active, to terminate the voice recognition session examples are: “I want directions to an there may be corresponding options and show the display where voice address,”“I need to find a place of showing on the displays. A selection can be recognition was initiated. interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.” made by manually touching the option, Natural Language Commands The system responds by requesting more or by speaking the number for the option to details. For other POIs, say the name of a Most languages do not support natural select. Manual interaction in the voice category like “Restaurants,”“Shopping language commands in sentence form. For recognition session is permitted. Interaction Malls,” or “Hospitals.” during a voice session may be completed those languages, use direct commands like the examples shown on the display. . Navigating to a destination outside of the entirely using voice commands while some current country takes more than one manual commands may expedite a task. If a command. The first command is to tell selection is made using a manual control, the system where the navigation will take GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 137 place, such as an Address, Intersection, When a display contains a list, there may be Help POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection options that are available but not displayed. Say “Help” on any voice recognition display is selected, the second command is to The list on a voice recognition screen and the help prompt for the display is say, “Change Country.” Once the system functions the same as a list on other played. responds, say the country before saying displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to the rest of the address and/or help display other entries from the list. Voice Recognition for the Radio intersection. Manually scrolling or paging the list on a If browsing the audio sources when voice is If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,” display during a voice recognition session touched, the voice recognition commands then “Change Country.” suspends the current voice recognition event for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are Direct commands might be more clearly and plays the prompt “Please select available. understood by the system. An example of a manually or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to try again.” “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and direct command would be “Call .” tune to the last AM radio station. Examples of these direct commands are If manual selection takes more than displayed on most of the screens while a 15 seconds, the session terminates and “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone prompts that it has timed out. The display tune to the last FM radio station. Commands,” is spoken, the system returns to the display where voice “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM understands that a phone call is requested recognition was initiated. and tune to the last SiriusXM channel. and will respond with questions until enough details are gathered to make a call. The Back Command “Tune to AM” : Tune to Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the the radio station whose frequency is If a cell phone number has been saved with identified in the command (like “nine fifty”). a name and a place, the direct command infotainment display to go to the should include both, for example “Call previous menu. “Tune to FM” : Tune to the at work.” If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken radio station whose frequency is identified all the way back to the starting display, and in the command (like “one oh one Using Voice Recognition for List Options then “Back” is spoken one more time, the point one”). When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will voice recognition session will cancel. “Tune to AM HD” : Tune ask to confirm or select an option from to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose that list. frequency is identified in the command. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

138 Infotainment System “Tune to FM HD” : Tune to “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose specific song name. specific name. frequency is identified in the command. “Play Song ” : Begin playback “Play Episode ” : Begin “Tune to FM HD ” : Tune to the HD Radio “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a station (if equipped) whose frequency and specific genre. specific podcast. HD channel are identified in the command. “Play Genre ” : Begin “Play Podcast ” : Begin “Tune to SXM ” : playback of a specific genre. playback of a specific podcast. Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel number is identified in the “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the command. specific playlist name. desired media content. “Tune to SXM ” : Tune “Play Playlist ” : Begin Handling Large Amounts of Media Content to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel playback of a specific playlist. It is expected that large amounts of media name is identified in the command. “Play ” : Play music from a content will be brought into the vehicle. Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia specific device identified by name. The It may be necessary to handle large device name is the name displayed on the amounts of media content in a different The available voice recognition commands display when the device is first selected as way than smaller amounts of media. The for [browsing] MyMedia are: an audio source. system may limit the options of voice “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a recognition by not allowing selection of files specific artist name. specific name. by voice at the highest level if the number of files exceeds the maximum limit. “Play Artist ” : Begin playback “Play Chapter ” : Begin of a specific artist. playback of a specific chapter. Changes to voice commands due to media content limits are: “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter . Files including other individual files of all specific album name. a specific audiobook. media types such as songs, audiobook “Play Album ” : Begin “Play Audiobook ” : chapters, podcast episodes, and videos. playback of a specific album. Begin playback of a specific audiobook. . Album type folders including types such as albums and audiobooks. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 139 There are no restrictions if the number of The system will provide feedback the first The name must be precisely spoken. files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When time voice recognition is initiated if it has Nicknames or short names for the the number of files connected to the system become apparent that any of these limits businesses will not likely be found. Lesser is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content are reached during a device initializing known businesses might have to be located cannot be accessed directly with one process. by category, such as fast food, hotels, command like “Play .” Voice recognition performance will degrade or banks. The restriction is that the command “Play to some extent based on many factors when “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to Song” must be spoken first; the system will adding large amounts of data to recognize. enter a specific destination contact name. then ask for the song name. The reply If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs “Cancel Route” : End route guidance. command would be to say the name of the through playlists or artist name would work song to play. better. “Take Me Home” : Create a route to a stored home location. Similar limits exist for album content. Voice Recognition for Navigation If there are more than 12,000 albums, but (if equipped) Voice Recognition for the Phone fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be accessed directly with one command like, “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter “Call ” : Initiate a call to a “Play .” The command “Play specific destination information. stored contact. The command may include Album” must first be spoken; the system location if the contact has location numbers “Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to stored. will then ask for the album name. The reply enter specific destination information. would be to say the name of the album “Call At Home,”“At Work,”“On to play. “Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a specific destination address, which includes stored contact and location at home, at Once the number of files has exceeded the entire address consisting of the house approximately 24,000, there is no support work, on mobile device, or on another number, street name, city, state/province, phone. for accessing the songs directly through and country. Do not include the ZIP code. voice commands. There will still be access to “Call ” : Initiate a call the media content by using commands for “Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10 playlists, artists, and genres. a destination Place of Interest category or digits, or three digit emergency numbers. major brand name. The access commands for playlists, artists, “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing and genres are prohibited after the number process. Follow the instructions on the of this type of media exceeds 12,000. infotainment display. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

140 Infotainment System “Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed Phone ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The number. range of the Bluetooth system can be up to “Switch Phone” : Select a different Bluetooth (Overview) 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support connected cell phone for outgoing calls. all functions and not all mobile devices work The Bluetooth-capable system can interact with the Bluetooth system. See my.gmc.com “Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter with many mobile devices, allowing: for more information about compatible special numbers like international numbers. . Placement and receipt of calls in a mobile devices. The numbers can be entered in groups of hands-free mode. Controls digits with each group of digits being . Sharing of the device’s address book or repeated back by the system. If the group contact list with the vehicle. Use the controls on the center stack and the of digits is not correct, the command steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth “Delete” will remove the last group of digits To minimize driver distraction, before system. and allow them to be re-entered. Once the driving, and with the vehicle parked: entire number has been entered, the . Become familiar with the features of the Steering Wheel Controls command “Call” will start dialing the mobile device. Organize the phone book g : Press to answer incoming calls and start number. and contact lists clearly and delete voice recognition on your connected duplicate or rarely used entries. Bluetooth mobile device. Phone Assistant Voice Recognition If possible, program speed dial or other Press and hold g on the steering wheel shortcuts. i : Press to end a call, decline a call, controls to pass through and launch Google . Review the controls and operation of the or cancel an operation. Press to mute or phone assistant or Siri. infotainment system. unmute the infotainment system when not on a call. For the low radio, whether connected by . Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The Bluetooth or phone projection, the only system may not work with all mobile Infotainment System Controls available voice recognition is either Siri devices. See “Pairing” later in this section. For information about how to navigate the (iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android). Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a menu system using the infotainment Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a controls, see Using the System 0 112. Hands-Free Profile to make and receive phone calls. The infotainment system and voice recognition are used to control the system. The system can be used while the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 141 Audio System Another way to connect is to touch the 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page Phones tab at the top right of the display or the phone icon on the shortcut tray When using the Bluetooth mobile device and then touch Add Phone. near the bottom of the display. system, sound comes through the vehicle's front audio system speakers and overrides . A Bluetooth smartphone with music 3. Touch Phones at the top of the the audio system. The volume level while on capability can be paired to the vehicle as infotainment display. There is also a a mobile device call can be adjusted by a smartphone and a music player at the Connect Phones option in the middle of pressing the steering wheel controls or the same time. the Phone display which will shortcut to volume control on the center stack. The . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the the Phone List menu. adjusted volume level remains in memory Bluetooth system. 4. Touch Add Phone. for later calls. The volume cannot be . The pairing process is disabled when the 5. Select the vehicle name shown on the lowered beyond a certain level. vehicle is moving. infotainment display from your cell Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a . Pairing only needs to be completed once, phone’s Bluetooth Settings list. unless the pairing information on the cell 6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone Phone) phone changes or the cell phone is to confirm the six-digit code showing on deleted from the system. Pairing the infotainment display and touch Pair. . If multiple paired cell phones are within The code on the cell phone and A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be range of the system, the system connects infotainment display will need to be paired to the Bluetooth system and then to the paired cell phone that is set to acknowledged for a successful pair. connected to the vehicle before it can be First to Connect. If there is no cell phone 7. Start the pairing process on the cell used. See the mobile device manufacturer's set to First to Connect, it will link to the phone to be paired to the vehicle. See user guide for Bluetooth functions before cell phone which was used last. To link to the cell phone manufacturer's user guide pairing the device. a different paired cell phone, see “Linking for information on this process. Once the Pairing Information to a Different Phone” later in this section. cell phone is paired, it will show under . If no mobile device has been connected, Pairing a Phone Connected. the Phone main page on the infotainment 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled display will show the Connect Phone on the cell phone before the pairing option. Touch this option to connect. process is started. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

142 Infotainment System 8. If the vehicle name does not appear on 3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while your cell phone, there are a few ways to connected cell phones and mobile in the Phones list to swap it into the start the pairing process over: devices. Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes . Turn the cell phone off and then 4. Touch the information icon to the right it possible to place outgoing calls from the back on. of the cell phone to open the cell Contacts and Recents list. . Go back to the beginning of the phone’s settings menu. Listing All Paired and Connected Phones Phone menus on the infotainment 5. Touch the First to Connect option, to 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page display and restart the pairing enable the setting for that device. or the phone icon on the shortcut tray process. Cell phones and mobile devices can be near the bottom of the display. . Reset the cell phone, but this step added, removed, connected, and 2. Touch Phones. should be done as a last effort. disconnected. A sub-menu will display Disconnecting a Connected Phone 9. If the cell phone prompts to accept whenever a request is made to add or connection or allow phone book manage cell phones and mobile devices. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. download, touch Always Accept and Secondary Phone 2. Touch Phones. Allow. The phone book may not be 3. Touch the information icon next to the available if not accepted. A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary connected cell phone or mobile device to 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell Phone by touching the information icon to show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s phones. the right of the paired cell phone name to information display. open the phone settings menu. If a cell First to Connect Paired Phones phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it 4. Touch Disconnect. If multiple paired cell phones are within can connect simultaneously alongside Deleting a Paired Phone range of the system, the system connects to another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page the paired cell phone that is set as First to so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as Incoming Calls. This means the mobile near the bottom of the display. the First to Connect phone: device can only receive calls. The Address Book of a Secondary Phone will not be 2. Touch Phones. 1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on. available and hands-free outgoing calls 2. Touch Settings, then touch System. cannot be placed using this cell phone. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 143 3. Touch the information icon next to the . While the active call is on the handset, To make a call using the Recents menu: connected cell phone to display the cell touch the Handset option to switch to the 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. phone’s or mobile device’s information hands-free mode. display. 2. Touch Recents. Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent 3. Touch the name or number to call. 4. Touch Forget Device. Calls Making a Call Using the Keypad Linking to a Different Phone Calls can be made through the Bluetooth To link to a different cell phone, the new system using personal cell phone contact To make a call by dialing the numbers: cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired information for all cell phones that support 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. to the Bluetooth system. the Phone Book feature. Become familiar 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page with the cell phone settings and operation. number. or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Verify the cell phone supports this feature. 3. Touch # on the infotainment display to near the bottom of the display. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book start dialing the number. 2. Touch Phones. stored in the cell phone. 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from The Recents menu accesses the recents call Searching Contacts Using the Keypad the not connected phone list. See “First list from your cell phone. To search for contacts using the keypad: to Connect Paired Phones” and To make a call using the Contacts menu: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. “Secondary Phone” previously in this section. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone 2. Touch Contacts. numbers or contact names using the Switching to Handset or digits on the keypad to search. Handsfree Mode 3. The Contacts list can be searched by using the first character. Touch A-Z on Results will show on the right side of the To switch between handset or the infotainment display to scroll display. Touch one to place a call. handsfree mode: through the list of names. Accepting or Declining a Call . While the active call is hands-free, touch Touch the name to call. When an incoming call is received, the the Handset option to switch to the 4. Touch the desired contact number to call. handset mode. infotainment system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. The mute icon will not be available or functional while Handset mode is active. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

144 Infotainment System Accepting a Call Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones Calls Only) There are two ways to accept a call: The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send . Press g on the steering wheel controls. To switch between calls, touch Phone on the numbers during a call. This is used when Home Page to display Call View. While in calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the . Touch Answer on the infotainment Call View, touch the call information of the Keypad to enter the number. display. call on hold to change calls. Declining a Call Apple CarPlay and Android Auto Three-Way Calling There are two ways to decline a call: If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple Three-way calling must be supported on the . Press i on the steering wheel controls. CarPlay capability may be available through Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the a compatible smartphone. If available, the . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. wireless service carrier to work. Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will Call Waiting To start a three-way call while in a change from gray to color on the Home current call: Page of the infotainment display. Call waiting must be supported on the Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the 1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: another call. wireless service carrier to work. For Wired Phone Projection 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from Accepting a Call 1. Download the Android Auto app to your Recents, Contacts, or Keypad. smartphone from the Google Play store. Press g to answer, then touch Switch on 3. When the second call is active, touch the There is no app required for Apple the infotainment display. merge icon to conference the three-way CarPlay. call together. Declining a Call 2. Connect your Android phone or Apple Press i to decline, then touch Ignore on Ending a Call iPhone by using the factory-provided the infotainment display phone USB cable and plugging into a . Press i on the steering wheel controls. USB data port. For best performance, it is . Touch # on the infotainment display, highly recommended to use the device’s next to a call, to end only that call. factory-provided USB cable. Aftermarket or third-party cables may not work. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 145 3. When the phone is first connected to USB data port. For best performance, 3. Touch 4 next to the phone to be activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, it is highly recommended to use the disconnected. accept the terms and conditions on both device’s factory-provided USB cable. 4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. the infotainment system and the phone. Aftermarket or third-party cables may 4. Follow the instructions on the phone. not work. Press { on the center stack to return to the . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth. Home Page. The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a on the Home Page will illuminate depending Features are subject to change. For further Phone) 0 141 or on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or information on how to set up Android Auto Bluetooth (Overview) 0 140. Apple CarPlay may automatically launch and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see upon USB connection. If not, touch the 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the my.gmc.com. phone for wireless projection to work. Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the Android Auto is provided by Google and is Home Page to launch. 4. When the phone is first connected to subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, Press { on the center stack to return to the Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is agree to the terms and conditions on Home Page. subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. both the infotainment system and the Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto For Wireless Phone Projection phone. support see https://support.google.com/ Verify your phone is wireless compatible by 5. Follow the instructions on the phone. androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support see www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons Google may change or suspend availability CarPlay support page. on the Home Page will illuminate depending at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, 1. Download the Android Auto app to your on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Google Play, and other marks are smartphone from the Google Play store. Apple CarPlay may automatically launch trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a There is no app required for Apple upon wireless connection. If not, touch the trademark of Apple Inc. CarPlay. Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the 2. For first time connection, there are two Home Page to launch. Press { on the center stack to exit Android ways to set up wireless projection: To disconnect the phones wireless Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into projection: Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and . Connect your Android phone or Apple { iPhone by using the factory-provided 1. Select Settings from the Home Page. hold on the center stack. phone USB cable and plugging into a 2. Select Phones GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

146 Infotainment System Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be 2. Touch the desired category to display a . Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): Touch disabled from the infotainment system. To list of available options. Off or On to disable or enable automatic do this, touch Home, Settings, and then 3. Touch to select the desired feature update of the time zone based on vehicle touch the Apps tab along the top of the setting. location. When this feature is on, the display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off time zone cannot be manually set. Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. 4. Touch the options on the infotainment display to disable or enable a feature. . Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set the time zone. Touch a time zone from Settings 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the the list. Settings menu. . Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the Certain settings can be managed in the clock format shown. Owner Center sites when an account is System Touch Off or On to disable or enable. established, and may be modified if other The menu may contain the following: users have accessed the vehicle or created Language accounts. This may result in changes to the Time / Date This will set the display language used on security or functionality of the infotainment Use the following features to set the clock: system. Some settings may also be the infotainment display. It may also use . Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or the selected language for voice recognition transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For On to enable or disable automatic update instructions, in the U.S. see my.gmc.com or and audio feedback. Touch Language and of the time and date. When this feature touch the appropriate language. in Canada see mygmc.ca or mongmc.ca. is on, the time and date cannot be Refer to the User Terms and Privacy manually set. Phones Statement for important details. To view, . Set Time: Touch to manually set the time Touch to connect to a different cell phone or touch the Settings icon on the Home Page using the controls on the infotainment mobile device source, disconnect a cell of the infotainment display. display. phone or media device, or delete a cell The settings menu may be organized into . Set Date: Touch to manually set the date phone or media device. three categories. Select the desired category using the controls on the infotainment Wi-Fi Networks by touching System, Apps, or Vehicle. display. This will show connected and available Wi-Fi To access the personalization menus: networks. 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the infotainment display. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 147 If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the Privacy have requested this permission, and the vehicle, the infotainment system can be Touch and the following may display: number of applications that are allowed connected to an external protected Wi-Fi to use this permission. . Location Services: This setting enables or network, such as a mobile device or home . Used By Applications: This setting lists all hotspot, to utilize connected services. disables sharing of vehicle location outside the vehicle. Emergency services applications that are requested or are Wi-Fi Hotspot will not be affected when Off is selected. using Android-defined as dangerous permissions. Only requested and active Touch and the following may display: . Data Services: If equipped, this setting permissions are shown. . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use determines if data sharing can be used by the vehicle hotspot. features including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and Display applications. Touch Off to disable data Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch and the following may display: services. Emergency services and phone display to disable or enable. . Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the calls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors or navigation map view and any . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle others, will not be affected when Off is Wi-Fi name. downloaded apps optimized for day or selected. night time conditions. Set to Auto for the . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting display to automatically adjust based on vehicle Wi-Fi password. determines if voice commands can be bright/dark conditions. . Connected Devices: Touch to show shared with a cloud-based voice Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the connected devices. recognition system. Touch Off to prevent display. . Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow the sharing and possible recording of your devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its voice commands with this system. This . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate data, or touch Off to allow devices to may limit the system’s ability to the infotainment display and follow the only use the vehicle hotspot but not understand your voice commands and prompts. its data. may disable some features. . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the . Types: This setting lists all display off. Touch anywhere on the Android-defined as dangerous permissions infotainment display or press any currently used by the infotainment infotainment control on the center stack system, the number of applications that again to turn the display on. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

148 Infotainment System Sounds Voice the prompt is still playing will Touch and the following may display: Touch and the following may display: immediately stop playing the current prompt and recognize your command. . Maximum Startup Volume: This feature . Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies Background noise may cause accidental adjusts the maximum volume of the how often the voice recognition system interruptions. Touch Off or On. infotainment system when you start your confirms commands. Touch Confirm More vehicle. To set the maximum startup to have the system check with you more Favorites volume, touch the controls on the often before acting on your commands. Touch and the following may display: infotainment display to increase or . Prompt Length: This setting specifies the . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list decrease. amount of detail the voice recognition of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites. . Audio Cues: This feature determines if system provides when giving you Favorites can be moved, renamed, sounds play when the infotainment feedback. Touch Auto to have the system or deleted. system starts up and shuts down. This automatically adjust to your speech feature can be turned off or on. habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and . Set Audio Cue Volume: This setting . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow, then drag up or down to rearrange the controls the volume of Audio Cues played Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly position. on startup and shut down. Touch the the voice recognition system speaks. . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to controls on the infotainment display to . Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the select how many favorites pages can be increase or decrease. formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for viewed from the audio application. The . Audible Touch Feedback: This setting shorter prompts. Touch On to hear Auto setting will automatically adjust this determines if a sound plays when prompts with more personality. Touch number based on the number of favorites touching the infotainment display or Auto to have the prompt match your you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, radio controls. This feature can be turned command style. 25, 30, 35, or 40. off or on. . Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to Updates provide tutorial feedback on the display. If equipped, the vehicle can download and . Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting install select software updates over a controls whether voice commands can be wireless connection. The system will prompt spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn for certain updates to be downloaded and this on to speak commands without installed. There is also an option to check hearing the full prompt. Speaking while for updates manually. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 149 To manually check for updates, touch To connect the infotainment system to a Running Applications Settings on the Home Page and select the secured mobile device hotspot, home Touch to see a complete list of applications System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on that are currently running on the section and touch Updates. Follow the the Home Page, select the System tab, infotainment system. on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the download, and install updates may vary by appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the Return to Factory Settings vehicle. on-screen prompts. Download speeds Touch and the following may display: may vary. The vehicle can be used normally during the . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle software download. Once the download is On most compatible mobile devices, settings for the current user. complete, there may be a prompt to accept activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the Touch Reset or Cancel. the installation of the update upon the next Settings menu under Mobile Network ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, . Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the or similar. app data settings, user profiles, and personal data including navigation and vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven Availability of Over-the-Air software updates during the installation. The system will mobile device data. varies by vehicle and country. Features are Touch Erase or Cancel. deliver messages indicating success or error subject to change. For more information on during and after the download and this feature, see my.gmc.com/learn. . Clear Default Applications: Resets installation processes. preferred applications that have been set Preferences Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software to open when selecting a function. No updates requires Internet connectivity, which Touch the controls on the infotainment application data will be lost. can be accessed through the vehicle’s display to disable or enable the download of Touch Clear or Cancel. built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and new updates in the background. Apps active. If required, data plans are provided About by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi The menu may contain the following: hotspot such as a compatible mobile device Touch to view the infotainment system Android Auto hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot software information. can be used. Applicable data rates may This feature allows you to interact directly apply. with your mobile device on the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 144. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

150 Infotainment System Touch the controls on the infotainment . Auto Volume: This feature adjusts the . HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception display to disable or enable. volume based on the vehicle speed. to be turned on or off. Apple CarPlay Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Touch the controls on the infotainment Medium-High, or High. display to disable or enable. This feature allows you to interact directly with your mobile device on the infotainment . Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation . Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto Technology (If Equipped): This feature access to explicit content SiriusXM 0 144. adjusts the volume based on the noise in channels. the vehicle and the speed. Touch Off or On. Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off or On. display to disable or enable. . Manage Phones: Select to connect to a . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list different phone source, disconnect a Apps of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation phone, or delete a phone. Touch and the following may display: favorites. . Reset Music Index: This allows the music . Update Apps Automatically: This allows Favorites can be moved, renamed, index to be reset if you are having downloaded applications to be updated or deleted. difficulty accessing all of the media automatically. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and content on your device. Touch the controls on the infotainment then drag up or down to rearrange the Touch Yes or No. display to disable or enable. position. Climate . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to . About Apps: Touch to view the versions Touch and the following may display: of the shop software. select how many favorites pages can be viewed from the audio application. The . Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the Audio Auto setting will automatically adjust this amount of airflow when the climate Depending on the current audio source, number based on the number of favorites control fan setting is Auto Fan. different options will be available. you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, Touch Low, Medium, or High. Touch and the following may display: 25, 30, 35, or 40. . Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches . RDS: This allows the Radio Data System . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer, the system into Recirculation Mode based Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See (RDS) to be turned on or off. on the quality of the outside air. “Infotainment System Sound Menu” in Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High AM-FM Radio 0 115. display to disable or enable. Sensitivity. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 151 . Auto Cooled Seats: This setting Navigation . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or automatically turns on and regulates the last name. Touch and the following may display: ventilated seats when the cabin . Re-sync Device Contacts: temperature is warm. . Set Up My Places This allows the device contacts to re-sync . Map Preferences Touch the controls on the infotainment if you are having difficulty accessing all of display to disable or enable. . Route Preferences the contacts on your cell phone. . . Auto Heated Seats: This setting Navigation Voice Control . Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to automatically turns on and regulates the . Traffic Preferences delete all vehicle stored contacts. heated seats when the cabin temperature . Alert Preferences . OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables is cool. The auto heated seats can be . Manage History OnStar cell phone TTY mode. turned off by using the heated seat . Predictive Navigation controls on the center stack. Touch Disable or Enable. . About Touch the controls on the infotainment Vehicle display to disable or enable. See Using the Navigation System 0 123. This menu allows adjustment of different . Auto Defog: This setting automatically Phone vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization turns the front defogger on when the Touch and the following may display: 0 98. vehicle engine is started. . My Number: Displays the cell phone Teen Driver Touch the controls on the infotainment number of the Bluetooth connected display to disable or enable. device. If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be . Auto Rear Defog: This setting . Active Call View: Shows active call display registered for beginner drivers to encourage automatically turns the rear window when answering a call. safe driving habits. When the vehicle is defogger on when the vehicle engine is started with a Teen Driver key, it will started. Touch the controls on the infotainment automatically activate certain safety display to disable or enable. Touch the controls on the infotainment systems, allow setting of some features, and display to disable or enable. . Privacy: Only show call alerts in the limit the use of others. The Report Card will instrument cluster. record vehicle data about driving behavior Touch Off or On. that can be viewed later. When the vehicle GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

152 Infotainment System is started with a registered key, the Driver 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle In vehicles with a pushbutton start system, Information Center (DIC) displays a message and then Teen Driver. if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key that Teen Driver is active. 4. Enter the PIN. are both present at start up, the vehicle will To access: recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start 5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then transmitter key you wish to register in be active. touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver. the transmitter pocket. The key does not For a keyed ignition system: 2. Create a Personal Identification Number need to be the one that started the vehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 1. Start the engine. (PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN. 0 Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change System Operation 9 for transmitter 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle the PIN, touch Change PIN. pocket location. must be in P (Park). For manual 6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch The PIN is required to: transmissions, the vehicle must be Setup Keys. stopped with the parking brake set. . Register or unregister keys. . If the transmitter key has not 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle . Change Teen Driver settings. previously been registered, the option and then Teen Driver. . Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN. to add the key displays. Touch Setup 4. Enter the PIN. . Access or delete Report Card data. and a confirmation message displays. Teen Driver restrictions will be 5. Touch Setup Keys. The system displays Register keys to activate Teen Driver and applied whenever this key is used to instructions for registering or assign restrictions to the key: operate the vehicle. unregistering a key. A confirmation message displays. Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a . If the transmitter key has already maximum of eight keys. Label the key to been registered, the option to Manage Settings tell it apart from the other keys. remove the key displays. If Remove is Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio For a pushbutton start system: touched, the transmitter key is no volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch longer registered. A confirmation 1. Start the engine. Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the message displays, and Teen Driver maximum allowable audio volume level. 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle restrictions will not be applied if this must be in P (Park). For manual transmitter key is used to operate transmissions, the vehicle must be the vehicle. stopped with the parking brake set. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 153 Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain . When trying to change a safety feature maximum radio volume to be set. Use the explicit content, and the Explicit Content that is not configurable in Teen Driver, arrows to choose the maximum allowable Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be the DIC displays a message indicating level for the audio volume. unavailable for change. that Teen Driver is active and the action is not available. Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the When Teen Driver is Active: . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available. maximum speed of the vehicle. When the . If equipped with Buckle to Drive, shifting speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is out of P (Park) will be prevented if the . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped) started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the – When the vehicle is low on fuel, the displays a message that the top speed is front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. low fuel light on the instrument cluster limited. flashes and the DIC low fuel warning . The radio will mute when the driver seat cannot be dismissed. On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter belt, and in some vehicles the front is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The Report Card acceleration will be limited. The DIC will audio from any device paired to the The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s display a message that the acceleration is vehicle will also be muted. consent to record certain vehicle data when limited. . An object placed on the front passenger the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the seat, such as a briefcase, handbag, Driver key. There is one Report Card per speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic vehicle. Data is only recorded when a Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the device, could cause the passenger sensing registered Teen Driver key is used to warning speed. system to falsely sense an unbuckled operate the vehicle. front passenger and mute the radio. Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a If this happens, remove the object from The Report Card data is collected from the warning in the DIC when exceeding a the seat. See Passenger Sensing System time Teen Driver is activated or the last selectable speed. Choose the desired speed 0 39. time the Report Card was reset. The warning level. The speed warning does not following items may be recorded: limit the speed of the vehicle. . Some safety systems, such as Forward Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be . Distance Driven – the total distance SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if turned off. driven. . Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit . The gap setting for the Forward Collision Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF. Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control, speed detected. When ON, the teen driver will not be able if equipped, cannot be changed. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

154 Infotainment System . Overspeed Warnings – the number of . Tailgating Alerts – the number of times times the speed warning setting was the driver was alerted for following a Trademarks and License exceeded. vehicle ahead too closely. Agreements . Wide Open Throttle – the number of Report Card Data FCC Information times the accelerator pedal was pressed nearly all the way down. Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until See Radio Frequency Statement 0 331. the Report Card is reset or until the . Forward Collision Alerts – the number of maximum count is exceeded. If the times the driver was notified when maximum count is exceeded for a Report approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly Card line item, that item will no longer be and at potential risk for a crash. updated in the Report Card until it is reset. . Forward Automatic Braking, also called Each item will report a maximum of Automatic Emergency Braking (if 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report equipped) – the number of times the a maximum of 64,374 km (40,000 mi). vehicle detected that a forward collision "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," was imminent and applied the brakes. To delete Report Card data, do one of the mean that an electronic accessory has been following: designed to connect specifically to iPod or . Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) – iPhone, respectively, and has been certified the number of times the vehicle detected . From the Report Card display, touch Reset. by the developer to meet Apple that a rearward collision was imminent performance standards. Apple is not . Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from and applied the brakes. responsible for the operation of this device the Teen Driver menu. This will also . Traction Control – the number of times or its compliance with safety and regulatory unregister any Teen Driver keys and the Traction Control System activated to standards. Please note that the use of this delete the PIN. reduce wheel spin or loss of traction. accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect . Stability Control – the number of events Forgotten PIN wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod which required the use of electronic See your dealer to reset the PIN. classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod stability control. touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., . Antilock Braking System Active – The registered in the U.S. and other countries. number of Antilock Brake System activations. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 155 Explicit Language Notice: Channels with be manufactured, distributed, frequent explicit language are indicated with or marketed in the SiriusXM an “XL” preceding the channel name. Service Area. Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM 2. For products to be distributed, marketed, Satellite Radio receivers by notifying and/or sold in Canada, a separate SiriusXM: agreement is required with Canadian . USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM If you decide to continue service after your or call 1-888-601–6296. Canada). trial, your selected subscription plan will automatically renew thereafter. You will be . Canada Customers — See charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer It is prohibited to copy, decompile, Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, terms and how to cancel, which includes manipulate, or otherwise make available any calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees technology or software incorporated in and programming are subject to change. receivers compatible with the SiriusXM TouchSense Technology and TouchSense Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one Satellite Radio System or that support the SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any System 1000 Series Licensed from time activation fee, and other fees may Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice compression software included in this 1000 protected under one or more of the fees and programming subject to change. U.S. Patents at the following address Subscriptions subject to Customer product is protected by intellectual property rights including patent rights, copyrights, www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. and other patents pending. SiriusXM service is only available in the and trade secrets of Digital Voice 48 contiguous United States and Canada. Systems, Inc. Bose In Canada: Some deterioration of service General Requirements: Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint may occur in extreme northern latitudes. 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is surround are registered trademarks of Bose This is beyond the control of SiriusXM required for any product that Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Satellite Radio. incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

156 Infotainment System HD Radio Technology Schedule I: Gracenote EULA Gracenote Terms of Use This application or device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote (the "Gracenote Software") enables this application to do disc or file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title HD Radio Technology manufactured under Music recognition technology and related information ("Gracenote Data") from online license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote servers or embedded databases (collectively, U.S. and Foreign Patents. For patents see is the industry standard in music recognition "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other http://dts.com/patents. HD Radio and the technology and related content delivery. For functions. You may use Gracenote Data only HD, HD Radio, and “ARC” logos are more information see www.gracenote.com. by means of the intended End-User registered trademarks or trademarks of functions of this application or device. iBiquity Digital Corporation in the United Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., States and/or other countries. copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. This application or device may contain Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to content belonging to Gracenote’s providers. Bluetooth present Gracenote. One or more patents If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by Gracenote may apply to this with respect to Gracenote Data shall also owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any product and service. See the Gracenote apply to such content and such content use of such marks by General Motors is website for a non-exhaustive list of providers shall be entitled to all of the under license. Other trademarks and trade applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, benefits and protections set forth herein names are those of their respective owners. CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote that are available to Gracenote. logo and logotype, and the "Powered by You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, Java Gracenote" logo are either registered the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in Java is a registered trademark of Oracle Servers for your own personal the United States and/or other countries. and/or its affiliates. non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 157 OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE The Gracenote Software and each item of © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved. GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." MPEG4–AVC (H.264) SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED Gracenote makes no representations or HEREIN. warranties, express or implied, regarding the THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE You agree that your non-exclusive license to PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN Software, and Gracenote Servers will COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD terminate if you violate these restrictions. categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No warranty is made that (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC If your license terminates, you agree to VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error-free or that functioning of CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO and the Gracenote Servers, including all obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED ownership rights. Under no circumstances FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL will Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time. INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM payment to you for any information that MPEG LA, LLC. SEE HTTP:// you provide. You agree that Gracenote may GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WWW.MPEGLA.COM. enforce its rights under this Agreement EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT against you directly in its own name. LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF VC-1 The Gracenote service uses a unique MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 identifier to track queries for statistical PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE purposes. The purpose of a randomly NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A assigned numeric identifier is to allow the WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN Gracenote service to count queries without OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD knowing anything about who you are. For SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 more information, see the web page for the NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND service. DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS LOST REVENUES. OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

158 Infotainment System LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO Map End User License Agreement TERMS AND CONDITIONS LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED END USER TERMS Personal Use Only: You agree to use this FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL Data for the solely personal, noncommercial The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED purposes for which you were licensed, and for your personal, internal use only and not FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE not for service bureau, timesharing or other for resale. It is protected by copyright, and HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. similar purposes. Except as otherwise set is subject to the following terms (this “End MPEG4–Visual forth herein, you agree not to otherwise User License Agreement”) and conditions reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER which are agreed to by you, on the one disassemble or reverse engineer any portion THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”) of this Data, and may not transfer or STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE and its licensors (including their licensors distribute it in any form, for any purpose, BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL and suppliers) on the other hand. AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. except to the extent permitted by The Data for areas of Canada includes mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data MP3 information taken with permission from and all accompanying materials on a MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology Canadian authorities, including: © Her permanent basis if you retain no copies and licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © the recipient agrees to the terms of this End Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may WMV/WMA Corporation, GeoBase®. only be transferred or sold as a complete This product includes technology owned by HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the set as provided to you and not as a subset Microsoft Corporation and under a license United States Postal Service® to publish and thereof. from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or sell ZIP+4® information. Restrictions distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license © United States Postal Service 2013. Prices Except where you have been specifically from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft are not established, controlled, or approved licensed to do so by HERE and without Licensing, GP as applicable. by the United States Postal Service. The limiting the preceding paragraph, you may following trademarks and registrations are not (a) use this Data with any products, owned by the USPS: United States Postal systems, or applications installed or Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 159 guidance, fleet management or similar Disclaimer of Warranty POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY applications; or (b) with, or in THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR communication with, including without AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL handheld computers, pagers, and personal SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR digital assistants or PDAs. WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN Warning INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN This Data may contain inaccurate or ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED incomplete information due to the passage NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS of time, changing circumstances, sources LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE used, and the nature of collecting AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some comprehensive geographic data, any of States, Territories, and Countries do not which may lead to incorrect results. INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, allow certain liability exclusions or damages No Warranty EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you. This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH Export Control its licensors (and their licensors and ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER You agree not to export from anywhere any suppliers) make no guarantees, OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION part of the Data provided to you or any representations, or warranties of any kind, OF THIS AGREEMENT. direct product thereof except in compliance express or implied, arising by law or Disclaimer of Liability with, and with all licenses and approvals otherwise, including but not limited to, HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR required under, applicable export laws, rules content, quality, accuracy, completeness, and regulations. Entire Agreement: These effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, terms and conditions constitute the entire particular purpose, usefulness, use or results agreement between HERE (and its licensors, to be obtained from this Data, or that the DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, including their licensors and suppliers) and Data or server will be uninterrupted or you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, error free. DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, and supersedes in their entirety any and all WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

160 Infotainment System written or oral agreements previously the Contracting Officer, federal government existing between us with respect to such agency, or any federal official must notify subject matter. HERE prior to seeking additional or Governing Law alternative rights in the Data. The above terms and conditions shall be Unicode governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All without giving effect to (i) its conflict of rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations of Use in http://www.unicode.org/ Convention for Contracts for the copyright.html. NOTICE OF USE International Sale of Goods, which is Free Type Project explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) Portions of this software are copyright © the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for NAME: any and all disputes, claims, and actions 2010 The FreeType Project (http:// arising from or in connection with the Data HERE North America, LLC www.freetype.org). All rights reserved. provided to you hereunder. CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) Open Source SW Government End Users ADDRESS: Further information concerning the OSS If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL licenses is shown in the infotainment of the United States government or any 60606. display. other entity seeking or applying rights QNX similar to those customarily claimed by the This Data is a commercial item as defined in United States government, this Data is a FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User Portions of this software are copyright © “commercial item” as that term is defined at License Agreement under which this Data 2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in was provided. reserved. accordance with this End User License © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights Part C – EULA Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered reserved. or otherwise furnished shall be marked and Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH If the Contracting Officer, federal embedded as appropriate with the following & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved. government agency, or any federal official “Notice of Use,” and be treated in refuses to use the legend provided herein, accordance with such Notice: GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Infotainment System 161 The product you have purchased ("Product") contained on the original; and (2) not to CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, contains Software (Runtime Configuration export the Product or the Software in INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed contravention of applicable export INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer control laws. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF "Manufacturer") under license from Software EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING Software in the Product and in compliance ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS with the license terms below. AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT Subject to the terms and conditions of this CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR the Software in the Product for the purpose CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR WMA you may make one backup copy of the OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE This product is protected by certain Software as part of the Product software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE or distribution of such technology outside of rights not expressly granted herein, and OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS this product is prohibited without a license retain all right, title and interest in and to DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, from Microsoft. all copies of the Software, including all ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU intellectual property rights therein. Unless ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR For more information on the Software, required by applicable law you may not USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. including any open source software license terms (and available source code) as well as reproduce, distribute or transfer, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise copyright attributions applicable to the REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN Runtime Configuration indicated above, attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY modify or create derivative works of, the please contact the Manufacturer or contact NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, ([email protected]). or marks in or on the Software, and to WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), ensure that all copies bear any notice GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

162 Infotainment System Linotype Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH. Usage in text form of each of the Licensed Trademarks is: The trademark attribution requirements for the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ trademarks.html. END USER NOTICE The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners. The use of such marks in this product does not imply any sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such companies of this product. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Climate Controls 163 Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Climate Control Systems With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled. Climate Control Systems ...... 163 Automatic Climate Control System . . . . 165 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 168 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 168 Service ...... 168

1. Fan Control 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) increase or decrease the fan speed. There is 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls about a five second delay when the fan is turned on. Turn the knob all the way 4. Defrost counterclockwise to turn the fan off. 5. TEMP (Temperature Control) Air Delivery Mode Control : Press Y, \, 6. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) [ , or - to change the direction of the 7. Air Recirculation airflow. An indicator light comes on in the TEMP : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise selected mode button. to increase or decrease the temperature Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel inside the vehicle. outlets. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

164 Climate Controls \ : Air is divided between the instrument @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An Caution panel and floor outlets. indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated Using a razor blade or sharp object to [ to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. : Air is directed to the floor outlets, It can also be used to help reduce outside clear the inside rear window can damage with some air directed to the windshield, air and odors that enter the vehicle. the rear window defogger. Repairs would outboard instrument panel, and side window not be covered by the vehicle warranty. outlets. 8 : If equipped, press to turn on outside Do not clear the inside rear window with air. An indicator light comes on. Outside air sharp objects. - : This mode clears the windows of fog or is circulated throughout the vehicle. moisture. Air is directed to the windshield, with some air directed to the floor, outboard A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning Heated Mirrors : If equipped with heated instrument panel outlets, and side window system on or off. An indicator light comes outside mirrors, the mirrors heat to help outlets. on to show that the air conditioning is clear fog or frost from the surface of the enabled. If the fan is turned off, the air mirror when the rear window defog button 0 : Press to clear the windshield of fog or conditioner will not run. The A/C light will is pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 16. frost more quickly. Air is directed to the stay on even if the outside temperatures are windshield and side window vents, with below freezing. some air directed to the outboard instrument panel. The system automatically Rear Window Defogger forces outside air into the vehicle and the : If equipped, press to turn the rear air conditioning compressor will run, unless K window defogger on or off. An indicator the outside temperature is close to freezing. light on the button comes on to show that Do not drive the vehicle until all the the rear window defogger is on. windows are clear. The rear window defogger only works when See Air Vents 0 168. the ignition is on. The defogger also turns off if the ignition is turned to off or ACC/ACCESSORY. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Climate Controls 165 Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Display With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled.

1. Temperature Setting 2. Fan Control 1. Fan Control 5. Temperature Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Control 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 6. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 4. Air Recirculation 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 7. Rear Window Defogger 5. Auto (Automatic Operation) 4. Defrost 8. Air Recirculation 6. A/C (Air Conditioning) 9. Power Button 7. On/Off (Power) 8. Driver Temperature Controls GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

166 Climate Controls Climate Control Status Display To place the system in full automatic to turn the system back on and the airflow operation: will continue based on the selected climate 1. Press AUTO. control settings. 2. Set the temperature. A : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to To find your comfort setting, start with increase or decrease the fan speed. There is 22 °C (72 °F) and allow the system time about a five second delay when the fan is to stabilize. Then adjust the temperature turned on. Press the knob to turn the fan as needed for best comfort. off. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation. To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the vehicle faster, recirculation may be Temperature Control : Turn the knob automatically selected in warm weather. clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease temperature setting. The recirculation light will not come on when automatically controlled. Press to Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press Y, \, The climate control status display appears @ manually select recirculation; press it again [ , or - to change the direction of the briefly when the climate controls on the to select outside air. airflow. An indicator light comes on in the center stack are adjusted. selected mode button. Do not cover the solar sensor on the top of Automatic Operation the instrument panel near the windshield. Changing the mode cancels the automatic The system automatically heats or cools the This sensor regulates air temperature based operation and the system goes into vehicle to the desired temperature: on sun load. See “Sensors” later in this manual mode. . Fan Speed section. Press AUTO to return to automatic . Air Delivery Mode Manual Operation operation. . Air Conditioning Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel O : Press to turn the climate control system . Recirculation outlets. on or off. When the system is turned off, air When AUTO is lit, all functions operate will stop flowing into the cabin. Press O \ : Air is divided between the instrument automatically. Each function can also be again or adjust any of the climate controls panel and floor outlets. manually set. Functions not manually set will continue to be automatically controlled. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Climate Controls 167 [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, the outside temperatures are below freezing. K : Press to turn the rear window defogger with some to the windshield, outboard If the fan is turned off, the air conditioner on or off. An indicator light on the button instrument panel outlets, side window will not run. Press AUTO to return to comes on to show that the rear window outlets, and second row floor outlets. automatic operation. defogger is on. - : This mode clears the windows of fog or @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An The rear window defogger only works when moisture. Air is directed to the windshield, indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated the ignition is on. The defogger also turns floor outlets, outboard instrument panel to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. off if the ignition is turned to off or ACC/ outlets, and side window outlets. The It can also be used to help reduce outside ACCESSORY. system automatically forces outside air into air and odors that enter the vehicle. The air the vehicle and the air conditioning conditioning compressor also comes on Caution compressor will run, unless the outside when this mode is activated. Press AUTO to Using a razor blade or sharp object to temperature is close to or below freezing. return to automatic operation. clear the inside rear window can damage 0 : Press to clear the windshield of fog or Auto Defog : The climate control system the rear window defogger. Repairs would frost more quickly. Air is directed to the may have a sensor to automatically detect not be covered by the vehicle warranty. windshield and the side window vents, with high humidity inside the vehicle. When high Do not clear the inside rear window with some air directed to the outboard humidity is detected, the climate control sharp objects. instrument panel outlets. The system system may adjust air delivery modes, automatically forces outside air into the outside air supply, and turn on the air Heated Mirrors : If equipped with heated vehicle and the air conditioning compressor conditioner. If the climate control system outside mirrors, the mirrors heat to help will run, unless the outside temperature is does not detect possible window fogging, it clear fog or frost from the surface of the close to or below freezing. returns to normal operation. To turn Auto mirror when the rear window defog button Defog off or on, see “Climate and Air is pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 16. Do not drive the vehicle until all windows Quality” under Vehicle Personalization 0 98. are clear. Rear Window Defogger See Air Vents 0 168. The rear window defogger uses a warming A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning grid to remove fog from the rear window. system on or off. An indicator light comes on to show that the air conditioning is enabled. The A/C light will stay on even if GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

168 Climate Controls . Keep the path under the front seats clear Service Air Vents of objects to help circulate the air inside Adjustable air vents are in the center and on of the vehicle more effectively. All vehicles have a label underhood that the side of the instrument panel. Use the . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. sliding knobs on the air vents to change the can adversely affect the performance of The refrigerant system should only be direction of the airflow. Slide the knob up or the system. Check with your dealer serviced by trained and certified technicians. down to open or close off the airflow. before adding equipment to the outside The air conditioning evaporator should never of the vehicle. be repaired or replaced by one from a Air vents blow warm air on the side salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced windows in cold weather. If Floor, Defog, by a new evaporator to ensure proper and or Defrost modes are selected, a small Maintenance safe operation. amount of air will come from the vents close to the window. If the airflow is shut Passenger Compartment Air Filter During service, all refrigerants should be off using the sliding knobs, warm air will be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting directed to the other instrument panel The passenger compartment air filter refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is vents. This is normal operation. reduces dust, pollen, and other airborne harmful to the environment and may also irritants from outside air that is pulled into create unsafe conditions based on Use the sliding knobs to turn vent airflow the vehicle. The filter will need to be inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other on or off based on the mode selected. replaced periodically. See Maintenance health-based concerns. Schedule 0 306. Operation Tips The air conditioning system requires periodic . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from Using the climate control system without an maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule air inlets at the base of the windshield air filter installed is not recommended. 0 306. that could block the flow of air into the Water or other debris could enter the vehicle. system and result in leaks or noises. Always . Clear snow off the hood to improve install a new filter when removing the old visibility and help decrease moisture filter. drawn into the vehicle. For more information on filter replacement, see your dealer. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 169 Engine Exhaust Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Driving and Operating Engine Exhaust ...... 190 System ...... 209 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 191 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ...... 211 Driving Information Driving for Better Fuel Economy ...... 170 Automatic Transmission Fuel Distracted Driving ...... 170 Automatic Transmission ...... 191 Top Tier Fuel ...... 212 Defensive Driving ...... 170 Manual Mode ...... 193 Recommended Fuel ...... 212 Impaired Driving ...... 171 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 195 Prohibited Fuels ...... 212 Control of a Vehicle ...... 171 Fuels in Foreign Countries ...... 213 Braking ...... 171 Drive Systems Fuel Additives ...... 213 Steering ...... 171 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 195 Filling the Tank ...... 213 Off-Road Recovery ...... 172 Brakes Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 214 Loss of Control ...... 172 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 200 Off-Road Driving ...... 173 Trailer Towing Parking Brake ...... 201 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 176 General Towing Information ...... 215 Brake Assist ...... 201 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 177 Driving Characteristics and Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 202 Winter Driving ...... 177 Towing Tips ...... 215 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 178 Ride Control Systems Trailer Towing ...... 219 Towing Equipment ...... 222 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 179 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 227 Truck-Camper Loading Information . . . . 184 Control ...... 202 Starting and Operating Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 203 Conversions and Add-Ons Limited-Slip Differential ...... 204 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 184 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 229 Ignition Positions ...... 185 Cruise Control Starting the Engine ...... 186 Cruise Control ...... 204 Engine Heater ...... 187 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 188 Driver Assistance Systems Shifting Into Park ...... 189 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 206 Shifting out of Park ...... 190 Assistance Systems for Parking or Parking over Things That Burn ...... 190 Backing ...... 207 Active Fuel Management ...... 190 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

170 Driving and Operating Distracted Driving . Wait until the vehicle is parked to Driving Information retrieve items that have fallen to the Driving for Better Fuel Economy Distraction comes in many forms and can floor. take your focus from the task of driving. . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other children. are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from . Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or economy possible: the road. Many local governments have restraint. . Set the climate controls to the desired enacted laws regarding driver distraction. . Avoid stressful conversations while temperature after the engine is started, Become familiar with the local laws in driving, whether with a passenger or on a or turn them off when not required. your area. cell phone. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. on the road, keep your hands on the { steering wheel, and focus your attention on Warning . Avoid idling the engine for long periods driving. Taking your eyes off the road too long or of time. . Do not use a phone in demanding driving too often could cause a crash resulting in . When road and weather conditions are situations. Use a hands-free method to injury or death. Focus your attention on appropriate, use cruise control. place or receive necessary phone calls. driving. . Always follow posted speed limits or . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, drive more slowly when conditions or look up information on phones or Refer to the infotainment section for more require. other electronic devices. information on using that system and the . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. navigation system, if equipped, including . Designate a front seat passenger to pairing and using a cell phone. . Combine several trips into a single trip. handle potential distractions. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features Defensive Driving TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming Defensive driving means “always expect the sidewall near the size. favorite radio stations and adjusting unexpected.” The first step in driving . Follow recommended scheduled climate control and seat settings. Program defensively is to wear the seat belt. See maintenance. all trip information into any navigation Seat Belts 0 27. device prior to driving. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 171 . Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle applied. Once the power assist is used up, it (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) can take longer to stop and the brake pedal are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are will be harder to push. mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a and be ready. vehicle while driving. Steering . Allow enough following distance between Braking you and the driver in front of you. Caution . Focus on the task of driving. Braking action involves perception time and To avoid damage to the steering system, reaction time. Deciding to push the brake do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, Impaired Driving pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is or similar objects at speeds greater than reaction time. Death and injury associated with impaired 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about over other objects such as lane dividers three-quarters of a second. In that time, a and speed bumps. Damage caused by { Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels misuse of the vehicle is not covered by 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of the vehicle warranty. Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency. driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you. serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking. drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic. Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver being driven, brake normally but do not who has been drinking or is impaired by pump the brakes. Doing so could make the drugs. Find alternate transportation pedal harder to push down. If the engine home; or if you are with a group, stops, there will be some power brake assist designate a driver who will remain sober. but it will be used when the brake is GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

172 Driving and Operating Electric Power Steering Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while The vehicle has electric power steering. . There are some situations when steering driving. Follow these tips: It does not have power steering fluid. around a problem may be more effective Regular maintenance is not required. than braking. 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the If power steering assist is lost due to a . Holding both sides of the steering wheel allows you to turn 180 degrees without vehicle so that it straddles the edge of system malfunction, the vehicle can be the pavement. steered, but may require increased effort. removing a hand. . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows 2. Turn the steering wheel about If the steering assist is used for an extended steering while braking. one-eighth of a turn, until the right front period of time while the vehicle is not tire contacts the pavement edge. moving, power assist may be reduced. Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight If the steering wheel is turned until it down the roadway. reaches the end of its travel and is held against that position for an extended period Loss of Control of time, power steering assist may be reduced. Skidding Normal use of the power steering assist There are three types of skids that should return when the system cools down. correspond to the vehicle's three control systems: See your dealer if there is a problem. . Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. Curve Tips . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much . Take curves at a reasonable speed. speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force. . Reduce speed before entering a curve. . Acceleration Skid — too much throttle . Maintain a reasonable steady speed causes the driving wheels to spin. through the curve. . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating gently into the straightaway. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 173 Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking Off-Road Driving . Remove any underbody air deflector, reasonable care suited to existing conditions, if equipped. Re-attach the air deflector and by not overdriving those conditions. But Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for after off-road driving. skids are always possible. off-road driving. Vehicles without four-wheel . Know the local laws that apply to off-road drive and vehicles not equipped with All driving. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must suggestions: not be driven off-road except on a level, To gain more ground clearance if needed, it . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal solid surface. For contact information about may be necessary to remove the front fascia and steer the way you want the vehicle the original equipment tires, see the lower air dam, if equipped. However, driving to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be warranty manual. without the air dam reduces fuel economy. ready for a second skid if it occurs. One of the best ways for successful off-road Caution . Slow down and adjust your driving driving is to control the speed. according to weather conditions. Stopping Operating the vehicle for extended distance can be longer and vehicle control { Warning periods without the front fascia lower air can be affected when traction is reduced dam installed can cause improper airflow by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other When driving off-road, bouncing and to the engine. Reattach the front fascia material on the road. Learn to recognize quick changes in direction can easily air dam after off-road driving. warning clues — such as enough water, throw you out of position. This could ice, or packed snow on the road to make cause you to lose control and crash. You Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving a mirrored surface — and slow down and your passengers should always wear when you have any doubt. seat belts. { Warning . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, . Unsecured cargo on the load floor can or braking, including reducing vehicle Before Driving Off-Road be tossed about when driving over speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any . Have all necessary maintenance and rough terrain. You or your passengers sudden changes could cause the tires to service work completed. can be struck by flying objects. Secure slide. . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check the cargo properly. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only inflation pressure in all tires, including the (Continued) the braking skid. spare, if equipped. . Read all the information about four-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

174 Driving and Operating Driving on Hills Warning (Continued) { Warning Driving safely on hills requires good . Keep cargo in the cargo area as far judgment and an understanding of what the Driving to the top of a hill at high speed forward and as low as possible. The vehicle can and cannot do. can cause a crash. There could be a heaviest things should be on the floor, drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even forward of the rear axle. { Warning another vehicle. You could be seriously . Heavy loads on the roof raise the injured or killed. As you near the top of a vehicle's center of gravity, making it Many hills are simply too steep for any hill, slow down and stay alert. more likely to roll over. You can be vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the seriously or fatally injured if the vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can . Never go downhill forward or backward vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads cause loss of control. Driving across hills with either the transmission or transfer inside the cargo area, not on the roof. can cause a rollover. You could be injured case in N (Neutral). The brakes could or killed. Do not drive on steep hills. overheat and you could lose control. For more information about loading the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 179 and Before driving on a hill, assess the { Warning Tires 0 263. steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the If the vehicle has the two-speed terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the Environmental Concerns vehicle and walk the hill before driving automatic or electronic transfer case, . Always use established trails, roads, and further. shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral) areas that have been set aside for public can cause your vehicle to roll even if the When driving on hills: off-road recreational driving and obey all transmission is in P (Park). This is because posted regulations. . Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on the N (Neutral) position on the transfer the steering wheel. . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, case overrides the transmission. You or or grasses or disturb wildlife. . Maintain a slow speed. someone else could be injured. If leaving . Do not park over things that burn. See . When possible, drive straight up or down the vehicle, set the parking brake and Parking over Things That Burn 0 190. the hill. shift the transmission to P (Park). Shift . Slow down when approaching the top of the transfer case to any position but the hill. N (Neutral). . Use headlamps even during the day to make the vehicle more visible. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 175 . When driving down a hill, keep the . If you cannot make it up the hill, . Hidden obstacles can make the steepness vehicle headed straight down. Use a low back straight down the hill. of the incline more severe. If a rock is gear because the engine will work with . Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) driven across with the uphill wheels, or if the brakes to slow the vehicle and help using only the brake. The vehicle can the downhill wheels drop into a rut or keep the vehicle under control. roll backward quickly and you could depression, the vehicle can tilt even more. lose control. . If an incline must be driven across, and { Warning . If driving downhill when the vehicle the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. Heavy braking when going down a hill stalls, shift to a lower gear, release This should help straighten out the can cause your brakes to overheat and the parking brake, and drive straight vehicle and prevent the side slipping. fade. This could cause loss of control and down the hill. you or others could be injured or killed. 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after { Warning Apply the brakes lightly when descending stalling, set the parking brake, shift into Getting out of the vehicle on the a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle P (Park), and turn the vehicle off. downhill side when stopped across an speed under control. 3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help. incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls 3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle over, you could be crushed or killed. If the vehicle stalls on a hill: would take if it rolled downhill. Always get out on the uphill side of the vehicle and stay well clear of the 1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and . Avoid turns that take the vehicle across then apply the parking brake. the incline of the hill. A hill that can be rollover path. 2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the driven straight up or down might be too engine. steep to drive across. Driving across an Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice . If driving uphill when the vehicle incline puts more weight on the downhill Use a low gear when driving in mud — the stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the wheels, which could cause a downhill deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep parking brake, and back slide or a rollover. the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck. straight down. . Surface conditions can be a problem. Traction changes when driving on sand. On . Never try to turn the vehicle around. Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet loose sand, such as on beaches or sand If the hill is steep enough to stall the grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand. vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it to roll over. can hit something that will trip it — a rock, a rut, etc. — and roll over. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

176 Driving and Operating

This affects steering, accelerating, and Caution exhaust system for damage and check the braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid fuel lines and cooling system for any sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. Do not drive through standing water if it leakage. is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, Traction is reduced on hard packed snow More frequent maintenance service is and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can required. See the Maintenance Schedule vehicle speed when driving on hard packed damage the axle and other vehicle parts. 0 306. snow and ice. If the standing water is not too deep, drive Driving on Wet Roads through it slowly. At faster speeds, water { Warning can get into the engine and cause it to stall. Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is traction and affect your ability to stop and can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary under water. Do not turn off the ignition accelerate. Always drive slower in these greatly and the vehicle could fall through when driving through water. If the exhaust types of driving conditions and avoid driving the ice; you and your passengers could pipe is under water, the engine will not through large puddles and deep-standing or drown. Drive your vehicle on safe start. When going through water, the brakes flowing water. surfaces only. get wet and it may take longer to stop. See “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this section. { Warning Driving in Water After Off-Road Driving Wet brakes can cause crashes. They might not work as well in a quick stop { Warning Remove any brush or debris that has and could cause pulling to one side. You collected on the underbody or chassis, could lose control of the vehicle. Driving through rushing water can be or under the hood. These accumulations can dangerous. Deep water can sweep your be a fire hazard. After driving through a large puddle of vehicle downstream and you and your water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply After operation in mud or sand, have the passengers could drown. If it is only the brake pedal until the brakes work brake linings cleaned and checked. These shallow water, it can still wash away the substances can cause glazing and uneven normally. ground from under your tires. Traction braking. Check the body structure, driveline, (Continued) could be lost, and the vehicle could roll steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and over. Do not drive through rushing water. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 177 . Keep windshield wiping equipment in Warning (Continued) good shape. { Warning Flowing or rushing water creates strong . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with forces. Driving through flowing water filled. the ignition off is dangerous. This can could cause the vehicle to be carried . Have good tires with proper tread depth. cause overheating of the brakes and loss away. If this happens, you and other See Tires 0 263. of steering assist. Always have the engine vehicle occupants could drown. Do not . Turn off cruise control. running and the vehicle in gear. ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through Hill and Mountain Roads . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in flowing water. its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross Driving on steep hills or through mountains the center line. is different than driving on flat or rolling Hydroplaning terrain. Tips include: . Be alert on top of hills; something could be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good up under the vehicle's tires so they actually shape. . Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., ride on the water. This can happen if the falling rocks area, winding roads, long . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, grades, passing or no-passing zones) and road is wet enough and you are going fast cooling system, and transmission. enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it take appropriate action. . Shift to a lower gear when going down has little or no contact with the road. steep or long hills. Winter Driving There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow { Warning Driving on Snow or Ice down when the road is wet. Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a Snow or ice between the tires and the road Other Rainy Weather Tips long downhill slope can cause brake creates less traction or grip, so drive overheating, can reduce brake carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C Besides slowing down, other wet weather (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. performance, and could result in a loss of driving tips include: Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain braking. Shift the transmission to a lower . Allow extra following distance. until roads can be treated. gear to let the engine assist the brakes . Pass with caution. on a steep downhill slope. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

178 Driving and Operating For Slippery Road Driving: . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. To save fuel, run the engine for short . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly periods to warm the vehicle and then shut causes the wheels to spin and makes the { Warning the engine off and partially close the surface under the tires slick. Snow can trap engine exhaust under the window. Moving about to keep warm also helps. . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 202. get inside. Engine exhaust contains If it takes time for help to arrive, when . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be running the engine, push the accelerator vehicle stability during hard stops, but seen or smelled. It can cause pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the brakes should be applied sooner than unconsciousness and even death. the idle speed. This keeps the battery when on dry pavement. See Antilock charged to restart the vehicle and to signal Brake System (ABS) 0 200. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: for help with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible, to save fuel. . Allow greater following distance and . Clear snow from the base of the watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can vehicle, especially any blocking the If the Vehicle Is Stuck occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded exhaust pipe. areas. The surface of a curve or an . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to overpass can remain icy when the the vehicle side that is away from the free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden wind, to bring in fresh air. ice, or snow. See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get steering maneuvers and braking while It Out” later in this section. . Fully open the air outlets on or under on ice. the instrument panel. The Traction Control System (TCS) can often . Turn off cruise control. help to free a stuck vehicle. See Traction . Adjust the climate control system to 0 Blizzard Conditions circulate the air inside the vehicle and Control/Electronic Stability Control 202. set the fan speed to the highest If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see “Rocking Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” the Vehicle to Get it Out” following. for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside For more information about CO, see Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program Engine Exhaust 0 190. 0 326. To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe: . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 179 Recovery Hooks If equipped, there may be recovery hooks at { Warning the front of the vehicle. Use them if the If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, { Warning vehicle is stuck off-road and needs to be pulled some place to continue driving. they can explode, and you or others Never pull on recovery hooks from the could be injured. The vehicle can side. The hooks could break and you and Vehicle Load Limits overheat, causing an engine compartment others could be injured. When using fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as recovery hooks, always pull the vehicle It is very important to know how much little as possible and avoid going above from the front. weight the vehicle can carry. This 56 km/h (35 mph). weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all For information about using tire chains on 0 occupants, cargo, and all the vehicle, see Tire Chains 279. nonfactory-installed options. Two labels Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out on the vehicle may show how much Turn the steering wheel left and right to weight it was designed to carry: the clear the area around the front wheels. For Tire and Loading Information label and four-wheel-drive vehicles, shift into the Certification/Tire label. Four-Wheel Drive High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and { Warning a forward gear, spinning the wheels as little Do not load the vehicle any heavier as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the maximum shifting gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in Caution the forward and reverse directions causes a front or rear Gross Axle Weight rocking motion that could free the vehicle. Never use recovery hooks to tow the Rating (GAWR). This can cause If that does not get the vehicle out after a vehicle. The vehicle could be damaged, systems to break and change the few tries, it might need to be towed out. and the repairs would not be covered by way the vehicle handles. This could See Towing the Vehicle 0 293. Recovery the vehicle warranty. cause loss of control and a crash. hooks can be used, if the vehicle has them. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

180 Driving and Operating occupant seating positions (1), and the 3. Subtract the combined weight of the Warning (Continued) maximum vehicle capacity weight (2) in driver and passengers from XXX kg Overloading can also reduce stopping kilograms and pounds. or XXX lbs. distance, damage the tires, and The Tire and Loading Information label 4. The resulting figure equals the shorten the life of the vehicle. also shows the size of the original available amount of cargo and Tire and Loading Information Label equipment tires (3) and the luggage load capacity. For example, recommended cold tire inflation if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. pressures (4). For more information on and there will be five 150 lb tires and inflation see Tires 0 263 and passengers in your vehicle, the Tire Pressure 0 269. amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. There is also important loading (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) information on the vehicle Certification/ Tire label. It may show the Gross 5. Determine the combined weight of Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the luggage and cargo being loaded on Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the vehicle. That weight may not the front and rear axles. See safely exceed the available cargo and “Certification/Tire Label” later in this luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. Label Example section. “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit– 6. If your vehicle will be towing a A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading trailer, load from your trailer will be 1. Locate the statement "The combined Information label is attached to the transferred to your vehicle. Consult weight of occupants and cargo B-pillar or on the forward edge of the this manual to determine how this should never exceed XXX kg or rear door. The Tire and Loading reduces the available cargo and XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. Information label shows the number of luggage load capacity of your 2. Determine the combined weight of vehicle.” the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 181 See Trailer Towing 0 219 for important information on towing a trailer, towing safety rules, and trailering tips.

Example 2 Example 3

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lb) = 453 kg (1,000 lb) Example 1 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg (150 lb) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lb) (200 lb) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lb) 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lb) = (453 kg) (1,000 lb) (250 lb) 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg Refer to the Tire and Loading (150 lb) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lb) Information label for specific 3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight information about the vehicle's capacity = 317 kg (700 lb) weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle's capacity weight. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

182 Driving and Operating Certification/Tire Label Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the Warning (Continued) actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. cause loss of control and a crash. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure Overloading can also reduce stopping to spread the load equally on both distance, damage the tires, and sides of the centerline. shorten the life of the vehicle.

{ Warning Caution In the case of a sudden stop or Overloading the vehicle may cause collision, things carried in the bed of damage. Repairs would not be covered by your truck could shift forward and the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the come into the passenger area, vehicle. Label Example injuring you and others. If you put things in the bed of your truck, you Using heavier suspension components A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label should make sure they are properly to get added durability might not is attached to the B-pillar or on the secured. change the weight ratings. Ask your forward edge of the rear door. The label dealer to help load the vehicle the may show the size of the vehicle's right way. original tires and the inflation pressures { Warning needed to obtain the gross weight Do not load the vehicle any heavier { Warning capacity of the vehicle. This is called than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Things you put inside the vehicle can Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). (GVWR), or either the maximum strike and injure people in a sudden The GVWR includes the weight of the front or rear Gross Axle Weight stop or turn, or in a crash. vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo. Rating (GAWR). This can cause (Continued) The Certification/Tire label may also systems to break and change the show the maximum weights for the way the vehicle handles. This could front and rear axles, called Gross Axle (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 183 Two-Tiered Loading Add-On Equipment Warning (Continued) Depending on the model of the pickup, When carrying removable items, a limit . Put things in the cargo area of the an upper load platform can be created on how many people carried inside the vehicle. Try to spread the weight vehicle may be necessary. Be sure to evenly. by positioning three or four 5 cm (2 in) by 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks across weigh the vehicle before buying and . Never stack heavier things, like the width of the pickup box. The planks installing the new equipment. suitcases, inside the vehicle so must be inserted in the pickup box that some of them are above the depressions. Caution tops of the seats. When using this upper load platform, Overloading the vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by . Do not leave an unsecured child be sure the load is securely tied down restraint in the vehicle. the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the to prevent it from shifting. The load's vehicle. . When you carry something inside center of gravity should be positioned the vehicle, secure it whenever in a zone over the rear axle. The zone is Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle you can. located in the area between the front Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or of each wheel well and the rear of each . Do not leave a seat folded down rear axle. wheel well. The center of gravity height unless you need to. * Equipment Maximum Weight must not extend above the top of the There is also important loading pickup box flareboard. Ladder Rack and 340 kg (750 lb) information for off-road driving in this Any load that extends beyond the Cargo manual. See “Loading the Vehicle for vehicle's taillamp area must be properly Cross Toolbox and 181 kg (400 lb) Off-Road Driving“ under Off-Road marked according to local laws and Cargo Driving 0 173. regulations. Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or rear axle. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

184 Driving and Operating

* Equipment Maximum Weight Structural members (1) and (2) are included Starting and Operating in the pickup box design. Additional Side Boxes and 113 kg per side accessories should use these load points. New Vehicle Break-In Cargo (250 lb per side) Depending on the accessory design, use a spacer under the accessory at the load Caution * The combined weight for all points to remove gap. The holes for GM rail-mounted equipment should not approved accessories (3) are not intended for The vehicle does not need an elaborate exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb). aftermarket equipment. See break-in. But it will perform better in the www.gmupfitter.com for additional pickup long run if you follow these guidelines: Loading Points box load bearing structural information. . Keep the vehicle speed at 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km Truck-Camper Loading Information (500 mi). The vehicle was neither designed nor . Do not drive at any one constant intended to carry a slide-in camper. speed, fast or slow, for the first 805 km (500 mi). Do not make Caution full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting Adding a slide-in camper or similar to brake or slow the vehicle. equipment to the vehicle can damage it, . Avoid making hard stops for the first and the repairs would not be covered by 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this the vehicle warranty. Do not install a time the new brake linings are not yet slide-in camper or similar equipment on broken in. Hard stops with new linings the vehicle. can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in 1. Primary Load Points guideline every time you get new 2. Secondary Load Areas brake linings. 3. GM Approved Accessory Mounting (Continued) Points GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 185

Caution (Continued) To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be 4. Push the key all the way in toward the ON/RUN and the brake pedal must be steering column, then turn the key to . Do not tow a trailer during break-in. applied. LOCK/OFF. See Trailer Towing 0 219 for the trailer towing capabilities of the vehicle and 0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : This 5. Remove the key. more information. position turns off the vehicle. It also locks 6. Release the brake pedal. the ignition, the transmission, and the Following break-in, engine speed and load steering column, if equipped with a locking See your dealer if the key can be removed can be gradually increased. steering column. in any other position. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain Ignition Positions active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 188. A warning chime will sound when the driver door is opened and the key is in the ignition. If equipped with a locking steering column, the steering can bind with the front wheels turned off center, which may prevent key rotation out of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, move the steering wheel from right to left while turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. To turn off the vehicle: If this does not work, then the vehicle needs service. 1. Make sure that the vehicle is stopped. 0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF 2. Shift to P (Park). 1. ACC/ACCESSORY 3. Continue to hold the brake pedal, then 2. ON/RUN set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 201. 3. START The ignition switch has four positions. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

186 Driving and Operating 7. Set the parking brake. See Parking Brake A warning chime will sound when the driver { Warning 0 201. door is opened and the key is in the Turning off the vehicle while moving may 8. Remove the key. ignition. cause loss of power assist in the brake 9. Release the brake pedal. 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be used to and steering systems and disable the operate the electrical accessories and to airbags. While driving, turn off the Caution display some instrument cluster warning vehicle only in an emergency. Use the correct key, make sure it is all and indicator lights. This position can also the way in — or pushed all the way in be used for service and diagnostics, and to In an emergency, if the vehicle cannot be verify the proper operation of the toward the steering column when turning pulled over and must be turned off while malfunction indicator lamp as may be driving: off the vehicle — and turn it only with required for emission inspection purposes. your hand. 1. Push the key all the way in toward the The switch stays in this position when the steering column, then turn the key to engine is running. The transmission is also 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This position allows unlocked in this position. ACC/ACCESSORY. features such as the infotainment system to 2. Brake using firm and steady pressure. Do operate while the vehicle is off. It also If the key is left in ON/RUN with the engine not pump the brakes repeatedly. This unlocks the steering column, if equipped off, the battery could drain and the vehicle may deplete power assist, requiring with a locking steering column. Use this may not start. increased brake pedal force. position if the vehicle must be pushed or 3 (START) : This is the position that starts 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can towed. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) the engine. When the engine starts, release 0 be done while the vehicle is moving. 188. the key. The ignition returns to ON/RUN for Continue braking and steer the vehicle to From ON/RUN, push the key all the way in driving. a safe location. toward the steering column, then turn the 4. Come to a complete stop. key to ACC/ACCESSORY. Starting the Engine 5. Shift to P (Park). If the key is left in ACC/ACCESSORY with the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the 6. Push the key all the way in toward the engine off, the battery could drain and the Duramax diesel supplement. steering column (1), then turn the vehicle may not start. ignition to LOCK/OFF (2). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 187

Caution the engine and transmission gently to the engine and transmission gently until allow the oil to warm up and lubricate the oil warms up and lubricates all If you add electrical parts or accessories, all moving parts. moving parts. you could change the way the engine operates. Any resulting damage would Caution Engine Heater not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Cranking the engine for long periods of If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 229. time, by returning the ignition to the Duramax diesel supplement. START position immediately after Place the transmission in the proper gear. cranking has ended, can overheat and { Warning Move the shift lever to P (Park) or damage the cranking motor, and drain Do not plug in the engine block heater N (Neutral). The engine will not start in any the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds while the vehicle is parked in a garage or other position. To restart the engine when between each try, to let the cranking under a carport. Property damage or the vehicle is already moving, use motor cool down. N (Neutral) only. personal injury may result. Always park the vehicle in a clear open area away 2. If the engine does not start after five to Caution 10 seconds, especially in very cold from buildings or structures. weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the If equipped, the engine heater can provide be flooded with too much gasoline. Try vehicle is moving. If you do, you could easier starting and better fuel economy pushing the accelerator pedal all the way damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) during engine warm-up in cold weather to the floor and holding it there while only when the vehicle is stopped. conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles holding the key in START for up to with an engine heater should be plugged in 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds Starting Procedure at least four hours before starting. An between each try, to allow the cranking internal thermostat in the plug-end of the 1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, motor to cool down. When the engine cord may exist, which will prevent engine turn the ignition key to START. When starts, let go of the key and accelerator heater operation at temperatures above the engine starts, let go of the key. The pedal. If the vehicle starts briefly but −18 °C (0 °F). idle speed will go down as the engine then stops again, do the same thing. gets warm. Do not race the engine This clears the extra gasoline from the immediately after starting it. Operate engine. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

188 Driving and Operating

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Improper use of the heater cord or an . While in use, do not let the heater extension cord can damage the cord and cord touch vehicle parts or sharp may result in overheating and fire. edges. Never close the hood on the . Plug the cord into a three-prong heater cord. electrical utility receptacle that is protected by a ground fault detection . Before starting the vehicle, unplug the function. An ungrounded outlet could cord, reattach the cover to the plug, cause an electric shock. and securely fasten the cord. Keep the cord away from any moving parts. . Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. Heater Cord Near Engine Air Cleaner, 2.5L L4 4. Before starting the engine, be sure to Failure to use the recommended Engine Shown, 3.6L V6 Engine Similar unplug and store the cord as it was extension cord in good operating before to keep it away from moving condition, or using a damaged heater To Use the Engine Heater engine parts. If you do not, it could be or extension cord, could make it damaged. 1. Turn off the engine. overheat and cause a fire, property The length of time the heater should remain 2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical damage, electric shock, and injury. plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a cord. The cord is secured near the . Do not operate the vehicle with the dealer in the area where you will be parking coolant surge tank or to the engine air heater cord permanently attached to the vehicle for the best advice on this. cleaner. Carefully remove the cord. the vehicle. Possible heater cord and Check the heater cord for damage. If it is thermostat damage could occur. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) damaged, do not use it. See your dealer (Continued) for a replacement. Inspect the cord for When the ignition is turned from on to off, damage yearly. the following features (if equipped) will continue to function for up to 10 minutes, 3. Plug the cord into a normal, grounded or until the driver door is opened. These 110-volt AC outlet. features will also work when the ignition is in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY: GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 189 . Infotainment System 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then set the Warning (Continued) . Power Windows (during RAP this parking brake. functionality will be lost when any door See Parking Brake 0 201. If you have four-wheel drive and the is opened) 2. Hold the button on the shift lever and transfer case is in N (Neutral), the vehicle . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will push the lever toward the front of the will be free to roll, even if the shift lever be lost when any door is opened) vehicle into P (Park). is in P (Park). So be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear – not in N (Neutral). . Auxiliary Power Outlet 3. Be sure the transfer case (if equipped) is . Audio System in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). And, if you leave the vehicle with the . OnStar System 4. Push the ignition key in, towards the engine running, it could overheat and steering column and then turn the even catch fire. You or others could be Shifting Into Park ignition off. injured. Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running unless you have to. { Warning 5. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can leave the vehicle with the It can be dangerous to get out of the ignition key in your hand, the vehicle is If you have to leave the vehicle with the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in in P (Park). engine running, be sure the vehicle is in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set The vehicle can roll. If you have left the Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine before you leave it. After you move the shift lever into P (Park), hold the regular engine running, the vehicle can move Running brake pedal down. Then, see if you can suddenly. You or others could be injured. { Warning move the shift lever away from P (Park) To be sure the vehicle will not move, without pressing the button on the shift even when you are on fairly level ground, It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle lever. If you can, it means that the shift use the steps that follow. With with the engine running. The vehicle lever was not fully locked into P (Park). four-wheel drive, if the transfer case is in could move suddenly if the shift lever is N (Neutral), the vehicle will be free to not fully in P (Park) with the parking Torque Lock roll, even if the shift lever is in P (Park). brake firmly set. If you are parking on a hill and you do not Be sure the transfer case is in a drive (Continued) shift the transmission into P (Park) properly, gear. If towing a trailer, see Driving the weight of the vehicle may put too much Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 215. force on the parking pawl in the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

190 Driving and Operating transmission. You may find it difficult to pull 3. Move the shift lever to the desired mode, depending on the driving conditions. the shift lever out of P (Park). This is called position. When less power is required, such as torque lock. To prevent torque lock, set the If you still are unable to shift out of cruising at a constant vehicle speed, the parking brake and then shift into P (Park) P (Park): system will operate in reduced cylinder properly before you leave the driver seat. To operation mode, allowing the vehicle to find out how, see Shifting Into Park 0 189. 1. Ease the pressure on the shift lever. achieve better fuel economy. When greater When you are ready to drive, move the 2. While holding down the brake pedal and power demands are required, such as shift lever out of P (Park) before you release pressing the shift lever button, move the accelerating from a stop, passing, the parking brake. shift lever all the way into P (Park). or merging onto a freeway, the system will 3. While holding the shift lever button, maintain full-cylinder operation. If the If torque lock does occur, you may need to move the shift lever to the desired vehicle has an Active Fuel Management have another vehicle push yours a little position. indicator, see Driver Information Center (DIC) uphill to take some of the pressure from the for more information on using this display. parking pawl in the transmission. You will If you are still having a problem shifting, then be able to pull the shift lever out of then have the vehicle serviced soon. P (Park). Engine Exhaust Parking over Things That Burn Shifting out of Park { Warning { This vehicle is equipped with an electronic Warning Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide shift lock release system. The shift lock Things that can burn could touch hot (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. release is designed to: exhaust parts under the vehicle and Exposure to CO can cause . Prevent ignition key removal unless the ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, unconsciousness and even death. shift lever is in P (Park). dry grass, or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: . Prevent movement of the shift lever out . The vehicle idles in areas with poor of P (Park), unless the ignition is on and Active Fuel Management ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, the regular brake pedal is applied. This vehicle's engine may be equipped with deep snow that may block underbody To shift out of P (Park): Active Fuel Management, which allows the airflow or tail pipes). 1. Apply the brake pedal. engine to operate on either all of its (Continued) cylinders, or in reduced cylinder operation 2. Press the button on the shift lever. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 191 If the vehicle is left with the engine running, P: This position locks the drive wheels. Use Warning (Continued) follow the proper steps to be sure the P (Park) when starting the engine because . The exhaust smells or sounds strange vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park the vehicle cannot move easily. When or different. 0 189 and parked on a hill, especially when the vehicle 0 . The exhaust system leaks due to Engine Exhaust 190. has a heavy load, you might notice an corrosion or damage. If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see increase in the effort to shift out of P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under Shifting Into Park . The vehicle exhaust system has been Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 0 189. modified, damaged, or improperly 215. repaired. { Automatic Transmission Warning . There are holes or openings in the It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle vehicle body from damage or If equipped, there is an electronic shift lever if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) aftermarket modifications that are not position indicator within the instrument with the parking brake firmly set. The completely sealed. cluster. This display comes on when the vehicle can roll. If unusual fumes are detected or if it is ignition key is in ACC/ACCESSORY or suspected that exhaust is coming into the ON/RUN. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine vehicle: is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. . Drive it only with the windows You or others could be injured. To be completely down. sure the vehicle will not move, even . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. when you are on fairly level ground, Never park the vehicle with the engine always set the parking brake and move running in an enclosed area such as a the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting 0 garage or a building that has no fresh air Into Park 189 and ventilation. Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 215. Running the Vehicle While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

192 Driving and Operating

{ Warning { Warning Caution (Continued) If you have four-wheel drive, the vehicle Shifting into a drive gear while the transmission fluid. This message clears will be free to roll — even if the shift engine is running at high speed is when the transmission fluid has cooled lever is in P (Park) — if the transfer case dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on sufficiently. is in N (Neutral). So, be sure the transfer the brake pedal, the vehicle could move D: This position is for normal driving. case is in a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive very rapidly. You could lose control and If more power is needed for passing, press High or Four-Wheel Drive High or hit people or objects. Do not shift into a the accelerator pedal down. Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in drive gear while the engine is running at N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park 0 189. high speed. D (Drive) can be used when towing a trailer, carrying a heavy load, driving on steep hills, R: Use this gear to back up. or driving off-road. Shift the transmission to Caution a lower gear range selection if the Caution transmission shifts too often. See Manual Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with 0 Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is the engine running at high speed may Mode 193. moving forward could damage the damage the transmission. The repairs Downshifting the transmission in slippery transmission. The repairs would not be would not be covered by the vehicle road conditions could result in skidding. See covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to warranty. Be sure the engine is not “Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 172. R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is running at high speed when shifting the The vehicle has a shift stabilization feature stopped. vehicle. that adjusts the transmission shifting to the current driving conditions in order to reduce To rock the vehicle back and forth to get rapid upshifts and downshifts. This shift out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging Caution stabilization feature is designed to the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck A transmission hot message may display determine, before making an upshift, if the 0 178. if the automatic transmission fluid is too engine is able to maintain vehicle speed by N: In this position, the engine does not hot. Driving under this condition can analyzing things such as vehicle speed, connect with the wheels. To restart the damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the throttle position, and vehicle load. If the engine when the vehicle is already moving, engine to cool the automatic shift stabilization feature determines that a use N (Neutral) only. (Continued) current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 193

the transmission does not upshift and Caution Manual Mode instead holds the current gear. In some cases, this could appear to be a delayed Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle Range Selection Mode shift, however the transmission is operating in one place on a hill using only the normally. accelerator pedal may damage the The transmission uses adaptive shift transmission. The repair will not be controls. The adaptive shift control process covered by the vehicle warranty. If the continually compares key shift parameters vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. to pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in the When stopping on a hill, use the brakes transmission’s computer. The transmission to hold the vehicle in place. constantly makes adjustments to improve vehicle performance according to how the Normal Mode Grade Braking vehicle is being used, such as with a heavy Normal Mode Grade Braking is enabled load or when the temperature changes. when the vehicle is started, but is not During this adaptive shift control process, enabled in Range Selection Mode. It assists shifting might feel different as the in maintaining desired vehicle speeds when Range Selection Mode helps control the transmission determines the best settings. driving on downhill grades by using the vehicle's transmission and vehicle speed engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. When temperatures are very cold, the while driving downhill or towing a trailer by transmission's gear shifting could be delayed letting you select a desired range of gears. providing more stable shifts until the engine warms up. Shifts could be more noticeable To use this feature: with a cold transmission. This difference in 1. Move the shift lever to L (Manual Mode). shifting is normal. 2. Press the plus/minus button on the shift L: This position allows selection of a range lever to select the desired range of gears of gears appropriate for current driving for current driving conditions. conditions. See Manual Mode 0 193. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

194 Driving and Operating When the shift lever is moved from 6-Speed Automatic Transmission D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a number Gear before shifting from D (Drive) to displays next to the L, indicating the current 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st transmission range. L (Manual Mode) Range after shifting from D (Drive) to This number is the highest gear that the L4 L4 L3 L2 L2 L1 transmission will command while operating L (Manual Mode) in L (Manual Mode). All gears below that number are available. As driving conditions change, the transmission can automatically 8-Speed Automatic Transmission shift to lower gears. For example, when L5 is Gear before shifting selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are from D (Drive) to 8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st automatically shifted by the transmission, L (Manual Mode) but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until the plus/ minus button on the shift lever is used to Range after shifting change to the range. from D (Drive) to L6 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L2 L1 When the shift lever is moved from L (Manual Mode) – D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a downshift Tow/Haul not engaged may occur. The gear that the transmission is Range after shifting operating in when the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L3 L2 L1 from D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode) L (Manual Mode) – determines if a downshift occurs. See the Tow/Haul engaged following chart. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 195 Grade Braking is not available when Range Tow/Haul Mode Drive Systems Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 195. If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the transmission shift pattern to reduce shift Four-Wheel Drive While using Range Selection Mode, cruise cycling. While towing heavy loads, this If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the control and the Tow/Haul Mode can mode provides increased performance and front axle for extra traction. be used. vehicle control. Caution Caution Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the 4 m, or 4 n for an extended period of accelerator pedal may damage the time. These conditions may cause: transmission. The repair will not be . Overheating. covered by the vehicle warranty. If the . Oil leakage. vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. . Damage to internal and external When stopping on a hill, use the brakes components of the front axle. to hold the vehicle in place. Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off by . Premature wear on the vehicle’s Low Traction Mode pressing the button on the center stack. powertrain. When the Tow/Haul Mode is enabled, a If equipped, Low Traction Mode assists in light on the instrument cluster will come on. Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 m or vehicle acceleration when road conditions See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 89 and 4 may: are slippery, such as with ice or snow. While n Hill and Mountain Roads 0 177. the vehicle is at a stop, select L2 using . Cause a vibration to be felt in the Range Selection Mode. This will limit torque Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under Towing steering system. to the wheels and help to prevent the tires Equipment 0 222. . Cause tires to wear faster. from spinning. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, the Tow/ . Cause additional driveline noise. Haul button activates the exhaust brake system simultaneously. See “Exhaust Brake” in the Duramax diesel supplement. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

196 Driving and Operating Electronic Transfer Case position. The light will flash meaning that { Warning the shift is in progress. When the shift is If equipped with four-wheel drive, the completed the new position will be vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer illuminated. If the transfer case cannot case is in N (Neutral), even when the shift complete a shift command, it will go back to lever is in P (Park). You or someone else its last chosen setting. could be seriously injured. Be sure the In extreme cold weather, it may be transfer case is in a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m, necessary to slow or stop the vehicle to or 4 n — or set the parking brake before shift from 2 m to 4 m. placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). Delayed shift from 4 m to 2 m may be See Shifting Into Park 0 189. experienced due to uneven tire wear, low tire pressure, high vehicle loading, or cold temperatures. Caution Use the transfer case knob, next to the Extended high-speed operation in 4 n steering wheel, to shift into and out of Caution may damage or shorten the life of the four-wheel drive for extra traction. Shifting the transmission into gear before drivetrain. All of the lights will flash on then off the requested mode indicator light has momentarily when the ignition is turned on. stopped flashing could damage the Engagement noise and bump when shifting The light that remains on will indicate the transfer case. between 4 n and 4 m or from N (Neutral), state of the transfer case. with the engine running, is normal. The settings are: If the indicator mark on the knob does not Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control match up with the light then that likely N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control means the knob was moved when the needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle 0 (ESC) off. See Traction Control/Electronic ignition was off. Towing 294 or 0 Towing the Vehicle 0 293. Stability Control 202. The indicator mark on the knob must line up with the indicator light before a shift can be commanded. To command a shift rotate the transfer case knob to the new desired GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 197 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving Shifting Into 2 m Shifting Out of 4 n on most streets and highways. The front 1. To shift out of 4 n the vehicle must be axle is not engaged. This setting provides Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, except stopped or moving less than 5 km/h the best fuel economy. when shifting from 4 n. (3 mph) with the transmission in 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting Shifting Into 4 n N (Neutral) and the ignition on. It is best engages the front axle and delivers extra for the vehicle to be moving When 4 n is engaged, vehicle speed should 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). torque. Choose 4 n if driving off-road in deep be kept below 72 km/h (45 mph). sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and while 2. Turn the knob to 4 or 2 . Wait for the 1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle m m climbing or descending steep hills. When must be stopped or moving less than 4 m or 2 m indicator light to stop flashing engaged, keep vehicle speed below 72 km/h 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in before shifting the transmission (45 mph). N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to into gear. Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). If the transmission is in gear and/or moving and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/ 2. Turn the knob to 4 . Wait for the 4 more than 5 km/h (3 mph), the 4 m or 2 m 0 n n Electronic Stability Control 202. indicator light to stop flashing before indicator light will flash for 30 seconds, but 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use when shifting the transmission into gear. will not complete the shift. With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the extra traction is needed. The front axle If the transmission is in gear and/or moving engages and helps when driving on snowy transmission in N (Neutral), attempt the shift more than 5 km/h (3 mph), the 4 n indicator again. or icy roads, and when off-roading. The light will flash for 30 seconds, but will not vehicle can be shifted from 2 m to 4 m while complete the shift. After 30 seconds the Shifting Into N (Neutral) the vehicle is moving. transfer case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob To shift: Shifting Into 4 m to 4 m to see the indicator. With the vehicle 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface. moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the Turn the knob to 4 m at any speed up to 2. Set the parking brake and press and hold transmission in N (Neutral), attempt the shift the brake pedal. See Parking Brake 121 km/h (75 mph), except from 4 n. The again. 0 201. indicator light will flash while shifting and will remain on the selected setting. 3. Start the vehicle or turn the ignition on. 4. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

198 Driving and Operating 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. 4. Turn the transfer case knob to 2 m. Use the transfer case knob next to the steering wheel to shift into and out of 6. Turn the transfer case knob clockwise to After the transfer case has shifted out of four-wheel drive. N (Neutral) until it stops and hold it N (Neutral), the N (Neutral) light will there until the N (Neutral) light starts go out. All of the lights will flash on then off flashing. This will take at least 5. Release the parking brake. momentarily when the ignition is turned on. 10 seconds. Then slowly release the knob The light that remains on will indicate the to the 4 n position. The N (Neutral) light Caution state of the transfer case. will come on when the transfer case Shifting the transmission into gear before If the indicator mark on the knob does not shift to N (Neutral) is complete. the requested mode indicator light has match up with the light then that likely 7. With the engine running, verify that the stopped flashing could damage the means the knob was moved when the transfer case is in N (Neutral) by shifting transfer case. ignition was off. the transmission to R (Reverse), then to The indicator mark on the knob must line D (Drive). There should be no movement 6. Start the engine and shift the up with the indicator light before a shift can of the vehicle while shifting the transmission to the desired gear. be commanded. To command a shift rotate transmission. Automatic Transfer Case the transfer case knob to the new desired 8. Turn the engine off, and the ignition to position. The light will flash meaning that ACC/ACCESSORY. the shift is in progress. When the shift is 9. Place the transmission shift lever in completed the new position will be P (Park). See Recreational Vehicle Towing illuminated. If the transfer case cannot 0 294. complete a shift command, it will go back to its last chosen setting. 10. Turn the ignition off. The settings are: Shifting Out of N (Neutral) N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle To shift: needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle 1. Set the parking brake and apply the Towing 0 294 or brake pedal. Towing the Vehicle 0 293. 2. Turn the ignition on with the engine off. 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 199 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting To shift into 4 n: on most streets and highways. The front engages the front axle and delivers extra 1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle axle is not engaged. This setting provides torque. Choose 4 n when driving off-road in must be stopped or moving less than the best fuel economy. deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use while climbing or descending steep hills. N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). when road surface traction conditions are Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control variable. When driving in AUTO, the front and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/ 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for the 4 n axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is Electronic Stability Control 0 202. indicator light to stop flashing before sent to the front and rear wheels shifting the transmission into gear. automatically based on driving conditions. Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO This setting provides slightly lower fuel Turn the knob to the 4 or AUTO position Caution economy than 2 m. m at any speed, except from 4 n. The indicator Shifting the transmission into gear before Do not use AUTO mode, if equipped, to park light will flash while shifting and will remain the requested mode indicator light has on a steep grade with poor traction such as on when the shift is completed. stopped flashing could damage the ice, snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO mode transfer case. only the rear wheels will hold the vehicle Shifting Into 2 m from sliding when parked. If parking on a Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, except If the transmission is in gear and/or moving steep grade, use 4 m to keep all four wheels more than 5 km/h (3 mph), the 4 indicator when shifting from 4 n. The indicator light n engaged. light will flash for 30 seconds, but will not will flash while shifting and will remain on complete the shift. After 30 seconds the 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : This setting when the shift is completed. engages the front axle. Use this position transfer case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob Shifting Into 4 when extra traction is needed, such as when n to 4 m to display the indicator. With the driving on snowy or icy roads, or when When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle speed vehicle moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), off-roading. below 72 km/h (45 mph). and the transmission in N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

200 Driving and Operating Shifting Out of 4 n Shifting Into N (Neutral) 9. Place the transmission shift lever in To shift: P (Park). See Recreational Vehicle Towing To shift: 0 294. 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface. 1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving 10. Turn the ignition to off. less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the 2. Set the parking brake and press and hold transmission in N (Neutral) and the the brake pedal. See Parking Brake Shifting Out of N (Neutral) ignition on. It is best for the vehicle to 0 201. To shift: be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). 3. Start the vehicle or turn the ignition on. 1. Set the parking brake and apply the 2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m. Wait 4. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). brake pedal. for the 4 , AUTO, or 2 indicator light m m 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. 2. Turn the ignition on with the engine off. to stop flashing before shifting the 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). transmission into gear. 6. Turn the transfer case knob clockwise to N (Neutral) until it stops and hold it 4. Turn the transfer case knob to the Caution there until the N (Neutral) light starts desired setting. flashing. This will take at least Shifting the transmission into gear before After the transfer case has shifted out of 10 seconds. Then slowly release the knob the requested mode indicator light has N (Neutral), the N (Neutral) light will stopped flashing could damage the to the 4 n position. The N (Neutral) light go out. transfer case. will come on when the transfer case 5. Release the parking brake. shift to N (Neutral) is complete. 6. Start the engine and shift the If the transmission is in gear and/or moving 7. With the engine running, verify that the transmission to the desired gear. more than 5 km/h (3 mph), the 4 m, AUTO, transfer case is in N (Neutral) by shifting the transmission to R (Reverse), then or 2 indicator light will flash for m shift the transmission to D (Drive). There Brakes 30 seconds but will not complete the shift. should be no movement of the vehicle With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h while shifting the transmission. Antilock Brake System (ABS) (3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. 8. Turn the engine off, and the ignition to The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps ACC/ACCESSORY. prevent a braking skid and maintain steering while braking hard. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 201

ABS performs a system check when the Braking in Emergencies Caution vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor ABS allows steering and braking at the same or clicking noise may be heard while this Driving with the parking brake on can time. In many emergencies, steering can test is going on, and the brake pedal may overheat the brake system and cause help even more than braking. move slightly. This is normal. premature wear or damage to brake Parking Brake system parts. Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving.

To release the parking brake, hold the regular brake pedal down, then push down momentarily on the parking brake pedal If there is a problem with ABS, this warning until you feel the pedal release. Slowly pull light stays on. See Antilock Brake System your foot up off the parking brake pedal. (ABS) Warning Light 0 88. If the parking brake is not released when ABS does not change the time needed to you begin to drive, the brake system get a foot on the brake pedal and does not warning light will flash and a chime will always decrease stopping distance. If you sound warning you that the parking brake is get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will still on. not be enough time to apply the brakes if Set the parking brake by holding the regular If you are towing a trailer and are parking that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always brake pedal down, then pushing down the on a hill, see Driving Characteristics and leave enough room ahead to stop, even parking brake pedal. Towing Tips 0 215. with ABS. If the ignition is on, the brake system Brake Assist Using ABS warning light will come on. See Brake System Warning Light 0 88. Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake applications due to emergency braking pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS situations and provides additional braking to operate is normal. activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

202 Driving and Operating to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake HSA is available when the vehicle is facing braking pressure to any one of the vehicle pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement uphill in a forward gear, or when facing wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping during this time may occur. Continue to downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must the vehicle on the intended path. apply the brake pedal as the driving come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA If cruise control is being used and traction situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages to activate. control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit when the brake pedal is released. wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Hill Start Assist (HSA) Ride Control Systems Cruise control may be turned back on when road conditions allow. Traction Control/Electronic { Warning Both systems come on automatically when Stability Control the vehicle is started and begins to move. Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does System Operation The systems may be heard or felt while not replace the need to pay attention they are operating or while performing and drive safely. You may not hear or The vehicle has a Traction Control System diagnostic checks. This is normal and does feel alerts or warnings provided by this (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability not mean there is a problem with the system. Failure to use proper care when Control (ESC) an electronic stability control vehicle. driving may result in injury, death, system. These systems help limit wheel slip It is recommended to leave both systems on or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving and assist the driver in maintaining control, for normal driving conditions, but it may be 0 especially on slippery road conditions. 170. necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets TCS activates if it senses that any of the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill drive wheels are spinning or beginning to Vehicle Is Stuck 0 178 and “Turning the Start Assist (HSA) temporarily prevents the lose traction. When this happens, TCS Systems Off and On” later in this section. vehicle from rolling in an unintended applies the brakes to the spinning wheels direction during the transition from brake When the transfer case (if equipped) is in and reduces engine power to limit pedal release to accelerator pedal apply. The Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability system wheel spin. brakes release when the accelerator pedal is is automatically disabled, and g comes on applied or automatically release after a few StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle in the instrument cluster. Both traction seconds. The brakes may also release under senses a difference between the intended control and StabiliTrak/ESC are automatically other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold path and the direction the vehicle is actually disabled in this condition. the vehicle. traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 203 Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is on, the vehicle may need more time to pressed, the system will not turn off until diagnose the problem. If the condition the wheels stop spinning. persists, see your dealer. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, Turning the Systems Off and On press and hold g until the Traction Off light i The indicator light for both systems is in the and StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g come on instrument cluster. This light will: and stay on in the instrument cluster. To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again, press . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin. and release g. The Traction Off light i and . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g in the instrument . Turn on and stay on when either system cluster turn off. is not working. The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on if If either system fails to turn on or to the center stack. the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h (35 mph). TCS activate, a message displays in the Driver will remain off until the driver presses g or Information Center (DIC), and d comes on Caution the ignition is cycled Off then On. and stays on to indicate that the system is Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate inactive and is not assisting the driver in Adding accessories can affect the vehicle heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to performance. See Accessories and driveline could be damaged. drive, but driving should be adjusted Modifications 0 231. accordingly. To turn off only TCS, press and release g. Hill Descent Control (HDC) If d comes on and stays on: i The Traction Off light displays in the If equipped, HDC can be used when driving 1. Stop the vehicle. instrument cluster. To turn TCS on again, downhill. It sets and maintains vehicle speed 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. press and release g. The Traction Off light while descending a very steep incline in a 3. Start the engine. i displayed in the instrument cluster will forward or reverse gear. turn off. The HDC switch is on the center stack, below the climate controls. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

204 Driving and Operating Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. Vehicle HDC will remain enabled between 30 and Cruise Control speed must be below 60 km/h (37 mph). 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph), however vehicle speed cannot be set or maintained in this With cruise control a speed of about range. It will automatically disable if the 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (50 mph) or maintained without keeping your foot on above 60 km/h (37 mph) for at least the accelerator. Cruise control does not work 30 seconds. 5 must be pressed again to at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). re-enable HDC. { Warning When enabled, if the vehicle is at a speed The HDC light displays on the instrument above 30 km/h (19 mph) and less than Cruise control can be dangerous where cluster when enabled. 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC message will you cannot drive safely at a steady HDC can maintain vehicle speeds between display instructing the driver to reduce speed. Do not use cruise control on 4 and 30 km/h (3 and 19 mph) on an incline speed for HDC operation. winding roads or in heavy traffic. greater than or equal to a 10% grade. Cruise control will not function while HDC is Cruise control can be dangerous on A blinking HDC light indicates that the enabled and vehicle speed is below 40 km/h system is actively applying the brakes to slippery roads. On such roads, fast (25 mph). maintain vehicle speed. changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip, and you could lose When HDC is set, that is the initial set Limited-Slip Differential control. Do not use cruise control on speed. It can be increased or decreased by If equipped, the limited-slip differential can slippery roads. applying the accelerator or brake pedal. give more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, Smaller HDC speed control adjustments are or gravel. It works like a standard axle most If the cruise control is being used and the accomplished using the cruise up or down of the time, but when traction is low, this Traction Control (TCS) system or StabiliTrak/ buttons. Each tap of the +RES will increase feature allows the drive wheel with the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) begins to the set speed by 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph), while most traction to move the vehicle. For limit wheel spin, the cruise control will each tap of the SET– will decrease the set vehicles with the limited-slip differential, automatically disengage. See Traction speed by 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph). This adjusted driven under severe conditions, the rear axle Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 202. speed becomes the new set speed. fluid should be changed. See Maintenance If a collision alert occurs when cruise control Schedule 0 306. is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 209. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 205 When road conditions allow you to safely SET− : Press briefly to set the speed and Once the vehicle speed reaches about use it again, cruise control can be turned activate cruise control. If cruise control is 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press +RES back on. already active, use to decrease vehicle briefly. The vehicle returns to the previous If equipped with Hill Descent Control (HDC), speed. set speed. cruise control will disengage if HDC is Active. * : Press to disengage cruise control Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control If the brakes are applied, the cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory. If the cruise control system is already disengages. Setting Cruise Control activated: . Press and hold +RES until the desired If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or +RES speed is reached, then release it. could get pressed and go into cruise when . To increase vehicle speed in small not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not increments, briefly press +RES. For each being used. press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on. (1 mph) faster. 2. Get up to the desired speed. The speedometer reading can be displayed 3. Press and release SET−. in either English or metric units. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 93 or 4. Remove foot from the accelerator. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) The cruise control indicator on the 0 95. The increment value used depends on instrument cluster turns green after cruise the units displayed. control has been set to the desired speed. 5 Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control : Press to turn the system on or off. See Instrument Cluster 0 80. A white indicator comes on in the If the cruise control system is already Resuming a Set Speed instrument cluster when cruise control is activated: turned on. If the cruise control is set at a desired speed . Press and hold SET– until the desired +RES : If there is a set speed in memory, and then the brakes are applied or * is lower speed is reached, then release it. press briefly to resume to that speed or pressed, the cruise control is disengaged . To slow down in small increments, briefly press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory. press SET– . For each press, the vehicle is already active, use to increase vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. speed. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

206 Driving and Operating The speedometer reading can be displayed Ending Cruise Control Warning (Continued) in either English or metric units. See Driver There are three ways to end cruise control: Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 93 or Failure to use proper care when driving . Step lightly on the brake pedal. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) may result in injury, death, or vehicle 0 * 95. The increment value used depends on . Press . damage. See Defensive Driving 0 170. the units displayed. 5 . To turn off cruise control, press . Under many conditions, these systems Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Erasing Speed Memory will not: Control The cruise control set speed is erased from . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, Use the accelerator pedal to increase the 5 or animals. vehicle speed. When you take your foot off memory if is pressed or if the ignition is the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the turned off. . Detect vehicles or objects outside the previous set cruise speed. While pressing the area monitored by the system. accelerator pedal or shortly following the Driver Assistance Systems . Work at all driving speeds. release to override cruise control, briefly This vehicle may have features that work . Warn you or provide you with enough pressing SET– will result in cruise control set together to help avoid crashes or reduce time to avoid a crash. to the current vehicle speed. crash damage while driving, backing, and . Work under poor visibility or bad Using Cruise Control on Hills parking. Read this entire section before weather conditions. using these systems. How well the cruise control will work on . Work if the detection sensor is not hills depends on the vehicle speed, load, and { cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, the steepness of the hills. When going up Warning mud, or dirt. steep hills, you might have to step on the Do not rely on the Driver Assistance . Work if the detection sensor is accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. Systems. These systems do not replace When going downhill, you might have to covered up, such as with a sticker, the need for paying attention and driving magnet, or metal plate. brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your safely. You may not hear or see alerts or speed down. If the brake pedal is applied, warnings provided by these systems. . Work if the area surrounding the detection sensor is damaged or not cruise control will disengage. (Continued) properly repaired. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 207 . Front side and rear side panels Warning (Continued) . Outside of the windshield in front of the Complete attention is always required rearview mirror while driving, and you should be ready to . Side camera lens on the bottom of the take action and apply the brakes and/or outside mirrors steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. . Rear side corner bumpers . Rear Vision Camera above the license Audible Alert plate Some driver assistance features alert the Radio Frequency driver of obstacles by beeping. To change the volume of the warning chime, see This vehicle may be equipped with driver “Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle assistance systems that operate using radio Personalization 0 98. frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 331. Cleaning Depending on vehicle options, keep these Assistance Systems for Parking or areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best Backing driver assistance feature performance. Driver Information Center (DIC) messages may If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) display when the systems are unavailable or and Rear Park Assist (RPA) may help the blocked. driver park or avoid objects. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing. Rear Vision Camera (RVC) When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), . Front and rear bumpers and the area the RVC displays an image of the area below the bumpers behind the vehicle in the infotainment . Front grille and headlamps display. The previous screen displays when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after . Front camera lens in the front grille or a short delay. To return to the previous near the front emblem GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

208 Driving and Operating screen sooner, press the Home or Back button on the infotainment system, shift Warning (Continued) into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown approximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D distances may be different from actual (Drive). distances. Do not drive or park the The RVC is under the tailgate handle. The vehicle using only these camera(s). RVC will not work properly if the tailgate Always check behind and around the is down. vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, 1. View Displayed by the Camera or vehicle damage. 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper Hitch Guidance Displayed images may be farther or closer than they appear. The area displayed is If equipped, this feature displays a single, limited and objects that are close to either centered guideline on the camera display to corner of the bumper or under the bumper assist with aligning a vehicle’s hitch ball do not display. with a trailer coupler. Select the trailer guidance line button, then align the trailer A warning triangle may appear on the guidance line over the trailer coupler. infotainment display to show the RPA or Continuously steer the vehicle to keep the RCTA has detected an object. This triangle guidance line centered on the coupler when changes from amber to red and increases in backing. RVC Park Assist overlays will not size the closer the object. 1. View Displayed by the Camera display when the trailer guidance line is active. Hitch Guidance is only available in { Warning Standard View. The camera(s) do not display children, To check the trailer when in a forward gear pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, above 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on animals, or any other object outside of the infotainment display to view the rear the cameras’ field of view, below the (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 209 camera. Touch X to exit the view or it will Blocked sensors will not detect objects and for RPA. As the object gets closer, more bars be removed automatically after can also cause false detections. Keep the light up and the bars change color from eight seconds. sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and yellow to amber to red. slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in When an object is first detected in the rear, { Warning freezing temperatures. one beep will be heard from the rear. When Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the { an object is very close, <0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when Warning vehicle rear, continuous beeps will sound traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to The Park Assist system does not detect from the rear. briefly check the status of your trailer. Do children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, Turning the Features On or Off not use for any other purpose, such as or objects below the bumper or that are making lane change decisions. Before too close or too far from the vehicle. It is RPA can be turned on and off. See Vehicle 0 making a lane change, always check the not available at speeds greater than Personalization 98. mirrors and glance over your shoulder. 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, Turn off RPA when towing a trailer. Improper use could result in serious or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, injury to you or others. always check the area around the vehicle Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and check all mirrors before backing. System Park Assist If equipped, the FCA system may help to With RPA, as the vehicle backs up at speeds avoid or reduce the harm caused by of less than 8 km/h (5 mph), the sensors on front-end crashes. When approaching a the rear bumper may detect objects up to vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within a zone red flashing alert on the windshield, and 25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and below rapidly beeps. FCA also lights an amber bumper level. These detection distances may visual alert if following another vehicle be shorter during warmer or humid weather. much too closely. FCA detects vehicles within a distance of The instrument cluster may have a park approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at assist display with bars that show “distance speeds above 40 km/h (25 mph). to object” and object location information GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

210 Driving and Operating FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA Collision Alert { Warning system detects a vehicle ahead. When a FCA is a warning system and does not vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead apply the brakes. When approaching a indicator will display green. Vehicles may slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead not be detected on curves, highway exit too rapidly, or when following a vehicle ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a too closely, FCA may not provide a vehicle ahead is partially blocked by warning with enough time to help avoid pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not detect another vehicle ahead until it is a crash. It also may not provide any When your vehicle approaches another completely in the driving lane. warning at all. FCA does not warn of detected vehicle too rapidly, the red lights pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, will flash on the windshield. Also, eight { Warning rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the bridges, construction barrels, or other front. When this Collision Alert occurs, the objects. Be ready to take action and FCA does not provide a warning to help avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. brake system may prepare for driver braking apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving to occur more rapidly which can cause a 0 FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if 170. brief, mild deceleration. Continue to apply the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control FCA can be disabled with either the FCA or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. may be disengaged when the Collision Alert steering wheel control or, if equipped, It may also not detect a vehicle on occurs. through vehicle personalization. See winding or hilly roads, or in conditions “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, Tailgating Alert Personalization 0 98. or snow, or if the headlamps or Detecting the Vehicle Ahead windshield are not cleaned or in proper condition. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in good repair.

The vehicle ahead indicator will display amber when you are following a detected vehicle ahead much too closely. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 211 Selecting the Alert Timing . Clean the outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror. Warning (Continued) The Collision Alert control is on the steering . Clean the entire front of the vehicle. or ice; if they are not in proper wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to . Clean the headlamps. condition; or if the sun shines directly Far, Medium, Near, or Off. The first button into the camera. press shows the current setting on the DIC. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Additional button presses will change this . Detect road edges. setting. The chosen setting will remain until If equipped, LDW may help avoid crashes . Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads. it is changed and will affect the timing of due to unintentional lane departures. It may If LDW only detects lane markings on one both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating provide an alert if the vehicle is crossing a Alert features. The timing of both alerts will lane marking without using a turn signal in side of the road, it will only warn you vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the that direction. LDW uses a camera sensor to when departing the lane on the side vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will detect the lane markings at speeds of where it has detected a lane marking. occur. Consider traffic and weather 56 km/h (35 mph) or greater. The LDW light Always keep your attention on the road conditions when selecting the alert timing. will not alert if the turn signal is active in and maintain proper vehicle position The range of selectable alert timing may not the direction of lane departure, or if LDW within the lane, or vehicle damage, be appropriate for all drivers and driving detects that you are accelerating, braking or injury, or death could occur. Always keep conditions. actively steering. the windshield, headlamps, and camera sensors clean and in good repair. Do not Unnecessary Alerts { Warning use LDW in bad weather conditions. FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for The LDW system does not steer the turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, vehicle. The LDW system may not: How the System Works objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. The LDW camera sensor is on the windshield These alerts are normal operation and the . Provide enough time to avoid a crash. ahead of the rearview mirror. vehicle does not need service. . Detect lane markings under poor weather or visibility conditions. This To turn LDW on and off, press @ on the Cleaning the System can occur if the windshield or center stack. The control indicator will light If the FCA system does not seem to operate headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, when LDW is on. properly, this may correct the issue: (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

212 Driving and Operating Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater than 15% by volume. Prohibited Fuels Caution When LDW is on, @ is green if LDW is Do not use fuels with any of the available to warn of a lane departure. If the following conditions; doing so may vehicle crosses a detected lane marking without using the turn signal in that damage the vehicle and void its warranty: direction, @ changes to amber and flashes. Additionally, there will be three beeps on . For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel the right or left, depending on the lane Recommended Fuel labeled greater than 15% ethanol by departure direction. LDW will not alert if the volume, such as mid-level ethanol turn signal is active in the direction of lane For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, departure, or if LDW detects that you are Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel or FlexFuel. accelerating, braking or actively steering. supplement. . Fuel with any amount of methanol, methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These Fuel fuels can corrode metal fuel system parts or damage plastic and rubber Top Tier Fuel parts. GM recommends the use of TOP TIER . Fuel containing metals such as Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese reduce engine deposits, and maintain Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage optimal vehicle performance. Look for the ASTM specification D4814 with a posted the emissions control system and TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 — or higher. spark plugs. for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Do not use gasoline with a posted octane (Continued) marketers and applicable countries. rating of less than 87, as this may cause engine knock and will lower fuel economy. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 213

Caution (Continued) Filling the Tank Warning (Continued) . Fuel with a posted octane rating of An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a less than the recommended fuel. Using side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See metallic object to discharge static 0 this fuel will lower fuel economy and Fuel Gauge 83. electricity from your body. performance, and may decrease the life of the emissions catalyst. { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is inserted too quickly. This spray can Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently happen if the tank is nearly full, and is Fuels in Foreign Countries and can cause injury or death. more likely in hot weather. Insert the The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel Follow these guidelines to help avoid fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop before beginning to octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For injuries to you and others: fuel not to use in a foreign country, see flow fuel. Prohibited Fuels 0 212. . Read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island. Fuel Additives . Turn off the engine when refueling. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking recommended for use with your vehicle. materials away from fuel. If your country does not have TOP TIER . Do not leave the fuel pump Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel unattended. System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil . Avoid using electronic devices while change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever refueling. occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and . Do not re-enter the vehicle while ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus pumping fuel. −Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s . Keep children away from the fuel engine fuel deposit free and performing To open the fuel door, push and release the optimally. pump and never let children pump fuel. rearward center edge of the door. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

214 Driving and Operating The capless refueling system does not have Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel Filling a Portable Fuel Container a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill Container nozzle, then begin fueling. If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be { Warning filled from a portable fuel container: { Warning Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle. Static electricity Overfilling the fuel tank by more than discharge from the container can ignite three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may the fuel vapor. You or others could be cause: badly burned and the vehicle could be . Vehicle performance issues, including damaged. To help avoid injury to you engine stalling and damage to the fuel and others: system. 1. Locate the capless funnel adapter. . Dispense fuel only into approved . Fuel spills. 2. Insert and latch the funnel into the containers. . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. capless fuel system. . Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds { Warning a pickup bed, or on any surface other after you have finished pumping before than the ground. removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel painted surfaces as soon as possible. See container without using the funnel . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with Exterior Care 0 297. Push the fuel door adapter may cause fuel spillage and the inside of the fill opening before closed. damage the capless fuel system. This operating the nozzle. Maintain contact could cause a fire. You or others could be until filling is complete. { Warning badly burned and the vehicle could be . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking damaged. materials away from fuel. If a fire starts while you are refueling, do not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the . Avoid using electronic devices while 3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter pumping fuel. flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or and return it to the storage location. by notifying the station attendant. Leave the area immediately. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 215 . State laws may require the use of Trailer Towing Warning (Continued) extended side view mirrors. Even if not General Towing Information trailer only if all the steps in this section required, you should install extended side have been followed. Ask your dealer for view mirrors if your visibility is limited or Only use towing equipment that has been advice and information about towing a restricted while towing. designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer trailer with the vehicle. . Do not tow a trailer during the first or trailering dealer for assistance with 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read Driving with a Trailer damage to the engine, axle, or other the entire section before towing a trailer. parts. Trailering is different than just driving the To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in . It is recommended to perform the first oil Vehicle 0 293. To tow the vehicle behind handling, acceleration, braking, durability, change before heavy towing. another vehicle such as a motor home, see and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering . During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 294. takes correct equipment, and it has to be towing, do not drive over 80 km/h used properly. (50 mph) and do not make starts at full Driving Characteristics and throttle. The following information has many Towing Tips . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul time-tested, important trailering tips and Mode is recommended for heavier trailers. safety rules. Many of these are important { Warning See Tow/Haul Mode 0 195. If the for your safety and that of your passengers. transmission downshifts too often, a You can lose control when towing a Read this section carefully before pulling a trailer if the correct equipment is not lower gear may be selected using Manual trailer. 0 used or the vehicle is not driven properly. Mode. See Manual Mode 193. When towing a trailer: For example, if the trailer is too heavy or If equipped, the following driver assistance the trailer brakes are inadequate for the . Become familiar with and follow all state features should be turned off when towing load, the vehicle may not stop as and local laws that apply to trailer a trailer: towing. These requirements vary from expected. You and others could be . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) state to state. seriously injured. The vehicle may also be . Super Cruise Control damaged, and the repairs would not be . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a . Park Assist (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

216 Driving and Operating . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) work. During the trip, occasionally check Warning (Continued) If equipped, the following driver assistance that the cargo and trailer are secure and features should be turned to alert or off . Fully open the air outlets on or under that the lamps and any trailer brakes are when towing a trailer: the instrument panel. working. . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . Adjust the climate control system to a Towing with a Stability Control System . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) setting that brings in only outside air. See “Climate Control Systems” in the When towing, the stability control system . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Index. might be heard. The system reacts to If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), vehicle movement caused by the trailer, For more information about carbon which mainly occurs during cornering. This is the LCA detection zones that extend back 0 from the side of the vehicle do not move monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 190. normal when towing heavier trailers. further back when a trailer is towed. Use Towing a trailer requires experience. The Following Distance caution while changing lanes when towing a combination of the vehicle and trailer is trailer. Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle longer and not as responsive as the vehicle ahead as you would when driving without a If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert itself. Get used to the handling and braking trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking (RCTA), use caution while backing up when of the combination by driving on a level and sudden turns. towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones road surface before driving on public roads. that extend out from the back of the vehicle The trailer structure, the tires, and the Passing do not move further back when a trailer is brakes must all be rated to carry the towed. More passing distance is needed when intended cargo. Inadequate trailer towing a trailer. The combination of the { equipment can cause the combination to vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as Warning operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. quickly and is much longer than the vehicle To prevent serious injury or death from Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts alone. It is necessary to go much farther carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a and attachments, safety chains, electrical beyond the passed vehicle before returning trailer: connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid Towing Equipment 0 222. If the trailer has . Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/ passing on hills if possible. electric brakes, start the combination hatch, or rear-most window open. moving and then manually apply the trailer (Continued) brake controller to check the trailer brakes GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 217 Backing Up The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift transmission to a lower gear if the into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with transmission shifts too often under heavy the curb if facing downhill or into traffic one hand. To move the trailer to the left, loads and/or hilly conditions. if facing uphill. move that hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move that hand to the When towing at higher altitudes, engine 2. Have someone place chocks under the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, coolant will boil at a lower temperature trailer wheels. have someone guide you. than at lower altitudes. If the engine is 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, turned off immediately after towing at high gradually release the brake pedal to Making Turns altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle allow the chocks to absorb the load of could show signs similar to engine Caution the trailer. overheating. To avoid this, let the engine 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the Turn more slowly and make wider arcs run, preferably on level ground, with the parking brake and shift into P (Park). when towing a trailer to prevent damage transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns before turning the engine off. If the 5. Release the brake pedal. could cause the trailer to contact the overheat warning comes on, see Engine Leaving After Parking on a Hill Overheating 0 245. vehicle. 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. Parking on Hills Make wider turns than normal when towing, . Start the engine. so trailer will not go over soft shoulders, . Shift into a gear. { Warning over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, . Release the parking brake. or other objects. Always signal turns well in To prevent serious injury or death, 2. Let up on the brake pedal. advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly. always park your vehicle and trailer on a 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of level surface when possible. Driving on Grades the chocks. Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear When parking your vehicle and your trailer 4. Stop and have someone pick up and before starting down a long or steep on a hill: store the chocks. downhill grade. If the transmission is not shifted down, the brakes may overheat and result in reduced braking efficiency. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

218 Driving and Operating Launching and Retrieving a Boat Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before Pulling the Trailer from the Water backing the trailer into the water to prevent Backing the Trailer into the Water To pull the trailer of the water: damage to the electrical circuits on the trailer. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer 1. Press and hold the brake pedals. { Warning after removing the trailer from the water. 2. Start the engine and shift into gear. . Have all passengers get out of the If the trailer has electric brakes that can 3. Release the parking brake. vehicle before backing onto the sloped function when the trailer is submerged, it part of the ramp. Lower the driver and might help to leave the electrical trailer 4. Let up on the brake pedal. passenger side windows before connector attached to maintain trailer brake 5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of backing onto the ramp. This will functionality while on the boat ramp. the chocks. provide a means of escape in the To back the trailer into the water: 6. Stop and have someone pick up and unlikely event the vehicle slides into store the chocks. the water. 1. If equipped, place the vehicle in four-wheel-drive high. 7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water. . If the boat launch surface is slippery, 2. Slowly back down the boat ramp until 8. Once the vehicle and trailer have been have the driver remain in the vehicle driven from the sloped part of the boat with the brake pedal applied while the the boat is floating, but no further than necessary. ramp, the vehicle can be shifted from boat is being launched. The boat four-wheel-drive high. Shift into the drive launch can be especially slippery at 3. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do mode that is appropriate for the road low tide when part of the ramp was not shift into P (Park) yet. conditions. previously submerged at high tide. Do 4. Have someone place chocks under the not back onto the ramp to launch the front wheels of the vehicle. Caution boat if you are not sure the vehicle can maintain traction. 5. Gradually release the brake pedal to If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the allow the chocks to absorb the load of vehicle begins to slide toward the water, . Do not move the vehicle if someone is the trailer. remove your foot from the accelerator in the path of the trailer. Some parts 6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek of the trailer might be underwater and parking brake and shift into P (Park). not visible to people who are assisting help to have the vehicle towed up in launching the boat. 7. Release the brake pedal. the ramp. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 219 Maintenance when Trailer Towing Trailering is different than just driving the . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in The vehicle needs service more often when . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating handling, acceleration, braking, durability, used to tow trailers. See Maintenance . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering Schedule 0 306. It is especially important to . GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear takes correct equipment, and it has to be check the automatic transmission fluid, used properly. . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling See “Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment” system, and brake system before and during The following information has many 0 each trip. time-tested, important trailering tips and under Towing Equipment 222 to determine safety rules. Many of these are important if equalizer bars are required to obtain the Check periodically to see that all nuts and for your safety and that of your passengers. maximum trailer weight rating. bolts on the trailer hitch are tight. Read this section carefully before pulling a See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing trailer. Equipment 0 222 to determine if brakes are required based on your trailer's weight. The cooling system may temporarily Trailer Weight overheat during severe operating conditions. The only way to be sure the weight is not See Engine Overheating 0 245. { Warning exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle and trailer combination, Trailer Towing Never exceed the towing capacity for fully loaded for the trip, getting individual your vehicle. weights for each of these items. If equipped with a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Safe trailering requires monitoring the { Warning weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside Caution temperature, and how frequently the vehicle You and others could be seriously injured Towing a trailer improperly can damage is used to tow a trailer. or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the the vehicle and result in costly repairs trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. not covered by the vehicle warranty. To Trailer Weight Ratings The vehicle may be damaged, and the tow a trailer correctly, follow the When towing a trailer, the combined weight repairs would not be covered by the directions in this section and see your of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and vehicle warranty. dealer for important information about trailer contents must be below all of the (Continued) towing a trailer with the vehicle. maximum weight ratings for the vehicle, including: GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

220 Driving and Operating 5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) Warning (Continued) as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, For information about the vehicle's or sway bars. Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load section have been followed. Ask your 6. Add the weight of any accessories or Limits 0 179. When calculating the GVWR dealer for advice and information about aftermarket equipment added to the with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue towing a trailer. vehicle. weight must be included as part of the The resulting weight cannot exceed the weight the vehicle is carrying. Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) GCWR for the vehicle. Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR is the total allowable weight of the The gross combined weight can also be The maximum trailer weight rating is completely loaded vehicle and trailer confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a including any fuel, passengers, cargo, on a public scale. The truck and trailer driver, a front seat passenger, and all equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed should be loaded for the trip with required trailering equipment. This value the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for passengers and cargo. the vehicle is on the Tow Rating Chart represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle following. can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce the trailer weight to stay within the GCWR, To check that the weight of the vehicle and GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load, trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle, or GAWR-RR for the vehicle. follow these steps: 1. Start with the "curb weight" from the Use the tow rating chart to determine how Trailering Information Label. much the trailer can weigh, based on the vehicle model, powertrain and trailering 2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with options. cargo and ready for the trip. Weights listed apply for conventional trailers 3. Add the weight of all passengers. unless otherwise noted. 4. Add the weight of all cargo in the vehicle. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 221

SAE J2807 Compliant Engine Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 4.10 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) 3 856 kg (8,500 lb) 2.5L L4 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) 3.6L V6 * (a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded. (*) Valid only for vehicles with Z82 trailering package. If the vehicle has a bumper mounted hitch then the maximum trailer weight is limited to 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) and GCWR is limited to 3 856 kg (8,500 lb).

A step bumper trailer hitch can only The trailer tongue weight contributes to the support a total trailer weight up to 2,271 kg Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes (5,000 lb). If a trailer hitch ball is added to the curb weight of your vehicle, any the step bumper, check the hitch ball rating passengers, cargo, equipment, and the trailer to be sure it is higher than the total trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, weight. cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum allowable tongue weight the vehicle can Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating carry, which also reduces the maximum The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating allowable trailer weight. is the allowable trailer tongue weight that the vehicle can support using a conventional Trailer Load Balance trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce The correct trailer load balance must be the overall trailer weight to stay within the maintained to ensure trailer stability. maximum trailer tongue weight rating while Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of still maintaining the correct trailer load weight of 349 (770 lb). trailer sway. balance. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

222 Driving and Operating If the trailer tongue weight is too high or Towing Equipment too low, it may be possible to rearrange some of the cargo inside of the trailer. Hitches Do not exceed the maximum allowable Always use the correct hitch equipment for tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going shortest hitch extension available to position by, and rough roads can affect the trailer the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will and the hitch. help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle. helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch combination. Many trailers can be towed receiver, choose a carrier that positions the using a weight-carrying hitch which has a load as close to the vehicle as possible. coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow The trailer tongue weight (1) should be Make sure the total weight, including the eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers 10–15% of the total loaded trailer weight (2). carrier, is no more than half of the may require a weight-distributing hitch that Some specific trailer types, such as boat maximum allowable tongue weight for the uses spring bars to distribute the trailer trailers, fall outside of this range. Always vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. tongue weight between your vehicle and refer to the trailer owner’s manual for the trailer axles. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue recommended trailer tongue weight for each Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating Weight” under Trailer Towing 0 219 for trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for (GAWR-RR) weight limits with various hitch types. the vehicle, hitch and trailer. The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be Avoid sharp turns when using a step-bumper After loading the trailer, separately weigh supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do hitch to prevent damage. Make wider turns the trailer and then the trailer tongue and not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, to prevent contact between your trailer and calculate the trailer load balance percentage with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded your bumper. to see if the weights and distribution are for the trip including the weight of the Consider using mechanical sway controls appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional weight is too high, it may be possible to hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR before about sway controls or refer to the trailer transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle. applying the weight distribution spring bars. manufacturer's recommendations and Ask your dealer for trailering information or instructions. assistance. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 223 Weight-Distributing Hitch and Tires Standards Association (CSA) requirement Adjustment . Do not tow a trailer while using a CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is recommended. A weight-distributing hitch may be useful compact spare tire on the vehicle. with some trailers. . Tires must be properly inflated to support State or local regulations may require loads while towing a trailer. See Tires trailers to have their own braking system if 0 263 for instructions on proper tire the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds inflation. certain minimums that can vary from state to state. Read and follow the instructions for Safety Chains the trailer brakes so they are installed, Always attach chains between the vehicle adjusted, and maintained properly. Never and the trailer, and attach the chains to the attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic holes on the trailer hitch platform. brake system. If you do, both the vehicle Instructions about safety chains may be anti-lock brakes and the trailer brakes may provided by the hitch manufacturer or by not function, which could result in a crash. the trailer manufacturer. Trailer Wiring Harness Cross the safety chains under the tongue of For vehicles not equipped with heavy-duty the trailer to help prevent the tongue from trailering, a harness is secured underneath contacting the road if it becomes separated 1. Front of Vehicle the left side of the vehicle, next to the spare from the hitch. Always leave just enough 2. Body to Ground Distance tire. The harness requires the installation of slack so the combination can turn. Never a trailer connector, which is available When using a weight-distributing hitch, allow safety chains to drag on the ground. measure the front fender height distance (2) through your dealer. The seven-wire harness before connecting the trailer. Adjust the Trailer Brakes contains the following trailer circuits: spring bars until the front fender height Loaded trailers over 900 kg (2,000 lb) must . Yellow: Left stop/turn signal distance (2) is the same height before the be equipped with brake systems and with . Green: Right stop/turn signal trailer was connected. Do not reduce the brakes for each axle. Trailer braking . Brown: Taillamps/parking lamps front fender height below the initial equipment conforming to Canadian . Black: Ground distance (2). . Gray: Back-up lamps GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

224 Driving and Operating . Orange: Battery feed . Blue: Trailer Brake power to trailer Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing . Blue: Trailer brake connector a heavy trailer or carrying a large or heavy load: To help charge a remote (non-vehicle) To remove the left side kick panel, start at battery, press the Tow/Haul Mode button the front of the panel pulling toward the . through rolling terrain. on the center stack. If the trailer is too light rear of the vehicle and lift upward to . in stop-and-go traffic. for Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the headlamps disengage the integral clips. . in busy parking lots. to help charge the battery. Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode when lightly loaded or not towing will not Trailer Brake Control Wiring Harness When properly connected, the trailer turn cause damage; however, it is not signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle recommended and may result in unpleasant is turning, changing lanes, or stopping. engine and transmission driving When towing a trailer, the arrows on the characteristics and reduced fuel economy. instrument cluster will illuminate even if the trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs Integrated Trailer Brake Control System are burned out. The vehicle may have an Integrated Trailer Tow/Haul Mode Brake Control (ITBC) system for use with electric trailer brakes or most electric over For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul hydraulic trailer brake systems. These Mode, see Tow/Haul Mode 0 195. instructions apply to both types of electric Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy trailer brakes. trailer or a large or heavy load. A four-wire harness, without connector, is Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most secured behind the left side kick panel. The effective when the vehicle and trailer harness contains the following circuits: combined weight is at least 75% of the . Red/Green: Battery feed vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). See “Weight of the Trailer” under . Black: Ground Trailer Towing 0 219. . White/Blue: Brake signal to controller GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 225 This symbol is on the Trailer Brake Control The ITBC control panel is on the instrument Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The { Warning panel to the right of the steering column. power output to the trailer brakes is Connecting a trailer that has an air brake The control panel allows adjustment to the proportional to the amount of vehicle system may result in reduced or amount of output, referred to as Trailer braking. This available power output to the complete loss of trailer braking, including Gain, available to the trailer brakes and trailer brakes can be adjusted to a wide increased stopping distance or trailer allows manual application of the trailer range of trailering situations. instability which could result in serious brakes. Use the ITBC control panel and the The ITBC system is integrated with the injury, death, or property damage. Only DIC trailer brake display page to adjust and display power output to the trailer brakes. vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, and use the ITBC system with electric or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) electric over hydraulic trailer brake Trailer Brake DIC Display Page systems. In trailering conditions that cause systems. the vehicle’s antilock brake or StabiliTrak/ The ITBC display page indicates: ESC systems to activate, power sent to the Trailer Brake Control Panel . Trailer Gain setting trailer's brakes will be automatically . Output to the trailer brakes adjusted to minimize trailer wheel lock-up. . Trailer connection This does not imply that the trailer has . System operational status StabiliTrak/ESC. To display: If the vehicle’s brake, anti-lock brake, or StabiliTrak/ESC systems are not . Scroll through the DIC menu pages functioning properly, the ITBC system may . Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−) button not function fully or at all. Make sure all of . Activate the Manual Trailer Brake Apply these systems are fully operational to allow Lever the ITBC system to function properly. TRAILER GAIN: Press a Trailer Gain button to The ITBC system is powered through the recall the current Trailer Gain setting. Each vehicle's electrical system. Turning the press and release of the gain buttons will ignition off will also turn off the ITBC then change the Trailer Gain setting. Press system. The ITBC system is fully functional 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever the Trailer Gain (+) or (−) to adjust. Press only when the ignition is in ON/RUN. 2. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons and hold to continuously adjust the Trailer Gain. To turn the output to the trailer off, GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

226 Driving and Operating adjust the Trailer Gain setting to 0.0. This Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever and free of traffic at about 32–40 km/h setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 (20–25 mph) and fully apply the Manual Slide this lever right to apply the trailer’s with a trailer connected or disconnected. Trailer Brake Apply Lever. electric brakes independent of the vehicle’s TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays anytime a brakes. Use this lever to adjust Trailer Gain Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds lower trailer with electric brakes is connected. to achieve proper power output to the than 32–40 km/h (20–25 mph) may Output to the trailer brakes is based on the trailer brakes. The trailer's and the vehicle's result in an incorrect gain setting. amount of vehicle braking present and brake lamps will come on when either 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the Trailer relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is vehicle brakes or manual trailer brakes are Gain (+) or (-) adjustment buttons, to displayed from 0 to 100% for each gain applied and properly connected. just below the point of trailer wheel setting. lock-up, indicated by trailer wheel squeal Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure The Trailer Output will indicate “------” on or tire smoke when a trailer wheel locks. the Trailer Brake Display Page whenever the Trailer Gain should be set for a specific Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur if following occur: trailering condition and it must be towing a heavily loaded trailer. Adjust . No trailer is connected. readjusted anytime vehicle loading, trailer the Trailer Gain to the highest allowable loading, or road surface conditions change. . A trailer without electric brakes is setting for the towing condition. 3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytime vehicle connected, no DIC message displays. { Warning . A trailer with electric brakes has become loading, trailer loading, or road surface disconnected, a CHECK TRAILER WIRING Trailer brakes that are over-gained or conditions change or if trailer wheel message displays on the DIC. under-gained may not stop the vehicle lock-up is noticed at any time while towing. . There is a fault present in the wiring to and the trailer as intended and can result the trailer brakes, a CHECK TRAILER in a crash. Always follow the instructions Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages WIRING message displays on the DIC. to set the Trailer Gain for the proper trailer stopping performance. TRAILER CONNECTED: This message will . The ITBC system is not working due to a briefly display when a trailer with electric fault, a SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM To adjust Trailer Gain for each towing brakes is first connected to the vehicle. This message displays in the DIC. condition: message will automatically turn off in about 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer 10 seconds. This message can be attached on a level road surface acknowledged before it automatically representative of the towing condition turns off. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 227 CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This message will 2. Turn the ignition off. A GM dealer may be able to diagnose and display if: 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition repair problems with the trailer. However, . The ITBC system first determines back to RUN. any diagnosis and repair of the trailer is not covered under the vehicle warranty. Contact connection to a trailer with electric brakes 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message and then the trailer harness becomes your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer reappears, the electrical fault is on the repairs and trailer warranty information. disconnected from the vehicle. vehicle side. If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message only Trailer Sway Control (TSC) is stationary, this message will reappears when connecting the trailer wiring automatically turn off in about Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability harness to the vehicle, the electrical fault is 30 seconds. This message will also turn Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control on the trailer side. off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended harness is reconnected. SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM: This side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing. If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle message will display when there is a If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC is moving, this message will continue problem with the ITBC system. If this detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle until the ignition is turned off. This message continues over multiple ignition brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, message will also turn off if it is cycles, have the vehicle serviced. to help reduce excessive trailer sway. If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake acknowledged or if the trailer harness is If either the CHECK TRAILER WIRING or Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an reconnected. SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message electric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESC may displays while driving, the ITBC system may . There is an electrical fault in the wiring to also apply the trailer brakes. the trailer brakes. This message will not be fully functional or may not function continue as long as there is an electrical at all. When traffic conditions allow, fault in the trailer wiring. This message carefully pull the vehicle over to the side of will also turn off if it is acknowledged. the road and turn the ignition off. Check the wiring connection to the trailer and turn the To determine whether the electrical fault is ignition back on. If either of these messages on the vehicle side or trailer side of the continues, either the vehicle or trailer needs trailer wiring harness connection: service. 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness from the vehicle. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

228 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued) { Warning unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch Use of aftermarket electronic trailer sway configuration, or improperly inflated or control devices could result in reduced incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See trailer brake performance, loss of trailer Towing Equipment 0 222 for trailer brakes, or other malfunctions, and result If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control ratings and hitch setup recommendations. in a crash. You or others could be System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light seriously injured or killed. Before using will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce Aftermarket Electronic Trailer Sway one of these devices: vehicle speed by gradually removing your Control Devices . Ask the device or trailer manufacturer foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway Some trailers may come equipped with an if the device has been thoroughly continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine electronic device designed to reduce or tested for compatibility with the torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not control trailer sway. Aftermarket equipment make, model, and year of your vehicle function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See manufacturers also offer similar devices that and any optional equipment installed Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control connect to the wiring between the trailer on your vehicle. 0 202. and the vehicle. These devices may interfere . Before driving, check the trailer brakes with the vehicle’s trailer brake or other { Warning are working properly, if equipped. systems, including integrated anti-sway Drive the vehicle with the trailer Trailer sway can result in a crash and in systems, if equipped. Messages related to attached on a level road surface that serious injury or death, even if the trailer connections or trailer brakes could is free of traffic at about 32-40 km/h vehicle is equipped with TSC. appear on the DIC. The effects of these (20-25 mph) and fully apply the aftermarket devices may have on vehicle manual trailer brake apply lever. Also, If the trailer begins to sway, reduce handling or trailer brake performance is not vehicle speed by gradually removing your check the trailer brake lamps and known. other lamps are functioning correctly. foot from the accelerator. Then pull over to check the trailer and vehicle to help . If the trailer brakes are not operating correct possible causes, including an properly at any time, or if a DIC improperly or overloaded trailer, message indicates problems with the (Continued) trailer connections or trailer brakes, (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Driving and Operating 229

Always know the maximum speed rating for Caution Warning (Continued) the trailer tires before driving. This may be carefully pull the vehicle over to the significantly lower than the vehicle tire Some electrical equipment can damage side of the road when traffic speed rating. The speed rating may be on the vehicle or cause components to not conditions allow. the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is work and would not be covered by the not shown, the default trailer tire speed vehicle warranty. Always check with your Trailer Tires rating is 105 km/h (65 mph). dealer before adding electrical equipment. Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff Conversions and Add-Ons 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not sidewalls to help prevent sway and to operating. support heavy loads. These features can Add-On Electrical Equipment make it difficult to determine if the trailer The vehicle has an airbag system. Before tire pressures are low only based on a visual { Warning attempting to add anything electrical to the inspection. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 42 and Always check all trailer tire pressures before vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Vehicle 0 43. tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 86. blowouts. A device connected to the DLC — such as Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior tire sidewall will show the week and year tracking device — may interfere with the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle manufacturers recommend replacing tires operation and cause a crash. Such devices more than six years old. may also access information stored in the Overloading is another leading cause of vehicle’s systems. trailer tire blowouts. Never load your trailer with more weight than the tires are designed to support. The load rating is located on the trailer tire sidewall. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

230 Vehicle Care Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 250 Tire Designations ...... 266 Vehicle Care Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Tire Terminology and Definitions ...... 267 Check ...... 251 Tire Pressure ...... 269 General Information Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 251 Tire Pressure Monitor System ...... 270 General Information ...... 231 Windshield Replacement ...... 251 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 271 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 231 Gas Strut(s) ...... 252 Tire Inspection ...... 273 California Perchlorate Materials Tire Rotation ...... 274 Requirements ...... 231 Headlamp Aiming When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 275 Accessories and Modifications ...... 231 Front Headlamp Aiming ...... 253 Buying New Tires ...... 275 Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement Different Size Tires and Wheels ...... 276 Doing Your Own Service Work ...... 232 Bulb Replacement ...... 253 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 277 Hood ...... 232 Halogen Bulbs ...... 253 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 278 Engine Compartment Overview ...... 234 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Wheel Replacement ...... 278 Engine Oil ...... 237 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 253 Tire Chains ...... 279 Engine Oil Life System ...... 239 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker, If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 279 Automatic Transmission Fluid ...... 240 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps ...... 254 Tire Changing ...... 281 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 240 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Compact Spare Tire ...... 289 Cooling System ...... 242 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 255 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 290 Engine Overheating ...... 245 Electrical System Jump Starting Engine Fan ...... 246 Jump Starting - North America ...... 290 Washer Fluid ...... 246 Electrical System Overload ...... 256 Brakes ...... 247 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 256 Towing the Vehicle Brake Fluid ...... 247 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 256 Towing the Vehicle ...... 293 Battery - North America ...... 248 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 261 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 294 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 249 Wheels and Tires Front Axle ...... 249 Appearance Care Tires ...... 263 Exterior Care ...... 297 Rear Axle ...... 250 All-Season Tires ...... 264 Starter Switch Check ...... 250 Interior Care ...... 301 Winter Tires ...... 264 Floor Mats ...... 304 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock All-Terrain Tires ...... 264 Control Function Check ...... 250 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 264 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 231

General Information Warning (Continued) Accessories and Modifications For service and parts needs, visit your cancer and birth defects or other Adding non-dealer accessories or making modifications to the vehicle can affect dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many vehicle performance and safety, including and GM-trained and supported service parts and systems, many fluids, and people. such things as airbags, braking, stability, some component wear by-products ride and handling, emissions systems, Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: contain and/or emit these chemicals. For aerodynamics, durability, and electronic more information go to systems like antilock brakes, traction control, www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ and stability control. These accessories or passenger-vehicle. modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle See Battery - North America 0 248 and warranty. Jump Starting - North America 0 290 and the back cover. Damage to suspension components caused by modifying vehicle height outside of California Perchlorate Materials factory settings will not be covered by the Requirements vehicle warranty. Damage to vehicle components resulting Certain types of automotive applications, from modifications or the installation or use such as airbag initiators, seat belt of non-GM certified parts, including control pretensioners, and lithium batteries California Proposition 65 Warning module or software modifications, is not contained in electronic keys, may contain covered under the terms of the vehicle perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material – warranty and may affect remaining { Warning special handling may apply. See warranty coverage for affected parts. Most motor vehicles, including this one, www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. GM Accessories are designed to complement as well as many of its service parts and and function with other systems on the fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the known to the State of California to cause vehicle using genuine GM Accessories (Continued) installed by a dealer technician. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

232 Vehicle Care Also, see Adding Equipment to the Keep a record with all parts receipts and list Clear any snow from the hood before Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 43. the mileage and the date of any service opening. work performed. See Maintenance Records To open the hood: 0 318. Vehicle Checks 1. Pull the hood release lever with the Doing Your Own Service Work Caution i symbol. It is on the lower left side Even small amounts of contamination can of the instrument panel. { Warning cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not allow contaminants to contact the fluids, It can be dangerous to work on your reservoir caps, or dipsticks. vehicle if you do not have the proper knowledge, service manual, tools, or parts. Always follow owner’s manual Hood procedures and consult the service manual for your vehicle before doing any { Warning service work. Turn the vehicle off before opening the hood. If the engine is running with the If doing some of your own service work, use hood open, you or others could be the proper service manual. It tells you much injured. more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate manual, see Publication Ordering { Warning the secondary release lever under the Information 0 331. front center of the hood. Push the Components under the hood can get hot This vehicle has an airbag system. Before secondary hood release lever to the right from running the engine. To help avoid to release. attempting to do your own service work, the risk of burning unprotected skin, 3. After you have partially lifted the hood, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle never touch these components until they 0 the gas strut system will automatically 42. have cooled, and always use a glove or lift the hood and hold it in the fully towel to avoid direct skin contact. open position. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 233 To close the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler caps are on properly, and all tools are removed. 2. Pull the hood down until the strut system is no longer holding up the hood. 3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Repeat this process with additional force if necessary.

{ Warning Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is not latched completely. The hood could open fully, block your vision, and cause a crash. You or others could be injured. Always close the hood completely before driving. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

234 Vehicle Care Engine Compartment Overview

2.5L L4 Engine GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 235 1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 242. 2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 240. 3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 237. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 242. 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 237. 6. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 256. 7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 247. 8. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 0 246. 9. Battery - North America 0 248. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

236 Vehicle Care

3.6L V6 Engine GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 237 1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. . Use engine oil approved to the proper Follow these guidelines: See Cooling System 0 242. specification and of the proper viscosity . To get an accurate reading, park the 2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 240. grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine vehicle on level ground. Check the engine Oil” in this section. 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 237. oil level after the engine has been off for . Check the engine oil level regularly and at least two hours. Checking the engine 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See maintain the proper oil level. See 0 oil level on steep grades or too soon after Cooling System 242. “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add engine shutoff can result in incorrect 5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 237. Engine Oil” in this section. readings. Accuracy improves when 6. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 256. . Change the engine oil at the appropriate checking a cold engine prior to starting. 0 Remove the dipstick and check the level. 7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid time. See Engine Oil Life System 239. 0 247. . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See . If unable to wait two hours, the engine must be off for at least 15 minutes if the 8. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See “What to Do with Used Oil” in this 0 section. engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if Washer Fluid 246. the engine is not warm. Pull out the 9. Battery - North America 0 248. Checking Engine Oil dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Check the engine oil level regularly, every or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Duramax diesel supplement. 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long Remove it again, keeping the tip down, trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. and check the level. 0 Engine Oil See Engine Compartment Overview 234 for When to Add Engine Oil For diesel engine vehicles, see “Engine Oil” the location. in the Duramax diesel supplement. { Warning To ensure proper engine performance and long life, careful attention must be paid to The engine oil dipstick handle may be engine oil. Following these simple, but hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or important steps will help protect your glove to touch the dipstick handle. investment: If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) 2.5L L4 Engine message displays, check the oil level. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

238 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued) damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle, and seek a service professional to remove the excess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview 0 234 for 3.6L V6 Engine the location of the engine oil fill cap. Caution If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at Add enough oil to put the level somewhere Failure to use the recommended engine the tip of the dipstick and the engine has in the proper operating range. Push the oil or equivalent can result in engine been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L dipstick all the way back in when through. damage not covered by the vehicle (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then warranty. recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right Selecting the Right Engine Oil Engine Oil” later in this section for an Selecting the right engine oil depends on Viscosity Grade explanation of what kind of oil to use. For both the proper oil specification and engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil for 0 and Specifications 320. and Lubricants 0 315. the 2.5L L4 engine. Specification Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil for Caution the 3.6L V6 engine. Cold Temperature Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the Operation: In an area of extreme cold, or below the acceptable operating range dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have where the temperature falls below −29 °C shown on the dipstick are harmful to the been approved by GM as meeting the (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used. An engine. If the oil level is above the dexos1 specification are marked with the oil of this viscosity grade will provide easier operating range (i.e., the engine has so dexos1 approved logo. See cold starting for the engine at extremely much oil that the oil level gets above the www.gmdexos.com. low temperatures. cross-hatched area that shows the proper When selecting an oil of the appropriate operating range), the engine could be viscosity grade, it is recommended to select (Continued) an oil of the correct specification. See “Specification” earlier in this section. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 239 Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes Engine Oil Life System will perform this work and reset the system. It is also important to check the oil regularly Do not add anything to the oil. The When to Change Engine Oil over the course of an oil drain interval and recommended oils meeting the dexos1 keep it at the proper level. specification are all that is needed for good This vehicle has a computer system that performance and engine protection. indicates when to change the engine oil and If the system is ever reset accidentally, the filter. This is based on a combination of oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) Engine oil system flushes are not factors which include engine revolutions, since the last oil change. Remember to reset recommended and could cause engine engine temperature, and miles driven. Based the oil life system whenever the oil is damage not covered by the vehicle on driving conditions, the mileage at which changed. warranty. an oil change is indicated can vary How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System What to Do with Used Oil considerably. For the oil life system to work properly, the system must be reset every Reset the system whenever the engine oil is Used engine oil contains certain elements time the oil is changed. changed so that the system can calculate that can be unhealthy for your skin and the next engine oil change. Always reset the could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil On some vehicles, when the system has engine oil life to 100% after every oil stay on your skin for very long. Clean your calculated that oil life has been diminished, change. It will not reset itself. To reset the skin and nails with soap and water, or a a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes engine oil life system: good hand cleaner. Wash or properly on to indicate that an oil change is dispose of clothing or rags containing used necessary. Change the oil as soon as 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 0 about the use and disposal of oil products. It is possible that, if driving under the best Level) 93 or conditions, the oil life system might indicate Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Used oil can be a threat to the environment. that an oil change is not necessary for up to 0 95. If the vehicle does not have DIC If you change your own oil, be sure to drain a year. The engine oil and filter must be buttons, the vehicle must be in P (Park) all the oil from the filter before disposal. changed at least once a year and, at this to access this display. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the time, the system must be reset. For vehicles 2. Press and hold V on the DIC, or SET/CLR trash or pouring it on the ground, into without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON on the turn signal lever if the vehicle sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. message, an oil change is needed when the does not have DIC buttons, for several Recycle it by taking it to a place that OIL LIFE REMAINING percentage is near 0%. seconds. The oil life will change to 100%. collects used oil. Your dealer has trained service people who GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

240 Vehicle Care The oil life system can also be reset as There is a special procedure for checking and When to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air follows: changing the transmission fluid. Because this Cleaner/Filter procedure is difficult, this should be done at 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. For intervals on changing and inspecting the See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base your dealer. Contact your dealer for 0 additional information. engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Level) 93 or Schedule 0 306. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 95. Caution How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal slowly Use of the incorrect automatic Cleaner/Filter transmission fluid may damage the three times within five seconds. Do not start the engine or have the engine vehicle, and the damage may not be If the display shows 100%, the system is running with the engine air cleaner/filter covered by the vehicle warranty. Always reset. housing open. Before removing the engine use the correct automatic transmission If the vehicle has a CHANGE ENGINE OIL air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine fluid. See Recommended Fluids and air cleaner/filter housing and nearby SOON message and it comes back on when Lubricants 0 315. the vehicle is started and/or the OIL LIFE components are free of dirt and debris. Remove the engine air cleaner/filter. Lightly REMAINING is near 0%, the engine oil life Change the fluid and filter at the intervals system has not been reset. Repeat the 0 tap and shake the engine air cleaner/filter listed in Maintenance Schedule 306, and (away from the vehicle), to release loose procedure. be sure to use the fluid listed in 0 dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air cleaner/ Automatic Transmission Fluid Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 315. filter for damage, and replace if damaged. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Do not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or How to Check Automatic Transmission components with water or compressed air. Fluid The engine air cleaner/filter is in the engine compartment on the passenger side of the It is not necessary to check the transmission vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the 0 234. only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, take the vehicle to your dealer and have it repaired as soon as possible. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 241 To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter: 4. Lift the filter cover housing away from the engine air cleaner/filter housing. 5. Pull out the filter.

{ Warning If part replacement is necessary, the part must be replaced with one of the same part number or with an equivalent part. Use of a replacement part without the same fit, form, and function may result in personal injury or damage to the vehicle. 3.6L V6 Engine 2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L L4 Diesel 6. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ Engine Similar filter. 1. Screws 2. Electrical Connector 7. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall the filter 3. Air Duct Clamp 1. Screws cover housing. 2. Electrical Connector To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ 3. Air Duct Clamp filter: To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ 1. Remove the screws (1) on top of the filter: engine air cleaner/filter housing. 1. Remove the screws (1) on top of the 2. Disconnect the electrical connector (2). engine air cleaner/filter housing. 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening 2. Disconnect the electrical connector (2). the air duct clamp (3). 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening 4. Lift the filter cover housing away from the air duct clamp (3). the engine air cleaner/filter housing. 5. Pull out the filter. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

242 Vehicle Care 6. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ filter. 7. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall the filter cover housing.

{ Warning Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. Use caution when working on the engine. Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ filter off, as flames may be present if the 2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L L4 Diesel 3.6L V6 Engine engine backfires. Engine Similar 1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap Caution 1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can { Warning easily get into the engine, which could damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ An underhood electric fan can start up filter in place when driving. even when the engine is not running and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, Cooling System and tools away from any underhood electric fan. The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct working temperature. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 243 Never dispose of engine coolant by putting { Warning Warning (Continued) it in the trash, or by pouring it on the Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, the wrong mixture, the engine could get ground, or into sewers, streams or, bodies of or other engine parts. They can be very too hot but there would not be an water. Have the coolant changed by an hot and can burn you. Do not run the overheat warning. The engine could catch authorized service center, familiar with legal engine if there is a leak; all coolant could fire and you or others could be burned. requirements regarding used coolant leak out. That could cause an engine fire disposal. This will help protect the and can burn you. Fix any leak before Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable environment and your health. driving the vehicle. water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: Checking Coolant . Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C Engine Coolant (−34 °F) outside temperature. The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level. The cooling system in the vehicle is filled . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C with DEX-COOL engine coolant mixture. See (265 °F) engine temperature. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 315 . Protects against rust and corrosion. and . Will not damage aluminum parts. 0 Maintenance Schedule 306. . Helps keep the proper engine The following explains the cooling system temperature. and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine Caution overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 245. Do not use anything other than a mix of What to Use DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable water. Anything else can cause damage { Warning to the engine cooling system and the Plain water, or other liquids such as vehicle, which would not be covered by Check to see if coolant is visible in the alcohol, can boil before the proper the vehicle warranty. coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the coolant mixture will. With plain water or coolant surge tank is boiling, do not do (Continued) anything else until it cools down. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

244 Vehicle Care If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at or above the mark pointed to, add a { Warning 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and Steam and scalding liquids from a hot DEX-COOL coolant. cooling system are under pressure. Be sure the cooling system is cool before Turning the pressure cap, even a little, this is done. can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge 1. Turn the pressure cap slowly tank, add coolant as follows: turn the cap when the cooling system, counterclockwise. If a hiss is heard, wait including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for that to stop. A hiss means there is How to Add Coolant to the Coolant for the cooling system and pressure cap still some pressure left. Surge Tank to cool. 2. Keep turning the cap and remove it.

{ Warning Caution Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can burn you. Coolant contains ethylene Failure to follow the specific coolant fill glycol and it will burn if the engine parts procedure could cause the engine to are hot enough. overheat and could cause system damage. If coolant is not visible in the surge tank, contact your dealer. { Warning The coolant surge tank pressure cap can be Plain water, or other liquids such as removed when the cooling system, including alcohol, can boil before the proper the surge tank pressure cap and upper coolant mixture will. With plain water or radiator hose, is no longer hot. the wrong mixture, the engine could get 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the too hot but there would not be an proper mixture to the mark pointed to overheat warning. The engine could catch on the front of the coolant surge tank. fire and you or others could be burned. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 245

4. With the coolant surge tank cap off, Caution start the engine and let it run until the Warning (Continued) upper radiator hose starts getting hot. Do not run the engine if there is a leak speed and you could be burned. Never Watch out for the engine cooling fan. By in the engine cooling system. This can turn the cap when the cooling system, this time, the coolant level inside the cause a loss of all coolant and can including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait coolant surge tank may be lower. If the damage the system and vehicle. Have for the cooling system and pressure cap level is lower, add more of the proper any leaks fixed right away. to cool. mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the mark pointed to on If the decision is made not to lift the hood If No Steam Is Coming from the Engine the front of the coolant surge tank. when this warning appears, get service help Compartment 5. Replace the cap tightly. right away. If an engine overheat warning is displayed If the decision is made to lift the hood, 6. Verify coolant level after the engine is but no steam can be seen or heard, the make sure the vehicle is parked on a level shut off and the coolant is cold. problem may not be too serious. Sometimes surface. If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure the engine can get a little too hot when the Steps 1–6. Then check to see if the engine cooling fan vehicle: is running. If the engine is overheating, the . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. Caution fan should be running. If it is not, do not . Stops after high-speed driving. If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, continue to run the engine and have the coolant loss and engine damage may vehicle serviced. . Idles for long periods in traffic. occur. Be sure the cap is properly and If the overheat warning is displayed with no tightly secured. If Steam Is Coming from the Engine sign of steam: Compartment 1. Turn the air conditioning off. Engine Overheating { Warning 2. Turn the heater on to the highest The vehicle has an engine coolant temperature and to the highest fan Steam and scalding liquids from a hot temperature gauge on the instrument speed. Open the windows as necessary. cooling system are under pressure. cluster to warn of engine overheating. See 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the Turning the pressure cap, even a little, Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 84. road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and can cause them to come out at high let the engine idle. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

246 Vehicle Care If the engine coolant temperature gauge is shifts. It is merely the cooling system Washer Fluid no longer in the overheat zone, the vehicle functioning properly. The fan will slow down can be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle when additional cooling is not required and What to Use slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe the clutch disengages. When windshield washer fluid needs to be distance from the vehicle in front. If the This fan noise may also be heard when added, be sure to read the manufacturer's warning does not come back on, continue to starting the engine. It will go away as the instructions before use. Use a fluid that has drive normally and have the cooling system fan clutch partially disengages. sufficient protection against freezing in an checked for proper fill and function. If the vehicle has electric cooling fan(s), the area where the temperature may fall below If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and fans may be heard spinning at low speed freezing. park the vehicle right away. during most everyday driving. The fans may Adding Washer Fluid If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine turn off if no cooling is required. Under for three minutes while parked. If the heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, high warning is still displayed, turn off the outside temperatures, or operation of the air engine until it cools down. conditioning system, the fans may change to high speed and an increase in fan noise Engine Fan may be heard. This is normal and indicates If the vehicle has a clutched engine cooling that the cooling system is functioning fan, when the clutch is engaged, the fan properly. The fans will change to low speed Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. spins faster to provide more air to cool the when additional cooling is no longer Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See engine. In most everyday driving conditions, required. Engine Compartment Overview 0 234 for the fan is spinning slower and the clutch is The electric engine cooling fans may run reservoir location. not fully engaged. This improves fuel after the engine has been turned. off. This is economy and reduces fan noise. Under normal and no service is required. Caution heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, and/or . Do not use washer fluid that contains high outside temperatures, the fan speed any type of water repellent coating. increases as the clutch more fully engages, This can cause the wiper blades to so an increase in fan noise may be heard. chatter or skip. This is normal and should not be mistaken (Continued) as the transmission slipping or making extra GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 247 Brake Pedal Travel Caution (Continued) { Warning See your dealer if the brake pedal does not . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) The brake wear warning sound means in the windshield washer. It can return to normal height, or if there is a that soon the brakes will not work well. damage the windshield washer system rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be That could lead to a crash. When the and paint. a sign that brake service may be required. brake wear warning sound is heard, have . Do not mix water with ready-to-use the vehicle serviced. Replacing Brake System Parts washer fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage the Always replace brake system parts with new, approved replacement parts. If this is washer fluid tank and other parts of Caution the washer system. not done, the brakes may not work Continuing to drive with worn-out brake properly. The braking performance expected . When using concentrated washer fluid, pads could result in costly brake repair. can change in many other ways if the follow the manufacturer instructions wrong replacement brake parts are installed for adding water. Some driving conditions or climates can or parts are improperly installed. . Fill the washer fluid tank only cause a brake squeal when the brakes are three-quarters full when it is very cold. first applied or lightly applied. This does not Brake Fluid This allows for fluid expansion if mean something is wrong with the brakes. freezing occurs, which could damage Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary the tank if it is completely full. to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake pads for wear and Brakes evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators Capacities and Specifications 0 320. that make a high-pitched warning sound The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled when the brake pads are worn and new Brake linings should always be replaced as with GM approved DOT 3 brake fluid as pads are needed. The sound can come and complete axle sets. indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine go or be heard all the time the vehicle is Compartment Overview 0 234 for the moving, except when applying the brake location of the reservoir. pedal firmly. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

248 Vehicle Care Checking Brake Fluid { Warning Warning (Continued) With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level surface, the brake fluid level should be If too much brake fluid is added, it can braking leading to a possible injury. between the minimum and maximum marks spill on the engine and burn, if the Always use the proper GM approved on the brake fluid reservoir. engine is hot enough. You or others could brake fluid. be burned, and the vehicle could be There are only two reasons why the brake damaged. Add brake fluid only when fluid level in the reservoir may go down: work is done on the brake hydraulic Caution . Normal brake lining wear. When new system. If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's linings are installed, the fluid level goes painted surfaces, the paint finish can be back up. When the brake fluid falls to a low level, damaged. Immediately wash off any . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. the brake warning light comes on. See Brake painted surface. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. System Warning Light 0 88. With a leak, the brakes will not work well. Brake fluid absorbs water over time which Battery - North America degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap For diesel engine vehicles, see “Battery” in Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals the Duramax diesel supplement. and the area around the cap before to prevent increased stopping distance. See removing it. Maintenance Schedule 0 306. The original equipment battery is maintenance free. Do not remove the cap Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid What to Add does not correct a leak. If fluid is added and do not add fluid. when the linings are worn, there will be too Use only GM approved DOT 3 brake fluid Refer to the replacement number shown on from a clean, sealed container. See much fluid when new brake linings are 0 the original battery label when a new installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 315. battery is needed. See Engine Compartment only when work is done on the brake Overview 0 234 for battery location. hydraulic system. { Warning The wrong or contaminated brake fluid could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in the loss of (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 249 Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, 1. Drain Plug { Warning negative (−) cable from the battery to keep 2. Fill Plug the battery from running down. WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and To get an accurate reading, the vehicle related accessories contain lead and lead Extended Storage: Remove the black, should be on a level surface. compounds, chemicals known to the negative (−) cable from the battery or use a If the level is below the bottom of the fill State of California to cause cancer and battery trickle charger. birth defects or other reproductive harm. plug (2) hole, located on the transfer case, some lubricant will need to be added. Add Batteries also contain other chemicals Four-Wheel Drive enough lubricant to raise the level to the known to the State of California to cause Transfer Case bottom of the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. to overtighten the plug. For more information go to When to Check Lubricant When to Change Lubricant www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 306 to passenger-vehicle. determine when to check the lubricant. Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 306 to determine how often to change the How to Check Lubricant See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 231 lubricant. and the back cover. What to Use Vehicle Storage Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 315 to determine what kind of lubricant { Warning to use. Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode. You can be badly Front Axle hurt if you are not careful. See Jump When to Check Lubricant 0 Starting - North America 290 for tips It is not necessary to regularly check the on working around a battery without front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or getting hurt. an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could indicate a problem. Have it inspected and Automatic Transfer Case repaired. This service can be complex. See your dealer. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

250 Vehicle Care Do not directly power wash the transfer Starter Switch Check Automatic Transmission Shift Lock case and/or front/rear axle output seals. Control Function Check High pressure water can overcome the seals { Warning and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer When you are doing this inspection, the { Warning case and/or drive axles and should be vehicle could move suddenly. If the When you are doing this inspection, the replaced. vehicle moves, you or others could be vehicle could move suddenly. If the injured. vehicle moves, you or others could be Rear Axle injured. When to Check Lubricant 1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room around the vehicle. 1. Before starting this check, be sure there It is not necessary to regularly check the 2. Apply both the parking brake and the is enough room around the vehicle. rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or regular brake. It should be parked on a level surface. an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could indicate a problem. Have it inspected and Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be 2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to repaired. This service can be complex. See ready to turn off the engine immediately apply the regular brake immediately if your dealer. if it starts. the vehicle begins to move. Do not directly power wash the transfer 3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, case and/or front/rear axle output seals. vehicle should start only in P (Park) or but do not start the engine. Without High pressure water can overcome the seals N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any applying the regular brake, try to move and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated other position, contact your dealer for the shift lever out of P (Park) with fluid will decrease the life of the transfer service. normal effort. If the shift lever moves case and/or drive axles and should be out of P (Park), contact your dealer for replaced. service. Ignition Transmission Lock Check While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn the ignition off in each shift lever position. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 251 . The ignition should turn to off only when . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding the shift lever is in P (Park). ability: With the engine running, shift to . The ignition key should come out only P (Park). Then release the parking brake when the ignition is off. followed by the regular brake. Contact your dealer if service is required. Contact your dealer if service is required. Park Brake and P (Park) Wiper Blade Replacement Mechanism Check Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking. { Warning Replacement blades come in different types When you are doing this check, the and are removed in different ways. For proper windshield wiper blade length and vehicle could begin to move. You or 2. Press the release lever in the middle of others could be injured and property type, see Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 316. the wiper blade where the wiper blade could be damaged. Make sure there is attaches. room in front of the vehicle in case it Caution 3. Remove the wiper blade. begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle Allowing the wiper arm to touch the 4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade begin to move. windshield when no wiper blade is replacement. installed could damage the windshield. Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle Any damage that occurs would not be Windshield Replacement facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not Driver Assistance Systems regular brake, set the parking brake. allow the wiper arm to touch the If the windshield needs to be replaced and . To check the parking brake's holding windshield. the vehicle is equipped with a front camera ability: With the engine running and the sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove To replace the windshield wiper blade: GM replacement windshield is foot pressure from the regular brake 1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away recommended. The replacement windshield pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by from the windshield. must be installed according to GM the parking brake only. specifications for proper alignment. If it is GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

252 Vehicle Care

not, these systems may not work properly, Caution they may display messages, or they may not work at all. See your dealer for proper Do not apply tape or hang any objects windshield replacement. from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas struts. This may cause Gas Strut(s) damage to the vehicle. This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to 0 provide assistance in lifting and holding See Maintenance Schedule 306. open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position.

{ Warning If the gas struts that hold open the hood, Trunk trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others could be seriously injured. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage periodically. Check to make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with Hood enough force. If struts are failing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. Have the vehicle serviced.

Liftgate GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 253 Headlamp Aiming Halogen Bulbs See your dealer for passenger side replacement. Front Headlamp Aiming { Warning Headlamp Headlamp aim has been preset and should Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside 1. Open the hood. need no further adjustment. and can burst if you drop or scratch the 2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover by If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be turning it counterclockwise. sure to read and follow the instructions headlamp aim may be affected. 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to on the bulb package. If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, remove it from the headlamp assembly see your dealer. and pull it straight out. Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, 4. Unplug the electrical connector from the Bulb Replacement Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps old bulb by releasing the clip on the For the proper type of replacement bulbs, bulb socket. or any bulb changing procedure not listed in 5. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–4 this section, contact your dealer. to reinstall. Caution Turn Signal/Sidemarker/Parking Lamp Do not replace incandescent bulbs with 1. Open the hood. aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to can cause damage to the vehicle electrical remove it from the headlamp assembly system. and pull it straight out. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the bulb socket. 4. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–3 1. Front Turn Signal/Sidemarker/ to reinstall. Parking Lamp 2. Low-Beam Headlamp/DRL 3. High-Beam Headlamp GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

254 Vehicle Care Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps

2. Remove the two rear lamp assembly 4. Pull the rear lamp assembly straight back screws. to remove it from the vehicle. 3. Pull the rear lamp assembly outboard 5. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise. away from the box side until the 6. Pull the bulb straight out from the retainers release. There will be a noise socket. 1. Taillamp/Stoplamp/Turn Signal when the retainers release. 2. Back-up Lamp 7. Replace the bulb, then insert the bulb 3. Taillamp/Stoplamp/Turn Signal/ socket into the rear lamp assembly and Sidemarker turn clockwise. 1. Open the tailgate. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 255 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp To replace one of these bulbs: (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp

9. Verify the retainer ring is in the proper position. If the retainer ring is out of position, it will not engage. Reset the 1. Remove the two screws and lift off the retainer by pulling it forward with a tool. lamp assembly. 1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs 10. Push the rear lamp assembly straight in 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise 2. Center High-Mounted Stoplamp until it is seated against the vehicle. and pull it straight out. (CHMSL) Bulb 11. Make sure the rear lamp assembly is 3. Pull the bulb straight out from the flush with the box side. socket. 12. Reinstall the two rear lamp assembly 4. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1-3 to screws. reinstall. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

256 Vehicle Care Electrical System damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow Fuses of the same amperage can be from the windshield before using the temporarily borrowed from another fuse Electrical System Overload windshield wipers. location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse as soon as possible. The vehicle has fuses to protect against an If the overload is caused by an electrical electrical system overload. Fuses also protect problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get Engine Compartment Fuse Block power devices in the vehicle. it fixed. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the Fuses and Circuit Breakers Duramax diesel supplement. identical size and rating. The wiring circuits in the vehicle are The engine compartment fuse block is in the If there is a problem on the road and a fuse protected from short circuits by fuses. This engine compartment, on the driver side of needs to be replaced, there is a fuse puller greatly reduces the chance of fires caused the vehicle. See Engine Compartment in the Engine Compartment Fuse Block. by electrical problems. Overview 0 234 Replace the fuse as soon as possible with one of the same amperage rating. { Danger Headlamp Wiring Fuses and circuit breakers are marked An electrical overload may cause the lamps with their ampere rating. Do not exceed to go on and off, or in some cases to the specified amperage rating when remain off. Have the headlamp wiring replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use checked right away if the lamps go on and of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can off or remain off. result in a vehicle fire. You and others could be seriously injured or killed. Windshield Wipers If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop band inside the fuse. If the bad is broken or until the motor cools and will then restart. melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to replace Lift the cover to access the fuse block. a bad fuse with a new one of the identical Although the circuit is protected from size and rating. electrical overload, overload due to heavy snow or ice may cause wiper linkage GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 257

Caution Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

A fuse puller is available inside this fuse block. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

258 Vehicle Care GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 259

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Fuses Usage Fuses Usage the fuses, relays, and features shown. F13 Traction control module F29 – Fuses Usage F14 – F30 Driver heated seat F1 Traction control module power F15 – F31 – F2 Engine control module F16 – F32 Passenger heated seat power F17 Front axle actuator F33 Right headlamp low F3 Air conditioning clutch F18 – beam/Front right park lamp/Right front side F4 – F19 Aeroshutters marker/Right rear side F5 Engine control module F20 – marker ignition/Integrated F34 Fuel pump power chassis control module/ F21 Front blower module Fuel pump power F22 Antilock brake system module valves F35 Integrated chassis control module F6 Wipers F23 – F36 Center high-mounted F7 Cargo lamp/Bed lighting F24 Trailer stoplamp F8 Fuel injectors – even F25 Transfer case electronic F37 Right high-beam F9 Fuel injectors – odd control headlamp F10 Engine control module 1 F26 Antilock brake F38 Left high-beam system pump F11 Oxygen/Mass air flow/ headlamp Humidity/Induction air F27 Trailer brake control F39 – temperature/Throttle module/Trailer wiring F40 – inlet pressure sensors provisions F41 – F12 Starter F28 Rear window defogger F42 – GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

260 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage F43 Not used F59 – K1 Air conditioning clutch F44 – F60 Mirrors defogger K2 Starter F45 Vaccuum pump F61 – K3 – F46 Engine control module 2 F62 Canister vent solenoid K4 Wipers speed F47 Mid park phase lock/ F63 – K5 Wipers control Active fuel F64 Trailer reverse lamp K6 Cargo lamp/Bed lighting management/Engine oil and canister purge F65 Left trailer stoplamp/ K7 Powertrain solenoid(s)/Oxygen Turn signal lamps K8 – sensor F66 Right trailer stoplamp/ K9 – F48 Fog lamps Turn signal lamps K10 – F49 – F67 Electric power steering K11 Center high-mounted F50 Trailer parking lamps F68 – stoplamp F51 Horn F69 Battery regulated K12 – voltage control F52 – K13 Vacuum pump F70 – F53 – K14 Trailer parking lamps F71 – F54 – K15 Run/Crank F72 – F55 – K16 – F73 – F56 Washer pump K17 Rear window defogger F74 Generator F57 – F75 – F58 – GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 261 Instrument Panel Fuse Block

The instrument panel fuse block is behind the passenger side cowl side trim panel. Remove the plastic nut at the front of the cover, then pull the cover away from the trim panel to access the fuse block. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

262 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Fuses Usage Fuses Usage the fuses, relays, and features shown. F15 RAP accessory relay F25 Driver door latch Fuses Usage control/Shifter control/ F26 – F1 Run/Crank relay control/ Shifter solenoid/Wiper Horn switch/Dome lamps relay control/Washer pump F27 – F2 – relay control/Rear defog F28 Instrument panel/ relay control Automatic occupant F3 – F16 Communication gateway sensing display F4 Steering wheel controls module F29 Rear vision camera/Transfer F5 Left headlamp low beam/ F17 Left rear side marker/Right case control module Front left park lamp/Left front turn lamp/Left rear (4WD)/Inside rear view front side marker/Left rear stop lamp/Left front turn mirror side marker lamp/Right rear stop lamp F30 – F6 – F18 Airbag/Sensing and F31 Front camera/Rear park F7 – diagnostic module/ assist Automatic occupant F8 Mirror window module sensing module F32 Steering wheel controls backlighting F9 Instrument panel F19 – F10 – F33 Heated steering wheel/ F20 Amplifier Communication gateway F11 Door latches F21 – module ignition F12 – F22 – F34 Front ventilated seats F13 OnStar/HVAC F23 Data link connector/USB F35 Park/Reverse/Neutral/ F14 Radio/Infotainment front Drive/Low display/Wireless charging module/USB rear F24 HVAC ignition/Auxiliary heater F36 Discrete logic ignition sensor GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 263

Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) F37 – Tires maintain the recommended F38 – pressure. Tire pressure should be Every new GM vehicle has high-quality checked when the tires are cold. F39 Auxiliary power outlet 2 tires made by a leading tire F40 – manufacturer. See the warranty manual . Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by F41 Auxiliary power outlet 1/ for information regarding the tire Cigarette lighter warranty and where to get service. For a sudden impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the F42 Left power window additional information refer to the tire manufacturer. recommended pressure. F43 Driver power seat . Worn or old tires can cause a F44 Auxillary power outlet { Warning crash. If the tread is badly worn, F45 Right power window . Poorly maintained and improperly replace them. F46 Passenger power seat used tires are dangerous. . Replace any tires that have been . Overloading the tires can cause damaged by impacts with Relays Usage overheating as a result of too potholes, curbs, etc. K1 Retained accessory power much flexing. There could be a . Improperly repaired tires can cause blowout and a serious crash. See a crash. Only the dealer or an K2 Run/Crank 0 Vehicle Load Limits 179. authorized tire service center K3 – . Underinflated tires pose the same should repair, replace, dismount, danger as overloaded tires. The and mount the tires. resulting crash could cause serious (Continued) injury. Check all tires frequently to (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

264 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) Winter Tires All-Terrain Tires . Do not spin the tires in excess of This vehicle was not originally equipped This vehicle may have all-terrain or 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery with winter tires. Winter tires are designed mud-terrain tires. These tires provide good for increased traction on snow and performance on most road surfaces, weather surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter conditions, and for off-road driving. See etc. Excessive spinning may cause tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice Off-Road Driving 0 173. the tires to explode. or snow covered roads is expected. See your The tread pattern on these tires may wear dealer for details regarding winter tire more unevenly than other tires. Consider All-Season Tires availability and proper tire selection. Also, rotating the tires more frequently than at see Buying New Tires 0 275. This vehicle may come with all-season tires. 12 000 km (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular These tires are designed to provide good With winter tires, there may be decreased wear is noted when the tires are inspected. overall performance on most road surfaces dry road traction, increased road noise, and See Tire Inspection 0 273. and weather conditions. Original equipment shorter tread life. After changing to winter tires designed to GM's specific tire tires, be alert for changes in vehicle Tire Sidewall Labeling performance criteria have a TPC specification handling and braking. Useful information about a tire is code molded onto the sidewall. Original If using winter tires: molded into its sidewall. The examples equipment all-season tires can be identified . Use tires of the same brand and tread by the last two characters of this TPC code, show a typical passenger vehicle tire type on all four wheel positions. which will be “MS.” and a compact spare tire sidewall. . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, Consider installing winter tires on the load range, and speed rating as the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or original equipment tires. ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires provide adequate performance for most Winter tires with the same speed rating as winter driving conditions, but they may not the original equipment tires may not be offer the same level of traction or available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated performance as winter tires on snow or tires. If winter tires with a lower speed ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 264. rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's maximum speed capability. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 265 (3) DOT (Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord Transportation) : The Department of and number of plies in the sidewall and Transportation (DOT) code indicates that under the tread. the tire is in compliance with the U.S. (6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading Department of Transportation Motor (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are Vehicle Safety Standards. required to grade tires based on three DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last performance factors: treadwear, four digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature resistance. manufactured date. The first two digits For more information see Uniform Tire represent the week and the last two Quality Grading 0 277. digits, the year. For example, the third Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load week of the year 2020 would have a Limit : Maximum load that can be four-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a carried and the maximum pressure combination of letters and numbers the first full week (Sunday through needed to support that load. Saturday) of each year. used to define a particular tire's width, (8) Temporary Use Only : Only use a height, aspect ratio, construction type, (4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : temporary spare tire until the road tire and service description. See the “Tire The letters and numbers following the is repaired and replaced. This spare tire Size” illustration later in this section. DOT (Department of Transportation) should not be driven on over 112 km/h (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria code are the Tire Identification Number (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer Specification) : Original equipment tires pulling a trailer, with the proper designed to GM's specific tire and plant code, tire size, and date the inflation pressure. See Full-Size Spare performance criteria have a TPC tire was manufactured. The TIN is Tire 0 290. specification code molded onto the molded onto both sides of the tire, sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet although only one side may have the or exceed all federal safety guidelines. date of manufacture. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

266 Vehicle Care (3) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : (7) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria The letters and numbers following the Specification) : Original equipment tires DOT (Department of Transportation) designed to GM's specific tire code are the Tire Identification Number performance criteria have a TPC (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer specification code molded onto the and plant code, tire size, and date the sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet tire was manufactured. The TIN is or exceed all federal safety guidelines. molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the Tire Designations date of manufacture. Tire Size (4) Maximum Cold Inflation Load The example shows a typical passenger Compact Spare Tire Example Limit : Maximum load that can be vehicle tire size. (1) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord carried and the maximum pressure and number of plies in the sidewall and needed to support that load. under the tread. (5) Tire Inflation : The temporary use (2) Temporary Use Only : The compact tire or compact spare tire should be spare tire or temporary use tire should inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more not be driven at speeds over 80 km/h information on tire pressure and 0 Passenger (P-Metric) Tire (50 mph). The compact spare tire is for inflation see Tire Pressure 269. emergency use when a regular road tire (6) Tire Size : A combination of letters (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The has lost air and gone flat. If the vehicle and numbers define a tire's width, United States version of a metric tire has a compact spare tire, see Compact height, aspect ratio, construction type, sizing system. The letter P as the first Spare Tire 0 289 and and service description. The letter T as character in the tire size means a If a Tire Goes Flat 0 279. the first character in the tire size means passenger vehicle tire engineered to the tire is for temporary use only. standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 267 (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number Tire Terminology and Definitions Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air indicates the tire section width in pressure in a tire, measured in kPa millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. Air Pressure : The amount of air inside (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square the tire pressing outward on each (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that inch) before a tire has built up heat square inch of the tire. Air pressure is from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 269. indicates the tire height-to-width expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi measurements. For example, if the tire (pounds per square inch). Curb Weight : The weight of a motor size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in vehicle with standard and optional item (3) of the illustration, it would Accessory Weight : The combined equipment including the maximum mean that the tire's sidewall is weight of optional accessories. Some capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but 75 percent as high as it is wide. examples of optional accessories are without passengers and cargo. automatic transmission, power (4) Construction Code : A letter code is windows, power seats, and air DOT Markings : A code molded into the used to indicate the type of ply conditioning. sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire construction in the tire. The letter "R" is in compliance with the U.S. means radial ply construction; the letter Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a Department of Transportation (DOT) "D" means diagonal or bias ply tire's height to its width. Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The construction. Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords DOT code includes the Tire Identification between the plies and the tread. Cords (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the Number (TIN), an alphanumeric wheel in inches. may be made from steel or other designator which can also identify the reinforcing materials. tire manufacturer, production plant, (6) Service Description : These brand, and date of production. characters represent the load index and Bead : The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. speed rating of the tire. The load index 0 represents the load carrying capacity a the tire onto the rim. See Vehicle Load Limits 179. tire is certified to carry. The speed Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating rating is the maximum speed a tire is the plies are laid at alternate angles for the front axle. See Vehicle Load certified to carry a load. less than 90 degrees to the centerline Limits 0 179. of the tread. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

268 Vehicle Care GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The Recommended Inflation Pressure : for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load sum of curb weight, accessory weight, Vehicle manufacturer's recommended Limits 0 179. vehicle capacity weight, and production tire inflation pressure as shown on the options weight. tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 269 and Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side 0 of an asymmetrical tire that must Normal Occupant Weight : The number Vehicle Load Limits 179. always face outward when mounted on of occupants a vehicle is designed to Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in a vehicle. seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See which the ply cords that extend to the 0 Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air Vehicle Load Limits 179. beads are laid at 90 degrees to the pressure. Occupant Distribution : Designated centerline of the tread. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used seating positions. Rim : A metal support for a tire and on light duty trucks and some Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of upon which the tire beads are seated. multipurpose passenger vehicles. an asymmetrical tire that has a Sidewall : The portion of a tire between Load Index : An assigned number particular side that faces outward when the tread and the bead. ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds mounted on a vehicle. The side of the Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code to the load carrying capacity of a tire. tire that contains a whitewall, bears assigned to a tire indicating the white lettering, or bears manufacturer, Maximum Inflation Pressure : The maximum speed at which a tire can brand, and/or model name molding operate. maximum air pressure to which a cold that is higher or deeper than the same tire can be inflated. The maximum air moldings on the other sidewall of Traction : The friction between the tire pressure is molded onto the sidewall. the tire. and the road surface. The amount of grip provided. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used for a tire at the maximum permissible on passenger cars and some light duty Tread : The portion of a tire that comes inflation pressure for that tire. trucks and multipurpose vehicles. into contact with the road. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 269 Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, equipment tire size and recommended Warning (Continued) sometimes called wear bars, that show inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading across the tread of a tire when only Information Label” under Vehicle Load . Rough ride. 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See Limits 0 179. . Needless damage from road When It Is Time for New Tires 0 275. Tire Pressure hazards. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading The Tire and Loading Information label Standards) : A tire information system Tires need the correct amount of air that provides consumers with ratings pressure to operate effectively. on the vehicle indicates the original for a tire's traction, temperature, and equipment tires and the correct cold treadwear. Ratings are determined by { Warning tire inflation pressures. The tire manufacturers using government Neither tire underinflation nor recommended pressure is the minimum testing procedures. The ratings are overinflation is good. Underinflated air pressure needed to support the vehicle's maximum load carrying molded into the sidewall of the tire. tires, or tires that do not have 0 See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 277. enough air, can result in: capacity. See Vehicle Load Limits 179. How the vehicle is loaded affects Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number . Tire overloading and overheating, of designated seating positions which could lead to a blowout. vehicle handling and ride comfort. Never load the vehicle with more multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the . Premature or irregular wear. rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load weight than it was designed to carry. . Poor handling. Limits 0 179. When to Check . Reduced fuel economy. Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : Check the pressure of the tires once a Load on an individual tire due to curb Overinflated tires, or tires that have month or more. Do not forget to check weight, accessory weight, occupant too much air, can result in: the spare tire, if the vehicle has one. weight, and cargo weight. . Unusual wear. The cold compact spare tire pressure Vehicle Placard : A label permanently . Poor handling. should be at 420 kPa (60psi). See 0 attached to a vehicle showing the (Continued) Compact Spare Tire 289 and 0 vehicle capacity weight and the original Full-Size Spare Tire 290. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

270 Vehicle Care How to Check Put the valve caps back on the valve As an added safety feature, your vehicle has stems to keep out dirt and moisture been equipped with a tire pressure Use a good quality pocket-type gauge monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a to check tire pressure. Proper tire and prevent leaks. Use only valve caps designed for the vehicle by GM. TPMS low tire pressure telltale when one or more inflation cannot be determined by of your tires is significantly under-inflated. looking at the tire. Check the tire sensors could be damaged and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure inflation pressure when the tires are telltale illuminates, you should stop and cold, meaning the vehicle has not been Tire Pressure Monitor System check your tires as soon as possible, and driven for at least three hours or no inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving more than 1.6 km (1 mi). The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) on a significantly under-inflated tire causes uses radio and sensor technology to check Remove the valve cap from the tire the tire to overheat and can lead to tire tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly monitor the air pressure in your tires and efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect onto the valve to get a pressure transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. measurement. If the cold tire inflation located in the vehicle. Please note that the TPMS is not a pressure matches the recommended Each tire, including the spare (if provided), substitute for proper tire maintenance, and pressure on the Tire and Loading should be checked monthly when cold and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain Information label, no further adjustment inflated to the inflation pressure correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation is necessary. If the inflation pressure is recommended by the vehicle manufacturer has not reached the level to trigger low, add air until the recommended on the vehicle placard or tire inflation illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure pressure is reached. If the inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a telltale. different size than the size indicated on the pressure is high, press on the metal vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure Your vehicle has also been equipped with a stem in the center of the tire valve to label, you should determine the proper tire TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when release air. inflation pressure for those tires.) the system is not operating properly. The Re-check the tire pressure with the tire TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the gauge. system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 271 sequence will continue upon subsequent the air pressure in the tires and transmit the For additional information and details about vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction tire pressure readings to a receiver located the DIC operation and displays, see Driver exists. in the vehicle. Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 93 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) When the malfunction indicator is 0 illuminated, the system may not be able to 95. detect or signal low tire pressure as The low tire pressure warning light may intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for come on in cool weather when the vehicle is a variety of reasons, including the first started, and then turn off as the vehicle installation of replacement or alternate tires is driven. This could be an early indicator or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the that the air pressure is getting low and When a low tire pressure condition is TPMS from functioning properly. Always needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire check the TPMS malfunction telltale after pressure warning light located on the A Tire and Loading Information label shows replacing one or more tires or wheels on instrument cluster. If the warning light the size of the original equipment tires and your vehicle to ensure that the replacement comes on, stop as soon as possible and the correct inflation pressure for the tires or alternate tires and wheels allow the inflate the tires to the recommended when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits TPMS to continue to function properly. pressure shown on the Tire and Loading 0 179, for an example of the Tire and See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 271. Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits Loading Information label and its location. 0 0 See Radio Frequency Statement 0 331. 179. Also see Tire Pressure 269. A message to check the pressure in a The TPMS can warn about a low tire Tire Pressure Monitor Operation specific tire displays in the Driver pressure condition but it does not replace This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Information Center (DIC). The low tire normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection pressure warning light and the DIC warning 0 273, Tire Rotation 0 274 and Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is 0 designed to warn the driver when a low tire message come on at each ignition cycle Tires 263. pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are until the tires are inflated to the correct mounted onto each tire and wheel inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC Caution assembly, excluding the spare tire and buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed. Tire sealant materials are not all the wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor same. A non-approved tire sealant could damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

272 Vehicle Care . The TPMS sensor matching process was Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) Caution (Continued) not done or not completed successfully damage caused by using an incorrect tire after rotating the tires. The malfunction This feature provides visual and audible sealant is not covered by the vehicle light and the DIC message should go off alerts outside the vehicle to help when warranty. Always use only the GM after successfully completing the sensor inflating an underinflated tire to the recommended cold tire pressure. approved tire sealant available through matching process. See "TPMS Sensor your dealer or included in the vehicle. Matching Process" later in this section. When the low tire pressure warning light . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or comes on: TPMS Malfunction Light and Message damaged. The malfunction light and the 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place. The TPMS will not function properly if one DIC message should go off when the 2. Set the parking brake firmly. TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). inoperable. When the system detects a matching process is performed 4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. malfunction, the low tire pressure warning successfully. See your dealer for service. The turn signal lamp will flash. light flashes for about one minute and then . Replacement tires or wheels do not match stays on for the remainder of the ignition the original equipment tires or wheels. When the recommended pressure is cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. Tires and wheels other than those reached, the horn sounds once and the The malfunction light and DIC warning recommended could prevent the TPMS turn signal lamp will stop flashing and message come on at each ignition cycle from functioning properly. See Buying briefly turn solid. New Tires 0 275. until the problem is corrected. Some of the Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires conditions that can cause these to come . Operating electronic devices or being near that have illuminated the low tire pressure on are: facilities using radio wave frequencies warning light. . One of the road tires has been replaced similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS with the spare tire. The spare tire does sensors to malfunction. { Warning not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it light and the DIC message should go off Overinflating a tire could cause the tire cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure to rupture and you or others could be after the road tire is replaced and the condition. See your dealer for service if the injured. Do not exceed the maximum sensor matching process is performed TPMS malfunction light and DIC message (Continued) successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching come on and stay on. Process" later in this section. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 273 . There is a malfunction in the TPMS. A dash (-) or pressure value will display in Warning (Continued) . There is a malfunction in the horn or turn the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See signal lamps. (Base Level) 0 93 or Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 264 and . The identification code of the TPMS Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 Vehicle Load Limits 0 179. sensor is not registered to the system. 95. A warning message displays in the DIC if a problem occurs during the relearn . The battery of the TPMS sensor is low. If the tire is overinflated by more than process. 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple If the tire fill alert does not operate due to times and the turn signal lamp will continue TPMS interference, move the vehicle about Tire Inspection to flash for several seconds after filling 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. We recommend that the tires, including stops. To release and correct the pressure, If the tire fill alert feature is not working, use a tire pressure gauge. the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be while the turn signal lamp is still flashing, inspected for signs of wear or damage briefly press the center of the valve stem. TPMS Sensor Matching Process — Auto at least once a month. When the recommended pressure is reached, Learn Function the horn sounds once. Replace the tire if: Each TPMS sensor has a unique If the turn signal lamp does not flash within . The indicators at three or more identification code. The identification code 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel places around the tire can be seen. the tire fill alert has not been activated or is position after rotating the tires or replacing . There is cord or fabric showing not working. one or more of the TPMS sensors. When a through the tire's rubber. If the hazard warning flashers are on, the tire is installed, the vehicle must be . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, tire fill alert visual feedback will not work stationary for about 20 minutes before the or snagged deep enough to show properly. system recalculates. The following relearn cord or fabric. The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert process takes up to 10 minutes, driving at a properly under the following conditions: minimum speed of 20 km/h (12 mph). . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split. . There is interference from an external . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other device or transmitter. damage that cannot be repaired well . The air pressure from the inflation device because of the size or location of the is not sufficient to inflate the tire. damage. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

274 Vehicle Care Tire Rotation Check that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km under Capacities and Specifications (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule 0 320. 0 306. Tires are rotated to achieve a more { Warning uniform wear for all tires. The first Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the rotation is the most important. parts to which it is fastened, can Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate cause wheel nuts to become loose the tires as soon as possible, check for over time. The wheel could come off proper tire inflation pressure, and check and cause a crash. When changing a for damaged tires or wheels. If the Use this rotation pattern when rotating wheel, remove any rust or dirt from unusual wear continues after the the tires. places where the wheel attaches to rotation, check the wheel alignment. the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 275 Do not include the spare tire in the tire or paper towel can be used; however, and rotation. use a scraper or wire brush later to Wheel Replacement 0 278. Adjust the front and rear tires to the remove all rust or dirt. recommended inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label after Lightly coat the inner diameter of the the tires have been rotated. See Tire wheel hub opening with wheel bearing Pressure 0 269 and grease after a wheel change or tire Vehicle Load Limits 0 179. rotation to prevent corrosion or rust build-up. Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 271. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 275 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. aging. This area should be free of grease, { Warning See Tire Inspection 0 273 and gasoline, or other substances that can Do not apply grease to the wheel Tire Rotation 0 274 for additional deteriorate rubber. mounting surface, wheel conical information. Parking for an extended period can cause seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. The rubber in tires ages over time. This also flat spots on the tires that may result in Grease applied to these areas could applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has vibrations while driving. When storing a cause a wheel to become loose or one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors vehicle for at least a month, remove the come off, resulting in a crash. including temperatures, loading conditions, tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the and inflation pressure maintenance affect weight from the tires. how fast aging takes place. GM recommends When It Is Time for New Tires that tires, including the spare if equipped, Buying New Tires Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, be replaced after six years, regardless of GM has developed and matched specific tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road tires for the vehicle. The original conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. the tire manufacture date, which is the last four digits of the DOT Tire Identification equipment tires installed were designed Number (TIN) molded into one side of the to meet General Motors Tire tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN Performance Criteria Specification (TPC indicate the tire manufactured date. The Spec) system rating. When replacement first two digits represent the week and the tires are needed, GM strongly last two digits, the year. For example, the recommends buying tires with the same third week of the year 2020 would have a TPC Spec rating. 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of GM's exclusive TPC Spec system each year. considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall Vehicle Storage performance of the vehicle, including Tires age when stored normally mounted on brake system performance, ride and Treadwear indicators are one way to tell a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be handling, traction control, and tire when it is time for new tires. Treadwear stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, pressure monitoring performance. GM's indicators appear when the tires have only clean area away from direct sunlight to slow GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

276 Vehicle Care TPC Spec number is molded onto the Winter tires with the same speed rating Warning (Continued) tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the as the original equipment tires may not tires have an all-season tread design, death. Only your dealer or authorized be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR the TPC Spec number will be followed tire service center should mount or speed rated tires. Never exceed the by MS for mud and snow. See Tire dismount the tires. winter tires’ maximum speed capability Sidewall Labeling 0 264 for additional when using winter tires with a lower information. speed rating. { Warning GM recommends replacing worn tires in If the vehicle tires must be replaced complete sets of four. Uniform tread Mixing tires of different sizes (other with a tire that does not have a TPC depth on all tires will help to maintain than those originally installed on the Spec number, make sure they are the the performance of the vehicle. Braking vehicle), brands, tread patterns, same size, load range, speed rating, and and handling performance may be or types may cause loss of control of construction (radial) as the original adversely affected if all the tires are not the vehicle, resulting in a crash or tires. other vehicle damage. Use the replaced at the same time. If proper The Tire and Loading Information label rotation and maintenance have been correct size, brand, and type of tire on all wheels. indicates the original equipment tires done, all four tires should wear out at on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits about the same time. However, if it is 0 179. necessary to replace only one axle set { Warning of worn tires, place the new tires on Different Size Tires and Wheels the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 274. Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle may cause the wheel rim flanges to If wheels or tires are installed that are a different size than the original equipment { Warning develop cracks after many miles of driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail wheels and tires, vehicle performance, including its braking, ride and handling Tires could explode during improper suddenly and cause a crash. Use only service. Attempting to mount or characteristics, stability, and resistance to radial-ply tires with the wheels on rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has dismount a tire could cause injury or the vehicle. (Continued) electronic systems such as antilock brakes, rollover airbags, traction control, electronic GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 277 stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the The Uniform Tire Quality Grading conditions on a specified government performance of these systems can also be (UTQG) system does not apply to deep test course. For example, a tire graded affected. tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) tires with nominal rim diameters of times as well on the government course { Warning 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some as a tire graded 100. The relative If different sized wheels are used, there limited-production tires. performance of tires depends upon the may not be an acceptable level of actual conditions of their use, however, performance and safety if tires not While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks and may depart significantly from the recommended for those wheels are norm due to variations in driving habits, selected. This increases the chance of a may vary with respect to these grades, they must also conform to federal service practices and differences in road crash and serious injury. Only use GM characteristics and climate. specific wheel and tire systems developed safety requirements and additional for the vehicle, and have them properly General Motors Tire Performance Traction Criteria (TPC) standards. installed by a GM certified technician. The traction grades, from highest to Quality grades can be found where See Buying New Tires 0 275 and lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those Accessories and Modifications 0 231. applicable on the tire sidewall between grades represent the tire's ability to tread shoulder and maximum section stop on wet pavement as measured Uniform Tire Quality Grading width. For example: under controlled conditions on specified The following information relates to the Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have system developed by the United States All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to National Highway Traffic Safety poor traction performance. Warning: Federal Safety Requirements In Addition The traction grade assigned to this tire Administration (NHTSA), which grades To These Grades. tires by treadwear, traction, and is based on straight-ahead braking temperature performance. This applies Treadwear traction tests, and does not include only to vehicles sold in the United The treadwear grade is a comparative acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, States. The grades are molded on the rating based on the wear rate of the or peak traction characteristics. sidewalls of most passenger car tires. tire when tested under controlled GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

278 Vehicle Care Temperature Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed. The temperature grades are A (the Balance Each new wheel should have the same highest), B, and C, representing the The tires and wheels were aligned and tire's resistance to the generation of load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, balanced at the factory to provide the offset, and be mounted the same way as heat and its ability to dissipate heat longest tire life and best overall the one it replaces. when tested under controlled conditions performance. Adjustments to wheel on a specified indoor laboratory test alignment and tire balancing are not Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, wheel. Sustained high temperature can necessary on a regular basis. Consider an or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) alignment check if there is unusual tire wear sensors with new GM original equipment cause the material of the tire to parts. degenerate and reduce tire life, and or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one side or the other. Some slight pull to the excessive temperature can lead to left or right, depending on the crown of the { Warning sudden tire failure. The grade C road and/or other road surface variations Using the wrong replacement wheels, corresponds to a level of performance such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the which all passenger car tires must meet wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be vehicle is vibrating when driving on a dangerous. It could affect the braking and under the Federal Motor Safety smooth road, the tires and wheels may handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for Standard No. 109. Grades B and A and cause loss of control, causing a crash. proper diagnosis. represent higher levels of performance Always use the correct wheel, wheel on the laboratory test wheel than the Wheel Replacement bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, established for a tire that is properly or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts Caution keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, inflated and not overloaded. Excessive The wrong wheel can also cause and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speed, underinflation, or excessive wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum loading, either separately or in wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if speedometer or odometer calibration, combination, can cause heat buildup any of these conditions exist. headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle and possible tire failure. ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 279 Used Replacement Wheels Warning (Continued) If a Tire Goes Flat { Warning manufacturer's instructions. To avoid It is unusual for a tire to blowout while driving, especially if the tires are maintained vehicle damage, drive slow and readjust Replacing a wheel with a used one is properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much or remove the traction device if it dangerous. How it has been used or how more likely to leak out slowly. But if there far it has been driven may be unknown. contacts the vehicle. Do not spin the ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. wheels. what to expect and what to do: When replacing wheels, use a new GM If traction devices are used, install them If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a original equipment wheel. on the rear tires. drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and Tire Chains grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to Caution maintain lane position, and then gently { Warning If the vehicle has a tire size other than brake to a stop, well off the road, 255/55R20, 255/65R17 AT, 265/60R18, if possible. If the vehicle has 255/55R20, 255/65R17 or 265/65R17, use tire chains only where AT, 265/60R18, or 265/65R17 size tires, do A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts legal and only when necessary. Use not use tire chains. There is not enough much like a skid and may require the same chains that are the proper size for the clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing tires. Install them on the tires of the rear without the proper amount of clearance the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten axle. Do not use chains on the tires of can cause damage to the brakes, the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and the front axle. Tighten them as tightly as noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the suspension, or other vehicle parts. The possible with the ends securely fastened. road, if possible. area damaged by the tire chains could Drive slowly and follow the chain cause loss of control and a crash. manufacturer's instructions. If the chains Use another type of traction device only contact the vehicle, stop and retighten if its manufacturer recommends it for use them. If the contact continues, slow on the vehicle and tire size combination down until it stops. Driving too fast or and road conditions. Follow that spinning the wheels with chains on will (Continued) damage the vehicle. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

280 Vehicle Care If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the { Warning wheel damage by driving slowly to a level following example as a guide to assist in the Driving on a flat tire will cause place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on placement of the wheel blocks (1), permanent damage to the tire. the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard if equipped. 0 Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven Warning Flashers 103. on while severely underinflated or flat may cause a blowout and a serious crash. { Warning Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has Changing a tire can be dangerous. The been driven on while severely vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or or fall causing injury or death. Find a an authorized tire service center repair or level place to change the tire. To help replace the flat tire as soon as possible. prevent the vehicle from moving: 1. Set the parking brake firmly. 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) { Warning 2. Put the shift lever in P (Park). 2. Flat Tire Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to 3. For vehicles with four-wheel drive The following information explains how to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous with an N (Neutral) transfer case use the jack and change a tire. without the appropriate safety equipment position, be sure the transfer case is and training. If a jack is provided with in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). the vehicle, it is designed only for 4. Turn off the engine and do not changing a flat tire. If it is used for restart while the vehicle is raised. anything else, you or others could be 5. Do not allow passengers to remain badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips in the vehicle. off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a 6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on flat tire. both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 281 Tire Changing Extended Cab Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Crew Cab To access and remove the jack and tools:

4. Turn the knob on the jack (2) counterclockwise to lower the jack head to release the jack from its holder. 1. Jack Cover 5. Turn the wing nut (1) counterclockwise to 2. Tool Bag Cover remove the jack and wheel blocks. To access and remove the jack and tools: 1. Pull the bottom of the jack cover (1) 1. Lift the rear seat to access the tool bag. forward to remove it. 2. Remove the straps to remove the 2. Pull the lower access pocket forward and tool bag. then upward to remove the tool bag 3. Fold the rear seat to access the jack. cover (2). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

282 Vehicle Care

2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) and the two jack handle extensions (6), as shown.

3. Turn the knob on the jack (1) 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) counterclockwise to lower the jack head 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer to release the jack from its holder. 3. Hoist Cable 4. Turn the wing nut (2) counterclockwise 4. Hoist Assembly to remove the jack and wheel blocks. 5. Hoist Shaft 5. Turn the wing nut (3) counterclockwise 6. Jack Handle Extensions to remove the tool bag. 7. Wheel Wrench 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped) Use the jack handle extensions and the 3. Insert the hoist end (open end) (10) of wheel wrench to remove the 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole the extension through the hole (9) in the underbody-mounted spare tire. 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool rear bumper. 1. Open the spare tire lock cover on the Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel bumper. wrench. Insert the ignition key, turn, and pull Be sure the hoist end of the straight out to remove the spare tire extension (10) connects to the hoist lock (8), if equipped. shaft. The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 283 4. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise Tilt the retainer and pull it through the 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See to lower the spare tire to the ground. center of the wheel along with the cable If a Tire Goes Flat 0 279. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until and spring. the spare tire can be pulled out from 7. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. under the vehicle. 5. Pull the spare tire out from under the Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the vehicle. Spare Tire Use the following pictures and instructions to remove the flat tire and raise the vehicle.

2. If the wheel has a center cap that covers the lug nuts, place the chisel end of the wheel wrench in each of the slots in the cap, and gently pry it out.

6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with some slack in the cable to access the tire/wheel retainer.

1. Jack 2. Wheel Blocks 3. Jack Handle 4. Jack Handle Extensions 5. Wheel Wrench GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

284 Vehicle Care 3. Use the wheel wrench and turn it counterclockwise to loosen the wheel { Warning nuts. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet. Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

{ Warning Rear Position The jack has a feature to limit its travel 5. If the flat tire is on the rear, position the to prevent overextension. When the jack under the rear axle about 5 cm height limit is reached, an increase in Front Position (2 in) inboard of the shock absorber resistance if felt when attempting to 4. Position the jack under the vehicle, as bracket. raise the jack farther. Raising the jack shown. If the flat tire is on the front of Make sure that the jack head is past the height limit can damage the jack the vehicle, position the jack on the positioned so that the rear axle is resting pin and cause the jack to lock into an depression in the vehicle's frame, behind securely between the grooves that are overextended position or not lower fully. the flat tire. on the jack head. Do not attempt to force the jack higher once the height limit is reached. { Warning Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted 6. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the ground so there is enough room off the jack, you could be badly injured for the spare tire to fit under the or killed. Never get under a vehicle when wheel well. it is supported only by a jack. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 285 11. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel is held against the hub. 12. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack completely.

{ Warning If wheel studs are damaged, they can break. If all the studs on a wheel broke, the wheel could come off and cause a 7. Remove all the wheel nuts and take off 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel crash. If any stud is damaged because of the flat tire. bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare a loose-running wheel, it could be that all wheel. of the studs are damaged. To be sure, { Warning 9. Install the spare tire. replace all studs on the wheel. If the stud Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the holes in a wheel have become larger, the parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning wheel could collapse in operation. Replace make wheel nuts become loose after Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts any wheel if its stud holes have become time. The wheel could come off and because the nuts might come loose. The larger or distorted in any way. Inspect cause a crash. When changing a vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for damage. wheel, remove any rust or dirt from crash. Because of loose running wheels, piloting places where the wheel attaches to pad damage may occur and require the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth 10. Put the wheel nuts back on with the replacement of the entire hub, for proper or a paper towel can be used; rounded end of the nuts toward the centering of the wheels. When replacing wheel. studs, hubs, wheel nuts or wheels, be however, use a scraper or wire brush sure to use GM original equipment parts. later to remove all rust or dirt. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

286 Vehicle Care Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools { Warning Wheel nuts that are improperly or { Warning incorrectly tightened can cause the Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment wheels to become loose or come off. The in the passenger compartment of the wheel nuts should be tightened with a vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden torque wrench to the proper torque stop or collision, loose equipment could specification after replacing. Follow the strike someone. Store all these in the torque specification supplied by the proper place. aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and Specifications 0 320 for { Warning original equipment wheel nut torque 13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross specifications. sequence, as shown, by turning the Failure to follow these tire storage wheel wrench clockwise. instructions carefully could result in personal injury or property damage if the Caution When reinstalling the regular wheel and tire, hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose. also reinstall the center cap. Place the cap Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead Make sure the tire is stored securely on the wheel and push it into place until it before driving. to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To seats. The cap may only go on one way. Be avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly sure to line up any tabs on the center cap tighten the wheel nuts in the proper with corresponding indentations on the Caution sequence and to the proper torque wheel. specification. See Capacities and Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat Specifications 0 320 for the wheel nut tire under your vehicle for an extended torque specification. period of time or with the valve stem pointing up can damage the wheel. Always stow the wheel with the valve stem pointing down and have the wheel/ tire repaired as soon as possible. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 287

Caution 2. Pull the cable and spring through the center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel The tire hoist can be damaged if there is retainer plate down and through the no tension on the cable when using it. To center of the wheel. have the necessary tension, the spare or Make sure the retainer is fully seated road tire and wheel assembly must be across the underside of the wheel. installed on the tire hoist to use it.

{ Warning An improperly stored spare tire could come loose and cause a crash. To avoid personal injury or property damage, 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) always store the spare tire when the 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer vehicle is parked on a level surface. 3. Hoist Cable 4. Hoist Assembly 3. Attach the wheel wrench (7) and Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle extensions (6) together, as shown. in the spare tire carrier. 5. Hoist Shaft 6. Jack Handle Extensions Caution 7. Wheel Wrench 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped) Use of an air wrench or other power 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole tools with the hoist mechanism is not 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool recommended and could damage the system. Use only the tools supplied with 1. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of the hoist mechanism. the vehicle with the valve stem pointed down, and to the rear. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

288 Vehicle Care 7. Make sure the tire is stored securely and flush in the radius (2) of the spare tire support bracket (1). Push, pull, and then try to turn the tire. If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench to tighten the cable. Repeat this tightness check procedure when checking the spare tire pressure according to the scheduled maintenance 4. Insert the hoist end (10) through the information or any time the spare tire is hole (9) in the rear bumper and onto the handled due to service of other hoist shaft. components. Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel wrench. 5. Raise the tire part way upward. Make sure the retainer is seated in the wheel opening. 6. Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the cable.

Correctly Stored GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 289 3. Jack Handle Extensions Stop as soon as possible and check that the 4. Wing Nut spare tire is correctly inflated after being installed on the vehicle. The compact spare For extended cab models, be sure to replace tire is designed for temporary use only. The the wheel wrench (1), jack handle (2), and vehicle will perform differently with the two jack handle extensions (3) in the bag, as spare tire installed and it is recommended shown, so it can be properly stored in the that the vehicle speed be limited to 80 km/h storage compartment. (50 mph). To conserve the tread of the spare Be sure to fully tighten the wing nut (4) so tire, have the standard tire repaired or the tool bag cover can be properly and replaced as soon as convenient and return securely closed. the spare tire to the storage area. Compact Spare Tire When using a compact spare tire, the AWD Incorrectly Stored (if equipped), ABS, and Traction Control { systems may engage until the spare tire is 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock, if the vehicle Warning recognized by the vehicle, especially on has one. Driving with more than one compact slippery roads. Adjust driving to reduce To store the jack and tools, reverse the spare tire at a time could result in loss of possible wheel slip. steps for removing them. braking and handling. This could lead to a crash and you or others could be injured. Caution Use only one compact spare tire at When the compact spare is installed, do a time. not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails. The If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it compact spare can get caught on the rails was fully inflated when new; however, it which can damage the tire, wheel, and can lose air over time. Check the inflation other parts of the vehicle. pressure regularly. It should be 420 kPa (60 psi). Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles. 1. Wheel Wrench 2. Jack Handle GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

290 Vehicle Care Do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel pressure. Repair and replace the road tire as Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired with other wheels or tires. They will not fit. soon as it is convenient, and stow the spare or replaced and installed back onto the Keep the spare tire and its wheel together. tire for future use. vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire will be available in case it is needed again. Caution Caution Do not mix tires and wheels of difference Tire chains will not fit the compact spare. If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the Using them can damage the vehicle and different size spare tire is installed, do spare tire and its wheel together. the chains. Do not use tire chains on the not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat If the vehicle has a spare tire that does not compact spare. tire is repaired and/or replaced. The match the original road tires and wheels in vehicle could be damaged and the repairs size and type, do not include the spare in Full-Size Spare Tire would not be covered by the warranty. the tire rotation. Never use four-wheel drive when a If this vehicle came with a full-size spare different size spare tire is installed on the tire, it was fully inflated when new, Jump Starting however, it can lose air over time. Check the vehicle. inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure Jump Starting - North America The vehicle may have a different size spare 0 269 and tire than the road tires originally installed For more information about the vehicle Vehicle Load Limits 0 179 for information 0 on the vehicle. This spare tire was developed battery, see Battery - North America 248. regarding proper tire inflation and loading for use on this vehicle, so it is all right to the vehicle. For instructions on how to If the battery has run down, try to use drive on it. If the vehicle has four-wheel remove, install, or store a spare tire, see Tire another vehicle and some jumper cables to drive and a different size spare tire is Changing 0 281. start your vehicle. Be sure to use the installed, drive only in two-wheel drive. following steps to do it safely. If equipped with a temporary use full-size After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, spare tire, it is indicated on the tire sidewall. stop as soon as possible and check that the { Warning See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 264. This spare spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is tire should not be driven on over 112 km/h WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and made to perform well at speeds up to (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when related accessories contain lead and lead 112 km/h (70 MPH) at the recommended pulling a trailer, at the proper inflation compounds, chemicals known to the inflation pressure, so you can finish State of California to cause cancer and your trip. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 291

Caution The jump start negative grounding stud (1) Warning (Continued) for the discharged battery is to the left of birth defects or other reproductive harm. Ignoring these steps could result in costly the windshield washer fluid reservoir. damage to the vehicle that would not be Batteries also contain other chemicals The jump start positive terminal on the known to the State of California to cause covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying discharged battery (2) is located in the cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling engine compartment on the driver side of For more information go to it will not work, and it could damage the the vehicle. vehicle. www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ The jump start positive terminal (3) and passenger-vehicle. negative terminal (4) are on the battery of the vehicle providing the jump start. See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 231 and the back cover. The positive jump start connection for the discharged battery is under a trim cover. { Warning Pull the small cover (1 on top of it) outboard. Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because: . They contain acid that can burn you. . They contain gas that can explode or ignite. . They contain enough electricity to burn you. 1. Discharged Battery Negative If you do not follow these steps exactly, Grounding Stud some or all of these things can hurt you. 2. Discharged Battery Positive Terminal 3. Good Battery Negative Terminal 4. Good Battery Positive Terminal GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

292 Vehicle Care 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all lights 12-volt battery with a negative ground and accessories in both vehicles, except { Warning system. the hazard warning flashers if needed. Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly. Keep your hands away Caution { Warning from moving parts once the engine is If the other vehicle does not have a An electric fan can start up even when running. 12-volt system with a negative ground, the engine is not running and can injure both vehicles can be damaged. Only use you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools 5. Connect one end of the red positive (+) a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a away from any underhood electric fan. cable to the positive (+) terminal on the negative ground for jump starting. discharged battery. 6. Connect the other end of the red 2. Position the two vehicles so that they { Warning positive (+) cable to the positive (+) are not touching. terminal of the good battery. Using a match near a battery can cause 3. Set the parking brake firmly and put the battery gas to explode. People have been 7. Connect one end of the black shift lever in P (Park) with an automatic hurt doing this, and some have been negative (–) cable to the negative (–) transmission, or N (Neutral) with a terminal of the good battery. manual transmission. blinded. Use a flashlight if you need more light. 8. Connect the other end of the black Caution negative (–) cable to the negative (–) Battery fluid contains acid that can burn grounding stud for the discharged If any accessories are left on or plugged you. Do not get it on you. If you battery. in during the jump starting procedure, accidentally get it in your eyes or on 9. Start the engine in the vehicle with the they could be damaged. The repairs your skin, flush the place with water and good battery and run the engine at idle would not be covered by the vehicle get medical help immediately. speed for at least four minutes. warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or 10. Try to start the vehicle that had the unplug all accessories on either vehicle dead battery. If it will not start after a when jump starting. few tries, it probably needs service. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 293

Caution Towing the Vehicle GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to If the jumper cables are connected or Caution help reduce approach angles, if necessary. removed in the wrong order, electrical A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels shorting may occur and damage the Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance vehicle. The repairs would not be covered cause damage. The damage would not be or a professional towing service if the by the vehicle warranty. Always connect covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not disabled vehicle must be towed. and remove the jumper cables in the lash or hook to suspension components. correct order, making sure that the cables Use the proper straps around the tires to do not touch each other or other metal. secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies Jumper Cable Removal under any locked wheel/tire while Reverse the sequence exactly when loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling removing the jumper cables. type lift to tow the vehicle. This could damage the vehicle. After starting the disabled vehicle and removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle for several minutes. Caution Close the small cover (1 on top of it). Improper use of the tow eye can damage Ensure the locking feature (located inboard) the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye latches completely with the rest of the to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed The vehicle is equipped with specific cover. tow truck from a flat road surface, or to attachment points to be used to pull the move the vehicle a short distance. Use vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat road surface. Do not use these attachment caution and low speeds. The transmission points to pull the vehicle from snow, mud must be in (N) Neutral when moving the or sand. vehicle. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

294 Vehicle Care Recreational Vehicle Towing . Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just as Dinghy Towing preparing the vehicle for a long trip, Recreational vehicle towing means towing make sure the vehicle is prepared to be Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a towed. motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are dinghy Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing instructions. the vehicle with all four wheels on the Caution ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two Use of a shield mounted in front of the wheels on a dolly. vehicle grille could restrict airflow and cause damage to the transmission. The Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle towing: repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only . Before towing the vehicle, become use one that attaches to the towing familiar with the local laws that apply to recreational vehicle towing. These laws vehicle. may vary by region. Caution . What is the towing capacity of the If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow with all four wheels on the ground, the vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. drivetrain components could be damaged. . What is the distance that will be The repairs would not be covered by the traveled? Some vehicles have restrictions vehicle warranty. on how far and how long they can tow. . Is the proper towing equipment going to Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not be be used? See your dealer or trailering towed with all four wheels on the ground. professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 295 Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles To dinghy tow: non-conductive material to prevent any 1. Position the vehicle being towed behind contact with the negative battery the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a terminal. level surface. 7. Shift the transmission to P (Park). 2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. Caution 3. Apply the parking brake and start the If the steering column is locked, vehicle engine. damage may occur. 4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See Move the steering wheel to make sure “Shifting into N (Neutral)” under the steering column is unlocked. Four-Wheel Drive 0 195. Check that the vehicle is in N (Neutral) by shifting the 8. With a foot on the brake pedal, release transmission to R (Reverse) and then to the parking brake. Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive vehicles D (Drive). There should be no movement 9. Keep the ignition key in the towed that have an N (Neutral) and a Four-Wheel of the vehicle while shifting. vehicle in ACC/ACCESSORY to prevent the Drive Low (4 (n) setting. 5. With the engine off, leave the key in steering column from locking. ACC/ACCESSORY to prevent the steering Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle column from locking. { Warning Before disconnecting the towed vehicle: Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's Caution 1. Park on a level surface. transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause 2. Set the parking brake, then shift the the vehicle to roll even if the Failure to disconnect the negative battery cable or to have it contact the terminals transmission to P (Park), and move the transmission is in P (Park). You or others ignition key to OFF. could be injured. Set the parking brake can cause damage to the vehicle. before shifting the transfer case to 3. Connect the battery. 6. Disconnect the negative battery cable at N (Neutral). 4. With your foot off the brake, turn the the battery and secure the nut and bolt. ignition on with the engine off. Cover the negative battery post with a GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

296 Vehicle Care 5. Shift the transfer case out of N (Neutral) Dolly Towing Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the Ground) to Two-Wheel Drive High. See “Shifting – Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the Ground) out of N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel – Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Drive 0 195. See your dealer if the transfer case cannot be shifted out of N (Neutral). 6. Start the engine and check that the vehicle is in Two-Wheel Drive High by shifting the transmission to R (Reverse) and then to D (Drive). There should be movement of the vehicle while shifting. 7. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and turn off the ignition. 8. Disconnect the vehicle from the tow vehicle. To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive vehicle from 9. Release the parking brake. the front: 10. Reset any lost presets. Caution 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle The outside temperature display will If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed with following the dolly manufacturer's default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with the rear wheels on the ground, the instructions. normal usage. transmission could be damaged. The 2. Drive the front wheels onto the dolly. repairs would not be covered by the 3. Shift the transmission to P (Park). vehicle warranty. Never tow the vehicle 4. Set the parking brake. with the rear wheels on the ground. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 297 Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the Appearance Care { Warning Ground) Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's Exterior Care transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle to roll even if the Locks transmission is in P (Park). You or others Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a could be injured. Set the parking brake de-icing agent only when absolutely before shifting the transfer case to necessary, and have the locks greased after N (Neutral). using. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 315. 5. Use a clamping device designed for towing to ensure that the front wheels Washing the Vehicle are locked into the straight position. To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following often and out of direct sunlight. the manufacturer's instructions. Caution 7. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See Caution “Shifting into N (Neutral)” under Towing the vehicle from the rear could Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, 0 Four-Wheel Drive 195 for the proper damage it. Also, repairs would not be or abrasive cleaning agents as they can procedure. covered by the vehicle warranty. Never damage the vehicle's paint, metal, 8. Release the parking brake only after the have the vehicle towed from the rear. or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it vehicle being towed is firmly attached to would not be covered by the vehicle the tow vehicle. warranty. Approved cleaning products can 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. be obtained from your dealer. Follow all manufacturer directions regarding correct product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

298 Vehicle Care

Caution Caution (Continued) chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they remain Avoid using high-pressure washes closer This could cause damage that would not on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the be covered by the vehicle warranty. soon as possible. If necessary, use vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm for painted surfaces to remove foreign damage or removal of paint and decals. underhood components. The usages of these matter. chemicals should be avoided. Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing If using an automatic car wash, follow with Recommend water only. should be done to remove residue from the the car wash instructions. The windshield A pressure washer may be used, but care paint finish. See your dealer for approved wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, cleaning products. must be off. Remove any accessories that must be utilized. The following criteria must may be damaged or interfere with the car be followed: Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated wash equipment. . Water pressure must be kept below plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated 14,000 KPa (2,000 PSI). wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and . Water temperature must be below 80 °C after, to remove all cleaning agents Caution completely. If they are allowed to dry on (180 °F). the surface, they could stain. . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle Machine compounding or aggressive spray pattern or wider must be used. polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or finish may damage it. Use only an all-cotton towel to avoid surface . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft) away from all surfaces. non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are scratches and water spotting. made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish Cleaning Underhood Components Finish Care on the vehicle. Caution Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ wax materials is not recommended. To keep the paint finish looking new, keep Do not power wash any component If painted surfaces are damaged, see your the vehicle garaged or covered whenever under the hood that has this e dealer to have the damage assessed and possible. symbol. repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium (Continued) chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 299 Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings Spray-In Bedliner Care Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some have a UV protective coating. Do not clean Caution A spray-in bedliner is a permanent coating that bonds to the truck bed and cannot be or wipe them while they are dry. Failure to clean and protect the bright removed. Promptly rinse the bedliner surface Do not use any of the following on lamp metal moldings can result in a hazy following a chemical spill to avoid covers: white finish or pitting. This damage permanent damage. . Abrasive or caustic agents. would not be covered by the vehicle Spray-in bedliners can fade from oxidation, . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents warranty. road dirt, heavy-duty hauling, and hard in higher concentrations than suggested water stains. Clean it periodically by by the manufacturer. The bright metal moldings on the vehicle washing off the loose dirt and using a mild are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh detergent. To restore the original prevent damage always follow these cleaners. appearance, apply the bedliner conditioner cleaning instructions: . Ice scrapers or other hard items. available through your dealer. . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch . Aftermarket appearance caps or covers before applying any cleaning solution. Caution while the lamps are illuminated, due to excessive heat generated. . Use only approved cleaning solutions for Using silicone-based products may aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. damage the bedliner, reduce the Caution Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain slip-resistant texture, and attract dirt. alkaline substances and can damage the Failure to clean lamps properly can cause moldings. Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner Emblems, Decals, and Stripes according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth, and a car washing soap to clean Caution . Do not use cleaners that are not intended for automotive use. exterior lamps, lenses and emblems, decals, Using wax on low gloss black finish and stripes. Follow instructions under stripes can increase the gloss level and . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle "Washing the Vehicle" previously in this create a non-uniform finish. Clean low after washing to protect and extend the section. molding finish. gloss stripes with soap and water only. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

300 Vehicle Care

Air Intakes surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a Caution (Continued) clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and Clear debris from the air intakes, between Lubricants 0 315. calcium chloride. These are used on roads the hood and windshield, when washing the for conditions such as dust and ice. vehicle. Tires Always wash the chrome with soap and Windshield and Wiper Blades Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean water after exposure. the tires. Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner. Caution Caution Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or Using petroleum-based tire dressing To avoid surface damage on wheels and paper towel soaked with windshield washer products on the vehicle may damage the wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, windshield thoroughly when cleaning the tire dressing, always wipe off any or brushes. Use only GM approved blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup overspray from all painted surfaces on cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause an automatic car wash that uses silicon wiper streaking. the vehicle. carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or Wheels and Wheel Trim Damage could occur and the repairs damaged. Damage can be caused by Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and would not be covered by the vehicle extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, warranty. sun, snow, and ice. water to clean the wheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean water, dry with a Weatherstrips soft, clean towel. A wax may then be Brake System applied. Apply weatherstrip lubricant on Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal Caution better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear weatherstrips once a year. Hot, dry climates Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim and rotors for surface condition. Inspect may require more frequent application. Black may be damaged if the vehicle is not drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. marks from rubber material on painted washed after driving on roads that have Inspect all other brake parts. been sprayed with magnesium chloride or (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 301 Steering, Suspension, and Chassis Do not directly power wash the transfer irregular dark spots etched into the paint Components case and/or front/rear axle output seals. surface. Refer to “Finish Care” previously in High pressure water can overcome the seals this section. Visually inspect steering, suspension, and and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated chassis components for damaged, loose, fluid will decrease the life of the transfer Interior Care or missing parts or signs of wear at least case and/or axles and should be replaced. once a year. To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly Sheet Metal Damage clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately Inspect power steering for proper remove any soils. Newspapers or dark attachment, connections, binding, leaks, If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s cracks, chafing, etc. metal repair or replacement, make sure the interior. body repair shop applies anti-corrosion Visually check constant velocity joint boots Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from and axle seals for leaks. material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection. knobs and crevices on the instrument Body Component Lubrication cluster. Using a mild soap solution, Original manufacturer replacement parts will immediately remove hand lotions, Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, provide the corrosion protection while sunscreen, and insect repellent from all liftgate hinges, steel fuel door hinge, and maintaining the vehicle warranty. interior surfaces or permanent damage may power assist step hinges, unless the result. components are plastic. Applying silicone Finish Damage Use cleaners specifically designed for the grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth Quickly repair minor chips and scratches surfaces being cleaned to prevent will make them last longer, seal better, and with touch-up materials available from your permanent damage. Apply all cleaners not stick or squeak dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray finish damage can be corrected in your cleaners on any switches or controls. Underbody Maintenance dealer's body and paint shop. Remove cleaners quickly. At least twice a year, spring and fall, use plain water to flush any corrosive materials Chemical Paint Spotting Before using cleaners, read and follow all from the underbody. Take care to Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack safety instructions on the label. While thoroughly clean any areas where mud and painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, cleaning the interior, open the doors and other debris can collect. ring-shaped discolorations, and small, windows to get proper ventilation. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

302 Vehicle Care . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. To prevent damage, do not clean the Caution interior using the following cleaners or Continue blotting until no more soil can techniques: To prevent scratching, never use abrasive be removed. . Never use a razor or any other sharp cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive . For solid soils, remove as much as object to remove soil from any interior cleaners or aggressive cleaning may possible prior to vacuuming. damage the rear window defogger. surface. To clean: . Never use a brush with stiff bristles. Cleaning the windshield with water during 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth . Never rub any surface aggressively or the first three to six months of ownership with water. Microfiber cloth is with too much pressure. will reduce tendency to fog. recommended to prevent lint transfer to . Do not use laundry detergents or the fabric or carpet. Speaker Covers dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For 2. Remove excess moisture by gently liquid cleaners, use approximately Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so wringing until water does not drip from 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean the cleaning cloth. A concentrated soap solution will create spots with water and mild soap. streaks and attract dirt. Do not use 3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and solutions that contain strong or Coated Moldings gently rub toward the center. Fold the caustic soap. cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently Coated moldings should be cleaned. to prevent forcing the soil in to the . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge fabric. when cleaning. or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing water. until there is no longer any color solvents. . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy transfer from the soil to the cleaning Interior Glass water. cloth. To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened Fabric/Carpet/Suede 5. If the soil is not completely removed, with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a use a mild soap solution followed only Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft by plain water. clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with brush attachment is being used, only use it If the soil is not completely removed, it may plain water. on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently be necessary to use a commercial upholstery remove as much of the soil as possible: cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Vehicle Care 303 area for colorfastness before using a Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint especially on the instrument panel. Reflected If ring formation occurs, clean the entire Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood glare can decrease visibility through the fabric or carpet. Surfaces windshield under certain conditions. After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with Caution excess moisture. water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a Use of air fresheners may cause Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle more thorough cleaning, use a soft permanent damage to plastics and microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap Information and Radio Displays painted surfaces. If an air freshener solution. Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces comes in contact with any plastic or or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle Caution painted surface in the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a soft cloth brush to remove dirt that can scratch the Soaking or saturating leather, especially surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a dampened with a mild soap solution. perforated leather, as well as other microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners Damage caused by air fresheners would interior surfaces, may cause permanent or solvents. Periodically hand wash the not be covered by the vehicle warranty. microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. damage. Wipe excess moisture from Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse these surfaces after cleaning and allow Cargo Cover and Convenience Net thoroughly and air dry before next use. them to dry naturally. Never use heat, steam, or spot removers. Do not use If equipped, wash with warm water and Caution cleaners that contain silicone or mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. wax-based products. Cleaners containing Rinse with cold water, and then dry Do not attach a device with a suction cup completely. to the display. This may cause damage these solvents can permanently change and would not be covered by the vehicle the appearance and feel of leather or soft warranty. trim, and are not recommended. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

304 Vehicle Care Care of Seat Belts Use the following guidelines for proper floor mat usage: Keep belts clean and dry. . The original equipment floor mats were { Warning designed for your vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. that GM certified floor mats be It may severely weaken the webbing. In purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not a crash, they might not be able to fit properly and may interfere with the provide adequate protection. Clean and pedals. Always check that the floor mats rinse seat belt webbing only with mild do not interfere with the pedals. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is webbing to dry. not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer Floor Mats . Use the floor mat with the correct side openings over the carpet retainers and up. Do not turn it over. snapping into position. { Warning . Do not place anything on top of the Make sure the floor mat is properly secured If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not driver side floor mat. in place. properly installed, it can interfere with . Use only a single floor mat on the driver side. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. Interference with the pedals the pedals. can cause unintended acceleration and/or . Do not place one floor mat on top of increased stopping distance which can another. cause a crash and injury. Make sure the Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. Pull up on the rear of the floor mat to unlock each retainer and remove. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Service and Maintenance 305 Service and Maintenance General Information Caution Your vehicle is an important investment. Damage caused by improper maintenance General Information This section describes the required can lead to costly repairs and may not be General Information ...... 305 maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance Schedule schedule to help protect against major repair Maintenance intervals, checks, Maintenance Schedule ...... 306 expenses resulting from neglect or inspections, recommended fluids, and inadequate maintenance. It may also help to lubricants are important to keep the Special Application Services maintain the value of the vehicle if it is vehicle in good working condition. Special Application Services ...... 312 sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to have all required maintenance performed. Do not have chemical flushes that are not Additional Maintenance and Care approved by GM performed on the Your dealer has trained technicians who can Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 312 vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, perform required maintenance using genuine cleaners, or lubricants that are not Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and replacement parts. They have up-to-date approved by GM could damage the Parts tools and equipment for fast and accurate vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . 315 diagnostics. Many dealers have extended are not covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance Replacement Parts ...... 316 evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to Maintenance Records assist with service needs. The Tire Rotation and Required Services are Maintenance Records ...... 318 the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is Your dealer recognizes the importance of recommended to have your dealer perform providing competitively priced maintenance these services every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). and repair services. With trained technicians, Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep the dealer is the place for routine the vehicle in good working condition, maintenance such as oil changes and tire improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle rotations and additional maintenance items emissions. like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

306 Service and Maintenance Because of the way people use vehicles, Refer to the information in the Maintenance Engine Oil Change maintenance needs vary. There may need to Schedule Additional Required Services - When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON be more frequent checks and services. The Severe chart. message displays, have the engine oil and Additional Required Services - Normal are for filter changed within the next 1 000 km vehicles that: { Warning (600 mi). If driven under the best conditions, . Carry passengers and cargo within Performing maintenance work can be the engine oil life system may not indicate recommended limits on the Tire and dangerous and can cause serious injury. the need for vehicle service for up to a year. Loading Information label. See Vehicle Perform maintenance work only if the The engine oil and filter must be changed at Load Limits 0 179. required information, proper tools, and least once a year and the oil life system . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces equipment are available. If they are not, must be reset. Your trained dealer technician within legal driving limits. see your dealer to have a trained can perform this work. If the engine oil life . Use the recommended fuel. See technician do the work. See Doing Your system is reset accidentally, service the 0 Recommended Fuel 212. Own Service Work 0 232. vehicle within 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last service. Reset the oil life system when Refer to the information in the Maintenance the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life Schedule Additional Required Services - Maintenance Schedule System 0 239. Normal chart. The Additional Required Services - Severe are Owner Checks and Services Extended Idle Use for vehicles that are: Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil When the vehicle is used in a way that . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot 0 237. requires extended idle time, one hour of use weather. Once a Month shall be deemed the same as 33 miles. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) . Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous . Check the tire inflation pressures, 0 93 or terrain. including the spare. See Tire Pressure Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) . Frequently towing a trailer. 0 269. 0 95 for hourmeter. . Used for high speed or competitive . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire driving. Inspection 0 273. Passenger Compartment Air Filter . Used for taxi, police, or delivery service. . Check the windshield washer fluid level. The passenger compartment air filter See Washer Fluid 0 246. removes dust, pollen, and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Service and Maintenance 307 the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as . Check engine oil level and oil . Visually inspect halfshafts and driveshafts part of routine scheduled maintenance. life percentage. If needed, change engine for excessive wear, lubricant leaks, and/or Inspect the passenger compartment air filter oil and filter, and reset oil life system. damage including: tube dents or cracks, every 36 000 km (22,500 mi) or two years, See Engine Oil 0 237 and constant velocity joint or universal joint whichever comes first. Replace if necessary. Engine Oil Life System 0 239. looseness, cracked or missing boots, loose More frequent replacement may be needed . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling or missing boot clamps, center bearing if the vehicle is driven in areas with heavy System 0 242. excessive looseness, loose or missing traffic, areas with poor air quality, or areas . Check windshield washer fluid level. See fasteners, and axle seal leaks. with high dust levels. Replacement may also Washer Fluid 0 246. . Check restraint system components. See be needed if there is a reduction in air flow, Safety System Check 0 33. excessive window fogging, or odors. . Check tire inflation pressures, including the spare. See Tire Pressure 0 269. . Visually inspect fuel system for damage or leaks. Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection Seven Years) 0 273. . Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for loose or damaged . Visually check for fluid leaks. The air conditioning system requires parts. maintenance every seven years. This service . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. See requires replacement of the desiccant to Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 240. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care 0 297. help the longevity and efficient operation of . Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care the air conditioning system. This service can 0 297. . Check starter switch. See Starter Switch Check 0 250. be complex. See your dealer. . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and . Check automatic transmission shift lock Tire Rotation and Required Services chassis components for damage, including cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose control function. See Automatic Every 12 000 km (7,500 mi) Transmission Shift Lock Control Function or missing parts, or signs of wear at least 0 Rotate the tires, if recommended for the once a year. See Exterior Care 0 297. Check 250. vehicle, and perform the following services. . Check ignition transmission lock. See 0 . Inspect power steering for proper 0 See Tire Rotation 274. attachment, connections, binding, leaks, Ignition Transmission Lock Check 250. cracks, chafing, etc. . Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 251. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

308 Service and Maintenance . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed. . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. If the hold open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 252. . Verify spare tire key lock operation and lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing 0 281. . Visually inspect the spare tire to ensure that it is tightly stowed under the vehicle. Push, pull, and try to turn the tire. If the spare tire moves, tighten as necessary. See Tire Changing 0 281. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Service and Maintenance 309

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Normal 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood gas struts and tailgate dampener. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

310 Service and Maintenance Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Or every five years, whichever comes Additional Required Services - Normal first. See Cooling System 0 242. (1) Or every two years, whichever comes (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. first. More frequent passenger compartment Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, air filter replacement may be needed if or damage; replace, if needed. driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See quality, high dust levels, or environmental Brake Fluid 0 247. allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 251. Your GM dealer can help determine when to (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. replace the filter. See Gas Strut(s) 0 252. (2) Or every four years, whichever comes (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect seven years. the filter at each oil change or more often as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 240. (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition. (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Service and Maintenance 311

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Severe 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ @ @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood gas struts and tailgate dampener. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

312 Service and Maintenance Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Or every five years, whichever comes Additional Maintenance Additional Required Services - Severe first. See Cooling System 0 242. (1) Or every two years, whichever comes (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. and Care first. More frequent passenger compartment Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, Your vehicle is an important investment and air filter replacement may be needed if or damage; replace, if needed. caring for it properly may help to avoid driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle quality, high dust levels, or environmental Brake Fluid 0 247. performance, additional maintenance allergens. Passenger compartment air filter services may be required. replacement may also be needed if there is (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes It is recommended that your dealer perform reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 251. these services — their trained dealer Your GM dealer can help determine when to (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. technicians know your vehicle best. Your replace the filter. See Gas Strut(s) 0 252. dealer can also perform a thorough (2) Or every four years, whichever comes (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every assessment with a multi-point inspection to first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect seven years. recommend when your vehicle may need the filter at each oil change or more often attention. as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter The following list is intended to explain the 0 240. Special Application Services services and conditions to look for that may . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines indicate services are required. Lubricate chassis components every oil and hoses for proper attachment, change. Battery connection, routing, and condition. . Have underbody flushing service The 12-volt battery supplies power to start (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" the engine and operate any additional case and/or front/rear axle output seals. in Exterior Care 0 297. electrical accessories. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. . To avoid break-down or failure to start Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the vehicle, maintain a battery with full the transfer case and/or axles and should be cranking power. replaced. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Service and Maintenance 313 . Trained dealer technicians have the . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid . Signs of wear may include steering wheel diagnostic equipment to test the battery levels should be checked at every fuel fill. vibration, bounce/sway while braking, and ensure that the connections and . Instrument cluster lights may come on to longer stopping distance, or uneven cables are corrosion-free. indicate that fluids may be low and need tire wear. Belts to be filled. . As part of the multi-point inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually . Belts may need replacing if they squeak Hoses or show signs of cracking or splitting. inspect the shocks and struts for signs of Hoses transport fluids and should be leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can . Trained dealer technicians have access to regularly inspected to ensure that there are advise when service is needed. tools and equipment to inspect the belts no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point and recommend adjustment or inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses Tires replacement when necessary. and advise if replacement is needed. Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, Brakes Lamps and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and tire failure. safe driving. brake lamps are important to see and be . Signs that the tires need to be replaced . Signs of brake wear may include chirping, seen on the road. include three or more visible treadwear grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty . Signs that the headlamps need attention indicators; cord or fabric showing through stopping. include dimming, failure to light, cracking, the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or . Trained dealer technicians have access to or damage. The brake lamps need to be sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. tools and equipment to inspect the brakes checked periodically to ensure that they . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and and recommend quality parts engineered light when braking. recommend the right tires. Your dealer for the vehicle. . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can also provide tire/wheel balancing Fluids can check the lamps and note any services to ensure smooth vehicle concerns. operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells Proper fluid levels and approved fluids and services name brand tires. protect the vehicle’s systems and Shocks and Struts components. See Recommended Fluids and Shocks and struts help aid in control for a Lubricants 0 315 for GM approved fluids. smoother ride. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

314 Service and Maintenance Vehicle Care Wiper Blades To help keep the vehicle looking like new, Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in vehicle care products are available from your good condition to provide a clear view. dealer. For information on how to clean and . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior, across the windshield, and worn or split see Interior Care 0 301 and rubber. Exterior Care 0 297. . Trained dealer technicians can check the Wheel Alignment wiper blades and replace them when Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that needed. the tires deliver optimal wear and performance. . Signs that the alignment may need to be adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear. . Your dealer has the required equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment. Windshield For safety, appearance, and the best viewing, keep the windshield clean and clear. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, and chips. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Service and Maintenance 315 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the recommended fluids and lubricants section in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission (6 Speed) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Automatic Transmission (8 Speed) DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid. Chassis Lubrication Lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL coolant. See Cooling System 0 242. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 237. Floor Shift Linkage Lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Front (If Equipped With Four-Wheel Drive) and See your dealer. Rear Axle Hydraulic Brake DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Body Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer. Hinge Pins, Tailgate Hinge and Linkage, Tailgate Handle Pivot Points, Hinges, Latch Bolt Linkage, and Fuel Door Hinge GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

316 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Transfer Case (If Equipped With Four-Wheel DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Drive) Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 94775933 A3195C Engine Oil Filter 12696048 PF64 2.5L L4 Engine 55594651 PF2257G 3.6L V6 Engine Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23135671 CF196 Spark Plugs 12627160 41-115 2.5L L4 Engine 12646780 41-130 3.6L V6 Engine GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Service and Maintenance 317

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Wiper Blades 84225697 — Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 84225696 — Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

318 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Technical Data 319 Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification There may be a large barcode on the Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification certification label on the center pillar that Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 319 Number (VIN) you can scan for the following information: Service Parts Identification ...... 319 . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Data . Model designation Capacities and Specifications ...... 320 . Paint information Engine Drive Belt Routing ...... 322 . Production options If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information on This legal identifier is in the front corner of a label inside of the glove box. the instrument panel, on the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) also appears on the Vehicle Certification label and certificates of title and registration. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications 0 320 for the vehicle's engine code. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

320 Technical Data Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 315. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 9.1 L 9.6 qt 2.5L L4 Engine 10.6 L 11.2 qt 3.6L V6 Engine Engine Oil with Filter 4.7 L 5.0 qt 2.5L L4 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt 3.6L V6 Engine Fuel Tank 79.9 L 21.1 gal Transfer Case Fluid 1.9 L 2.0 qt GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Technical Data 321

Capacities Application Metric English Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 2.5L L4 Engine A 0.95–1.10mm (0.037–0.043 in) 3.6L V6 Engine N 0.80–0.90mm (0.031–0.035 in) Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

322 Technical Data Engine Drive Belt Routing If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.

2.5L L4 Engine

3.6L V6 Engine GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Customer Information 323 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Customer Information Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . 332 Cybersecurity ...... 332 Customer Satisfaction Procedure Customer Information Event Data Recorders ...... 333 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 323 OnStar ...... 334 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important Customer Assistance Offices ...... 325 Infotainment System ...... 334 to your dealer and to GMC. Normally, any Customer Assistance for Text Telephone concerns with the sales transaction or the (TTY) Users ...... 325 operation of the vehicle will be resolved by Online Owner Center ...... 325 your dealer's sales or service departments. GM Mobility Reimbursement Sometimes, however, despite the best Program ...... 326 intentions of all concerned, Roadside Assistance Program ...... 326 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 328 has not been resolved to your satisfaction, Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 328 the following steps should be taken: Collision Damage Repair ...... 329 Publication Ordering Information ...... 331 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a Radio Frequency Statement ...... 331 member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts States Government ...... 331 manager, contact the owner of your Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager. Canadian Government ...... 332 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your Motors ...... 332 concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call 1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854 (French). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

324 Customer Information We encourage you to call the toll-free The BBB Auto Line Program is an This program is available in all 50 states and number in order to give your inquiry out-of-court program administered by the the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited prompt attention. Have the following BBB National Programs, Inc. to settle by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. information available to give the Customer automotive disputes regarding vehicle General Motors reserves the right to change Assistance representative: repairs or the interpretation of the New eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you participation in this program. available from the vehicle registration or may be required to resort to this informal STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the title, or the plate at the top left of the dispute resolution program prior to filing a event that you do not feel your concerns instrument panel and visible through the court action, use of the program is free of have been addressed after following the windshield. charge and your case will generally be heard procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, within 40 days. If you do not agree with the . Dealership name and location. General Motors of Canada Company wants decision given in your case, you may reject . Vehicle delivery date and present mileage. you to be aware of its participation in a it and proceed with any other venue for no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program. When contacting GMC, remember that your relief available to you. General Motors of Canada Company has concern will likely be resolved at a dealer's You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program committed to binding arbitration of owner facility. That is why we suggest following using the toll-free telephone number or disputes involving factory-related vehicle Step One first. write them at the following address: service claims. The program provides for the STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General BBB Auto Line Program review of the facts involved by an impartial Motors and your dealer are committed to BBB National Programs, Inc. third party arbiter, and may include an making sure you are completely satisfied 3033 Wilson Blvd. informal hearing before the arbiter. The with your new vehicle. However, if you Suite 600 program is designed so that the entire continue to remain unsatisfied after Arlington, VA 22201 dispute settlement process, from the time following the procedure outlined in you file your complaint to the final decision, Steps One and Two, you can file with the Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 should be completed in about 70 days. We Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line http://www.bbb.org/council/ believe our impartial program offers Program to enforce your rights. programs-services/ advantages over courts in most jurisdictions dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Customer Information 325 For further information concerning eligibility www.gmc.com Customer Assistance for Text in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782) Telephone (TTY) Users Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, 1-888-889-2438 (For Text Telephone devices or call the General Motors Customer Care (TTYs)) To assist customers who are deaf, hard of Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), Roadside Assistance: 1-888-881-3302 hearing, or speech-impaired and who use 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: Text Telephones (TTYs), GMC has TTY From U.S. Virgin Islands: Mediation/Arbitration Program equipment available at its Customer c/o Customer Care Centre 1-800-496-9994 Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. General Motors of Canada Company can communicate with GMC by dialing: Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Canada 1-888-889-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial 1908 Colonel Sam Drive General Motors of Canada Company 1-800-263-3830. Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: Online Owner Center Your inquiry should be accompanied by the CA1-163-005 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). 1908 Colonel Sam Drive The GMC Owner Center (U.S.) Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 my.gmc.com www.gmc.ca Customer Assistance Offices Learn more about your vehicle features, GMC encourages customers to call the 1-800-263-3777 (English) shop for and manage your connected toll-free number for assistance. However, if a 1-800-263-7854 (French) services and OnStar plans, and access customer wishes to write or e-mail GMC, the 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone Devices diagnostic information specific to your letter should be addressed to: (TTYs)) vehicle. Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 United States and Puerto Rico Membership Benefits Overseas GMC Customer Assistance Center E : Download owner’s manuals and view P.O. Box 33172 Please contact the local General Motors vehicle-specific how-to videos. Detroit, MI 48232-5172 Business Unit. G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule service appointments. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

326 Customer Information I : View service records from your GM Mobility Reimbursement Roadside Assistance Program dealership and add your own. Program For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call D : Select a dealer and view locations, 1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone (TTY): maps, phone numbers, and hours. 1-888-889-2438). r : Track your vehicle’s warranty For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call information. 1-800-268-6800. J : View active recalls by Vehicle Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle a year. Identification Number (VIN) 0 319. This program is available to qualified Calling for Assistance H applicants for cost reimbursement, up to : Manage your profile and payment certain limits, of eligible aftermarket When calling Roadside Assistance, have the information. View your GM Rewards Card adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, following information ready: earnings and My GMC Rewards points. such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Your name, home address, and home F : Chat live with online help scooter lift for the vehicle. telephone number representatives. To learn about the GM Mobility program, . Telephone number of your location Visit my.gmc.com and create an account see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM . Location of the vehicle today. Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. . Model, year, color, and license plate Text Telephone (TTY) users, call number of the vehicle GMC Owner Centre (Canada) 1-800-833-9935. . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification mygmccanada.ca General Motors of Canada also has a Number (VIN), and delivery date of the Visit the GMC Owner Centre at Mobility program. See www.gm.ca or call vehicle mygmccanada.ca (English) or 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. . Description of the problem my.gmccanada.ca (French) to access similar TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. benefits to the U.S. site. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Customer Information 327 Coverage OnStar. For security reasons, the driver Services Not Included in Roadside must present identification before this Services are provided for the duration of the Assistance service is given. vehicle's powertrain warranty. . Impound towing caused by violation of . Emergency Tow from a Public Road or any laws In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is Highway: Tow to the nearest GMC dealer . Legal fines covered. In Canada, a person driving the for warranty service, or if the vehicle was vehicle without permission from the owner in a crash and cannot be driven. . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of is not covered. Assistance is not given when the vehicle snow tires, chains, or other traction devices Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New is stuck in the sand, mud, or snow. Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an North America and GMC reserve the right to tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, area that is not accessible to the service make any changes or discontinue the if equipped, must be in good condition vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or Roadside Assistance program at any time and properly inflated. It is the owner's maintained public road, which includes ice without notification. responsibility for the repair or and winter roads. Off-road use is not covered. General Motors North America and GMC replacement of the tire if it is not covered reserve the right to limit services or by the warranty. Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased payment to an owner or driver if they . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start Vehicles decide the claims are made too often, or the a dead battery. . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to 7 L. same type of claim is made many times. . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: Diesel fuel delivery may be restricted. If your trip is interrupted due to a Services Provided Propane and other fuels are not provided warranty event, incidental expenses may through this service. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of be reimbursed within the Powertrain enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the warranty period. Items considered are . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is nearest service station. reasonable and customary hotel, meals, required. . Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the rental car, or a vehicle being delivered . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: vehicle if you are locked out. A remote back to the customer, up to 500 miles. Must be over 150 km from where your unlock may be available if you have trip was started to qualify. Pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and a copy of the repair orders are required. Once authorization has been GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

328 Customer Information received, the Roadside Assistance advisor If your dealer requests you to bring the Shuttle Service will help to make arrangements and vehicle for service, you are urged to do so This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle explain how to receive payment. as early in the work day as possible to service within reasonable time and distance . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot allow for same-day repair. parameters of your dealer's area. be provided right away, the Roadside Assistance advisor may give permission to Courtesy Transportation Program Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement get local emergency road service. You will To enhance your ownership experience, we If overnight warranty repairs are needed, receive payment, up to $100, after and our participating dealers are proud to and public transportation is used, the sending the original receipt to Roadside offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer expense must be supported by original Assistance. Mechanical failures may be support program for vehicles with the receipts and within the maximum amount covered, however any cost for parts and Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange labor for repairs not covered by the period in Canada), extended powertrain, their own transportation, limited warranty are the owner’s responsibility. and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses U.S. and Canada. may be available. Claim amounts should Scheduling Service Appointments reflect actual costs and be supported by Several Courtesy Transportation options are original receipts. See your dealer for When the vehicle requires warranty service, available to assist in reducing inconvenience information. contact your dealer and request an when warranty repairs are required. appointment. By scheduling a service Courtesy Rental Vehicle appointment and advising the service Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the consultant of your transportation needs, New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer your dealer can help minimize your manual entitled “Limited Warranty and may provide an available courtesy rental inconvenience. Owner Assistance Information” furnished vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a with each new vehicle provides detailed rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the warranty coverage information. must be supported by original receipts as service department immediately, keep well as a signed and completed rental driving it until it can be scheduled for Transportation Options agreement and meet state/provincial, local, service, unless, of course, the problem is Warranty service can generally be and rental vehicle provider requirements. safety related. If it is, please call your completed while you wait. However, if you Requirements vary and may include dealership, let them know this, and ask for are unable to do so, your dealer may offer minimum age requirements, insurance instructions. the following transportation options: coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Customer Information 329 such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, Collision Parts poorly, exhibit premature durability/ levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, corrosion problems, and may not perform Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts or rental usage beyond the completion of properly in subsequent collisions. made with the same materials and the repair are also your responsibility. Aftermarket parts are not covered by the construction methods as the parts with GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any It may not be possible to provide a like which the vehicle was originally built. vehicle failure related to such parts is not vehicle as a courtesy rental. Genuine GM Collision parts are the best covered by that warranty. choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed Additional Program Information appearance, durability, and safety are Repair Facility All program options, such as shuttle service, preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can may not be available at every dealer. help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited GM also recommends that you choose a Contact your dealer for specific availability. Warranty. collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs. General Motors reserves the right to Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue be used for repair. These parts are typically center with GM-trained technicians and Courtesy Transportation at any time and to removed from vehicles that were total losses state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to resolve all questions of claim eligibility in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts recommend a collision repair center that has pursuant to the terms and conditions being recycled are from undamaged sections GM-trained technicians and comparable described herein at its sole discretion. of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment equipment. GM part may be an acceptable choice to Collision Damage Repair maintain the vehicle's originally designed Insuring the Vehicle If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it appearance and safety performance; Protect your investment in the GM vehicle is damaged, have the damage repaired by a however, the history of these parts is not with comprehensive and collision insurance qualified technician using the proper known. Such parts are not covered by the coverage. There are significant differences in equipment and quality replacement parts. GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any the quality of coverage afforded by various Poorly performed collision repairs diminish related failures are not covered by that insurance policy terms. Many insurance the vehicle resale value, and safety warranty. policies provide reduced protection to the performance can be compromised in Aftermarket collision parts are also available. GM vehicle by limiting compensation for subsequent collisions. These are made by companies other than damage repairs through the use of GM and may not have been tested for the aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit companies will not specify aftermarket GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

330 Customer Information collision parts. When purchasing insurance, Gather the following information: Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM we recommend that you ensure that the . Driver name, address, and telephone parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be vehicle will be repaired with GM original number covered by the GM vehicle warranty. equipment collision parts. If such insurance . Driver license number Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but coverage is not available from your current . Owner name, address, and telephone you must live with the repair. Depending on insurance carrier, consider switching to your policy limits, your insurance company another insurance carrier. number . Vehicle license plate number may initially value the repair using If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the may require you to have insurance that . Vehicle make, model, and model year repair professional, and insist on Genuine ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Insurance company and policy number leased, you may be obligated to have the Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. . General description of the damage to the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, Read the lease carefully, as you may be other vehicle even if your insurance coverage does not charged at the end of the lease for poor pay the full cost. quality repairs. Choose a reputable repair facility that uses quality replacement parts. See “Collision If another party's insurance company is If a Crash Occurs Parts” earlier in this section. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that If there has been an injury, call emergency If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You 0 insurance company's collision policy repair services for help. Do not leave the scene of See after an Airbag Inflates? 38. limits, as you have no contractual limits a crash until all matters have been taken with that company. In such cases, you can care of. Move the vehicle only if its position Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process have control of the repair and parts choices puts you in danger, or you are instructed to as long as the cost stays within reasonable move it by a police officer. In the event that the vehicle requires limits. Give only the necessary information to damage repairs, GM recommends that you police and other parties involved in the take an active role in its repair. If you have crash. a pre-determined repair facility of choice, take the vehicle there, or have it towed For emergency towing see Roadside there. Specify to the facility that any 0 Assistance Program 326. required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts, either new GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Customer Information 331 Publication Ordering Information For credit card orders only (VISA, Changes or modifications to any of these MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: systems by other than an authorized service Service Manuals www.helminc.com. facility could void authorization to use this Service manuals have the diagnosis and To order by mail, write to: equipment. repair information on the engine, Helm, Incorporated transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, Attention: Customer Service Reporting Safety Defects electrical system, steering system, body, etc. 47911 Halyard Drive Reporting Safety Defects to the Plymouth, MI 48170 Customer Literature United States Government Owner’s manuals are written specifically for Make checks payable in U.S. funds. owners and are intended to provide basic If you believe that your vehicle has a operational information about the vehicle. Radio Frequency Statement defect which could cause a crash or The owner’s manual includes the This vehicle uses license-exempt could cause injury or death, you should Maintenance Schedule for all models. transmitters / receivers / systems that immediately inform the National Customer literature publications available for operate on a radio frequency that complies Highway Traffic Safety Administration purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty with Part 15/Part 18 of the Federal (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Motors. with Innovation, Science and Economic owner’s manual, warranty manual, If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. Development (ISED) Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / ICES-GEN. may open an investigation, and if it Current and Past Models Operation is subject to the following two finds that a safety defect exists in a Service manuals and customer literature are conditions: group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA available for many current and past model 1. The device may not cause harmful year GM vehicles. interference. cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, 2. The device must accept any interference 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time received, including interference that may or General Motors. cause undesired operation of the device. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

332 Customer Information To contact NHTSA, you may call the or write to: In other Central America and Caribbean Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at Transport Canada Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate to http://www.safercar.gov; or Defect Investigations and Recalls Vehicle Data Recording and write to: Division Privacy 80 Noel Street Administrator, NHTSA The vehicle has a number of computers that 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 record information about the vehicle’s Washington, D.C. 20590 performance and how it is driven or used. Reporting Safety Defects to For example, the vehicle uses computer You can also obtain other information General Motors about motor vehicle safety from modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance, to monitor the http://www.safercar.gov. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation like this, notify conditions for airbag deployment and Reporting Safety Defects to the General Motors. deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver Canadian Government In the U.S., call 1-800-462-8782, or write: control the vehicle. These modules may If you live in Canada, and you believe GMC Customer Assistance Center store data to help the dealer technician that the vehicle has a safety defect, P.O. Box 33172 service the vehicle or to help GM improve Detroit, MI 48232-5172 safety or features. Some modules may also notify Transport Canada immediately, store data about how the vehicle is and notify General Motors of Canada In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or operated, such as rate of fuel consumption Company. Call Transport Canada at 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: or average speed. These modules may retain 1-800-333-0510; go to: General Motors of Canada Company personal preferences, such as radio presets, www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: seat positions, and temperature settings. CA1-163-005 www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Cybersecurity Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 GM collects information about the use of In Mexico, call 800-466-0812 or your vehicle including operational and safety 800-466-0801. related information. We collect this GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Customer Information 333 information to provide, evaluate, improve, Event Data Recorders driving conditions and no personal data and troubleshoot our products and services (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) and to develop new products and services. This vehicle is equipped with an event data are recorded. However, other parties, such The protection of vehicle electronics systems recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR as law enforcement, could combine the EDR and customer data from unauthorized is to record, in certain crash or near data with the type of personally identifying outside electronic access or control is crash-like situations, such as an air bag data routinely acquired during a crash important to GM. GM maintains appropriate deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data investigation. that will assist in understanding how a security standards, practices, guidelines and To read data recorded by an EDR, special controls aimed at defending the vehicle and vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle equipment is required, and access to the the vehicle service ecosystem against vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to unauthorized electronic access, detecting dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such possible malicious activity in related as law enforcement, that have the special networks, and responding to suspected The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: equipment, can read the information if they cybersecurity incidents in a timely, have access to the vehicle or the EDR. coordinated and effective manner. Security . How various systems in your vehicle were incidents could impact your safety or operating; GM will not access these data or share it compromise your private data. To minimize . Whether or not the driver and passenger with others except: with the consent of the security risks, please do not connect your safety belts were buckled/fastened; vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee; in response vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized . How far (if at all) the driver was to an official request by police or similar devices or connect your vehicle to any depressing the accelerator and/or brake government office; as part of GM's defense unknown or untrusted networks (such as pedal; and, Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In of litigation through the discovery process; the event you suspect any security incident . How fast the vehicle was traveling. or, as required by law. Data that GM collects impacting your data or the safe operation of These data can help provide a better or receives may also be used for GM your vehicle, please stop operating your understanding of the circumstances in which research needs or may be made available to vehicle and contact your dealer. crashes and injuries occur. others for research purposes, where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a Note specific vehicle or vehicle owner. EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

334 Customer Information OnStar If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service plan, additional data may be collected and transmitted through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle’s operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features, including infotainment; and the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website. See OnStar Additional Information 0 336. Infotainment System If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. See the infotainment section for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

OnStar 335 OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to OnStar the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 335 . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem. OnStar Services Q Emergency ...... 336 . Off: System is off. Press twice to Security ...... 336 speak with an OnStar Advisor. Q OnStar Additional Information = Voice Command Button Press or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. OnStar Additional Information ...... 336 Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button > Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region. This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to: comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. See the infotainment manual for Security, Navigation, Connections, and information on how to use the Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may OnStar app. require a paid service plan and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and Or electrical system, cellular service, and GPS . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice satellite signals to be available and commands. operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot emergency service providers. OnStar may name or SSID and password, if equipped. collect information about you and your Q vehicle, including location information. See Press to connect to an Advisor to: OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and . Verify account information or update Software Terms for more details including contact information. system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) . Get driving directions. or www.onstar.ca (Canada). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

336 OnStar . Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification key operating systems. Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days If equipped, if the doors are locked and the a week, to provide a central point of . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, contact, assistance, and information during a . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped. e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the crisis. Press > to get a priority connection to an vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: with authorities to recover the vehicle. locate a nearby service provider to help with . Get help for an emergency. a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty OnStar Additional . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an gas tank. AMBER Alert. Information . Get assistance in severe weather or other Security In-Vehicle Audio Messages crisis situations and find evacuation If equipped, OnStar provides these services: routes. . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Audio messages may play important Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the information at the following times: OnStar Services vehicle and help authorities quickly . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set recover it. up an account. Emergency . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, . After change in ownership and at Emergency Services require an active safety OnStar can block the engine from being 90 days. and security plan. With Automatic Crash restarted. Transferring Service Response, built-in sensors can automatically . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who if equipped, OnStar can work with law Press Q to request account transfer is immediately connected in to the vehicle enforcement to gradually slow the eligibility information. The Advisor can to help. vehicle down. cancel or change account information. Press > for a priority connection to an Selling/Transferring the Vehicle OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) location, and relay important information. immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

OnStar 337 Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations. Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to information about the vehicle cannot work an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor unless GPS signals are available, TTY Users will update vehicle records and explain unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar has the ability to communicate to OnStar or connected service options. OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar customers while in the vehicle. The available equipment is not properly installed or it has dealer-installed TTY system can provide Automatic Crash Response, Emergency not been properly maintained. If equipment in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle or software is added, connected, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside or modified, OnStar or connected services Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Assistance are available on most vehicles. may not work. Other problems beyond the If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or Not all OnStar services are available control of OnStar — such as hills, tall off by touching Settings, then Apps, and everywhere or on all vehicles. For more buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone information, a full description of OnStar design and architecture of the vehicle, calls can be made or received with OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar User damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless using the infotainment display. Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software phone network congestion or jamming — Terms: may prevent service. OnStar Personal Identification . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). See Radio Frequency Statement 0 331. Number (PIN) . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). Services for People with Disabilities A PIN is needed to access some OnStar . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). services. The PIN will need to be changed . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with the first time when speaking with an . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions. Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help: 1-888-4ONSTAR. unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas. Warranty provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets OnStar equipment may be warranted as part wireless service provider must also have accessibility needs. coverage, network capacity, reception, and of the vehicle warranty. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

338 OnStar Languages A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of Add-on Electrical Equipment the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn The vehicle can be programmed to respond The OnStar system is integrated into the Navigation route. The Advisor may give a electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for verbal route or may ask for a call back after add any electrical equipment. See Add-On an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, the vehicle is driven into an open area. Spanish, and French. Available languages Electrical Equipment 0 229. Added electrical may vary by country. Cellular and GPS Antennas equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not Potential Issues Cellular reception is required for OnStar to operate. send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock place items over or near the antenna to Vehicle Software Updates or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal OnStar or GM may remotely deliver has been off continuously for 10 days reception. without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has software updates or changes to the vehicle not been started for 10 days, OnStar can Unable to Connect to OnStar Message without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith If there is limited cellular coverage or the to help gain access to the vehicle. maintain safety, security, or the operation cellular network has reached maximum of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Global Positioning System (GPS) capacity, this message may come on. Press Software updates or changes may affect or . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a Q to try the call again or try again after erase data or settings that are stored in the large city with tall buildings; in parking driving a few miles into another vehicle, such as saved navigation garages; around airports; in tunnels and cellular area. destinations or pre-set radio stations. underpasses; or in an area with very Vehicle and Power Issues Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for dense trees. If GPS signals are not any affected or erased data or settings. available, the OnStar system should still OnStar services require a vehicle electrical These updates or changes may also collect operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar system, wireless service, and GPS satellite personal information. Such collection is could have difficulty identifying the exact technologies to be available and operating described in the OnStar privacy statement or location. for features to function properly. These separately disclosed at the time of . In emergency situations, OnStar can use systems may not operate if the battery is installation. These updates or changes may the last stored GPS location to send to discharged or disconnected. also cause a system to automatically emergency responders. communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

OnStar 339 identify whether updates or changes are for a period of three years after our last available, or deliver updates or changes. An shipment of this product. This offer is valid active OnStar agreement constitutes consent to anyone in receipt of this information. to these software updates or changes and *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is agreement that either OnStar or GM may solely responsible for provisions of related remotely deliver them to the vehicle. OSS compliance. Privacy The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with an Advisor. Users of wireless communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. OnStar - Software Acknowledgements To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

340 Connected Services Connected Services 2. Say “Cancel route.” System responds: Connected Services “Do you want to cancel directions?” Connected Services Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye.” Navigation ...... 340 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or Connections ...... 341 connected service plan. Route Preview Diagnostics ...... 342 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar or have them sent to the vehicle’s ready,” then a tone. navigation screen, if equipped. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds with the next three maneuvers. Turn-by-Turn Navigation Repeat 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar 2. Request directions to be downloaded to ready,” then a tone. the vehicle. 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds with the 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. last direction given, then responds with Using Voice Commands During a “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Planned Route Get My Destination Functionality of the Voice Command button, 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. ready,” then a tone. For some vehicles, press = to open the 2. Say “Get my destination.” System OnStar app on the infotainment display. For responds with the address and distance other vehicles press = as follows. to the destination, then responds with Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar Send Destination to Vehicle ready,” then a tone. Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Connected Services 341 Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your if equipped. After the call ends, the hotspot that provides access to the Internet mobile devices. Manage data usage by navigation screen will provide prompts to and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile begin driving directions. Routes that are sent seven mobile devices can be connected. device, using the myGMC mobile app, or by to the navigation screen can only be A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. On some canceled through the navigation system. controls only when it is safe to do so. vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, (Canada). press = to open the OnStar app on the MyGMC Mobile App (If Available) infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Download the myGMC mobile app to Connections Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi compatible Apple and Android smartphones. The following services help with staying or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. GMC users can access the following services connected. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi from a smartphone: For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). some vehicles, the connection type (no if factory-equipped. Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with Ensuring Security signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The automatic locks. . Change the default passwords for the LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is . Activate the horn and lamps. Wi-Fi hotspot and myGMC mobile possible that the icon may not illuminate . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, application. Make these passwords even though the vehicle has an active or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with different from each other and use a connection. the Tire Pressure Monitor System. combination of letters and numbers to 3. To change the SSID or password, press increase the security. . Send destinations to the vehicle. Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Change the default name of the SSID . Locate the vehicle on a map with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the (Service Set Identifier). This is your (U.S. market only). SSID and password can be changed in network’s name that is visible to other the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, wireless devices. Choose a unique name manage settings, and monitor data and avoid family names or vehicle consumption, if equipped. descriptions. . Locate a dealer and schedule service. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

342 Connected Services . Request roadside assistance. Diagnostics . Set a parking reminder with pin drop, take a photo, make a note, and set a By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's timer. key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on . Connect with GMC on social media. maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. Features are subject to change. For myGMC See www.onstar.com for details and system mobile app information and compatibility, limitations. Features are subject to change. see my.gmc.com. For updates on feature capabilities, see An active OnStar or connected service plan my.gmc.com. Message and data rates may may be required. A compatible device, apply. factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Remote Services Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps. Marketplace OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Index 343 A Airbags (cont'd) Index Accessories and Modifications ...... 231 Readiness Light ...... 85 Accessory Power ...... 188 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles ...... 42 Active Fuel Management ...... 190 System Check ...... 34 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 229 Alarm Additional Information Vehicle Security ...... 14 OnStar ...... 336 All-Season Tires ...... 264 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 312 All-Terrain Tires ...... 264 Adjustments AM-FM Radio ...... 115 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 23 Antenna Agreements Multi-band ...... 118 Trademarks and License ...... 154 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 200 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 240 Warning Light ...... 88 Air Conditioning ...... 163, 165 Appearance Care Air Filter, Passenger Compartment ...... 168 Exterior ...... 297 Air Vents ...... 168 Interior ...... 301 Airbag System Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 144 Check ...... 43 Assistance Program, Roadside ...... 326 How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 38 Assistance Systems for Parking and Passenger Sensing System ...... 39 Backing ...... 207 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 37 Audio What Will You See after an Airbag Bluetooth ...... 121 Inflates? ...... 38 Automatic When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 37 Climate Control System ...... 165 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 36 Door Locks ...... 13 Airbags Headlamp System ...... 102 Adding Equipment to the Vehicle ...... 43 Transmission ...... 191 Passenger Status Indicator ...... 85 Transmission Fluid ...... 240 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

344 Index Automatic Transmission Buckle To Drive ...... 28 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Manual Mode ...... 193 Bulb Replacement (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 255 Shift Lock Control Function Check ...... 250 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Chains, Tire ...... 279 Auxiliary Jack ...... 121 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 255 Charging Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices ...... 118 Halogen Bulbs ...... 253 Wireless ...... 77 Axle, Front ...... 249 Headlamp Aiming ...... 253 Charging System Light ...... 86 Axle, Rear ...... 250 Headlamps ...... 253 Check B Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 86 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 253 Ignition Transmission Lock ...... 250 Battery Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker, Child Restraints Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 107 Stoplamps, and Backup Lamps ...... 254 Infants and Young Children ...... 45 Load Management ...... 106 Buying New Tires ...... 275 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Power Protection ...... 106 Children ...... 51 Battery - North America ...... 248, 290 C Older Children ...... 44 Blade Replacement, Wiper ...... 251 Calibration ...... 77 Securing ...... 64, 69 Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 16 California Systems ...... 47 Bluetooth Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . 231 Circuit Breakers ...... 256 Overview ...... 140, 141 California Proposition Cleaning Bluetooth Audio ...... 121 65 Warning ...... 231, 248, 290, Exterior Care ...... 297 Brake Back Cover Interior Care ...... 301 System Warning Light ...... 88 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Climate Control Systems ...... 163 Brakes ...... 247 Capacities and Specifications ...... 320 Air Conditioning ...... 163 Antilock ...... 200 Carbon Monoxide Automatic ...... 165 Assist ...... 201 Engine Exhaust ...... 190 Heating ...... 163 Fluid ...... 247 Tailgate ...... 14 Clock ...... 77 Parking ...... 201 Winter Driving ...... 177 Cluster, Instrument ...... 80 Braking ...... 171 Caution, Danger, and Warning ...... 2 Collision Damage Repair ...... 329 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 184 Center Console Storage ...... 73 Compact Spare Tire ...... 289 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Index 345 Compartments Customer Assistance (cont'd) Door (cont'd) Storage ...... 72 Offices ...... 325 Locks ...... 12 Compass ...... 77 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 325 Power Locks ...... 12 Connected Services Customer Information Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 322 Connections ...... 341 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 331 Driver Diagnostics ...... 342 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 323 Teen ...... 151 Navigation ...... 340 Cybersecurity ...... 332 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 206 Connections D Driver Information Center (DIC) ...... 93, 95 Connected Services ...... 341 Driving Damage Repair, Collision ...... 329 Control Better Fuel Economy ...... 170 Danger, Warning, and Caution ...... 2 Hill Descent ...... 203 Characteristics and Towing Tips ...... 215 Data Collection Traction and Electronic Stability ...... 202 Defensive ...... 170 Infotainment System ...... 334 Control Light Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 177 OnStar ...... 334 Hill Descent ...... 89 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 178 Data Recorders, Event ...... 333 Control of a Vehicle ...... 171 Impaired ...... 171 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 135 Controls Loss of Control ...... 172 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 102 Steering Wheel ...... 111 Off-Road ...... 173 Defensive Driving ...... 170 Convex Mirrors ...... 16 Off-Road Recovery ...... 172 Delayed Locking ...... 12 Coolant Vehicle Load Limits ...... 179 Destination ...... 127 Engine Temperature Gauge ...... 84 Wet Roads ...... 176 Diagnostics Cooling ...... 163, 165 Winter ...... 177 Connected Services ...... 342 Cooling System ...... 242 Differential, Limited-Slip ...... 204 E Courtesy Transportation Program ...... 328 Distracted Driving ...... 170 Electrical Equipment, Add-On ...... 229 Coverage Explanations ...... 135 Dome Lamps ...... 105 Electrical System Cruise Control ...... 204 Door Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 256 Light ...... 92 Ajar Light ...... 93 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 256 Cupholders ...... 72 Delayed Locking ...... 12 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 261 Customer Assistance ...... 325 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

346 Index Electrical System (cont'd) Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 102 Front Seats Overload ...... 256 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 107 Adjustment ...... 23 Emergency F Heated and Ventilated ...... 25 OnStar ...... 336 Fuel Fan Engine Additives ...... 213 Engine ...... 246 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 240 Economy, Driving for Better ...... 170 Filter, Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 86 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 214 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 240 Compartment Overview ...... 234 Filling the Tank ...... 213 Flash-to-Pass ...... 102 Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 84 Foreign Countries ...... 213 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 103 Cooling System ...... 242 Gauge ...... 83 Flat Tire ...... 279 Drive Belt Routing ...... 322 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 91, 92 Changing ...... 281 Exhaust ...... 190 Management, Active ...... 190 Floor Mats ...... 304 Fan ...... 246 Prohibited Fuels ...... 212 Fluid Heater ...... 187 Recommended ...... 212 Automatic Transmission ...... 240 Oil Life System ...... 239 Top Tier ...... 212 Brakes ...... 247 Oil Pressure Light ...... 91 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 290 Four-Wheel Drive Transfer Case ...... 195 Overheating ...... 245 Fuses Washer ...... 246 Power Messages ...... 98 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 256 Fog Lamps ...... 104 Running While Parked ...... 191 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 256 Folding Mirrors ...... 16 Starting ...... 186 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 261 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 209 Entry Lighting ...... 106 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 195, 249 G Equipment, Towing ...... 222 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 88 Gas Strut(s) ...... 252 Event Data Recorders ...... 333 Frequency Statement Gauges Exit Lighting ...... 106 Radio ...... 331 Engine Coolant Temperature ...... 84 Extender, Seat Belt ...... 33 Front Axle ...... 249 Fuel ...... 83 Exterior Cargo Lamps ...... 104 Front Fog Lamp Odometer ...... 82 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 101 Light ...... 92 Speedometer ...... 82 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Index 347 Gauges (cont'd) Headlamps (cont'd) Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 45 Tachometer ...... 83 High-Beam On Light ...... 92 Information Trip Odometer ...... 83 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 102 Publication Ordering ...... 331 Warning Lights and Indicators ...... 80 Lamps On Reminder ...... 92 Infotainment System ...... 334 General Information Heated Instrument Cluster ...... 80 Service and Maintenance ...... 305 Steering Wheel ...... 75 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 4 Towing ...... 215 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats ...... 25 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 17 Vehicle Care ...... 231 Heated Mirrors ...... 16 Introduction ...... 1, 108 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 133 Heater J Glove Box ...... 72 Engine ...... 187 Jack GM Mobility Reimbursement Heating ...... 163, 165 Auxiliary ...... 121 Program ...... 326 High-Beam On Light ...... 92 Jump Starting - North America ...... 290 Guidance Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 177 Problems with the Route ...... 134 Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 203 K Keyless Entry H Hill Descent Control Light ...... 89 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 202 Remote (RKE) System ...... 9 Halogen Bulbs ...... 253 Hood ...... 232 Keys...... 6 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 103 Horn ...... 76 HD Radio Technology ...... 116 L How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 28 Head Restraints ...... 21 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 264 HVAC ...... 163, 165 Headlamps Lamps Aiming ...... 253 I Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 102 Automatic ...... 102 If the System Needs Service ...... 134 Dome ...... 105 Bulb Replacement ...... 253 Ignition Positions ...... 185 Exterior Cargo ...... 104 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 102 Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 250 Exterior Controls ...... 101 Flash-to-Pass ...... 102 Immobilizer ...... 15 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 102 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Indicator Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 107 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 253 Vehicle Ahead ...... 89 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

348 Index Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd) Lumbar Adjustment ...... 23 Malfunction Indicator (Check Four-Wheel-Drive ...... 88 Front Seats ...... 23 Engine) ...... 86 Front Fog Lamp ...... 92 M On Reminder ...... 92 High-Beam On ...... 92 Maintenance Reading ...... 105 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 102 Records ...... 318 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ...... 211 Hill Descent Control ...... 89 Maintenance and Care Lane Departure Warning Light ...... 89 Lane Departure Warning ...... 89 Additional ...... 312 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 30 Low Fuel Warning ...... 91, 92 Maintenance Schedule ...... 306 LATCH System Seat Belt Reminders ...... 84 Recommended Fluids and Replacing Parts after a Crash ...... 63 Security ...... 92 Lubricants ...... 315 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for StabiliTrak OFF ...... 90 Transfer Case ...... 195 Children ...... 51 Tire Pressure ...... 90 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 86 Lighting Tow/Haul Mode ...... 89 Manual Mirrors ...... 16 Entry ...... 106 Traction Control System Manual Mode ...... 193 Exit ...... 106 (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 90 Map Data Updates ...... 134 Illumination Control ...... 105 Traction Off ...... 89 Maps ...... 126 Lights Limited-Slip Differential ...... 204 Media Airbag Readiness ...... 85 Locks Avoiding Untrusted Devices ...... 118 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Automatic Door ...... 13 Messages Warning ...... 88 Delayed Locking ...... 12 Engine Power ...... 98 Brake System Warning ...... 88 Door ...... 12 Vehicle ...... 97 Charging System ...... 86 Lockout Protection ...... 13 Vehicle Speed ...... 98 Check Engine (Malfunction Power Door ...... 12 Mirrors Indicator) ...... 86 Safety ...... 13 Automatic Dimming Rearview ...... 17 Cruise Control ...... 92 Loss of Control ...... 172 Blind Spot ...... 16 Door Ajar ...... 93 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 91, 92 Convex ...... 16 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 91 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Folding ...... 16 Flash-to-Pass ...... 102 Children (LATCH System) ...... 51 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Index 349 Mirrors (cont'd) OnStar ...... 334 Passenger Sensing System ...... 39 Heated ...... 16 OnStar Additional Information ...... 336 Perchlorate Materials Requirements, Manual ...... 16 OnStar Emergency ...... 336 California ...... 231 Manual Rearview ...... 17 OnStar Overview ...... 335 Personalization Power ...... 16 OnStar Security ...... 336 Vehicle ...... 98 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 17 OnStar System ...... 122, 132 Phone Monitor System, Tire Pressure ...... 270 Operation Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 144 Multi-band Antenna ...... 118 Fog Lamps ...... 104 Bluetooth ...... 140, 141 N Outlets Port Power ...... 77 USB ...... 118 Navigation Overheating, Engine ...... 245 Positioning Connected Services ...... 340 Overview ...... 109 Vehicle ...... 133 Destination ...... 127 Instrument Panel ...... 4 Power Using the System ...... 123 Door Locks ...... 12 Navigation Symbols ...... 126 P Mirrors ...... 16 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 184 Park Outlets ...... 77 Shifting Into ...... 189 O Protection, Battery ...... 106 Shifting Out of ...... 190 Odometer ...... 82 Retained Accessory (RAP) ...... 188 Park Assist ...... 207 Trip ...... 83 Seat Adjustment ...... 23 Parking Off-Road ...... 173 Windows ...... 18 Brake ...... 201 Driving ...... 173 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts ...... 33 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Recovery ...... 172 Privacy Check ...... 251 Oil Vehicle Data Recording ...... 332 Over Things That Burn ...... 190 Engine ...... 237 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 134 Parking or Backing Engine Oil Life System ...... 239 Program Assistance Systems ...... 207 Pressure Light ...... 91 Courtesy Transportation ...... 328 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 85 Older Children, Restraints ...... 44 Prohibited Fuels ...... 212 Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 168 Online Owner Center ...... 325 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

350 Index Proposition 65 Warning, Records Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 322 California ...... 231, 248, 290, Maintenance ...... 318 Running the Vehicle While Parked ...... 191 Back Cover Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 294 S Publication Ordering Information ...... 331 Reimbursement Program, GM Safety Defects Reporting Mobility ...... 326 R Canadian Government ...... 332 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . .8, 9 Radio General Motors ...... 332 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 11 HD Radio Technology ...... 116 U.S. Government ...... 331 Replacement Parts Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 117 Safety Locks ...... 13 Airbags ...... 44 Radio Frequency Statement ...... 331 Safety System Check ...... 33 Maintenance ...... 316 Radio Reception ...... 118 Satellite Radio ...... 117 Replacing Airbag System ...... 44 Radios Scheduling Appointments ...... 328 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a AM-FM Radio ...... 115 Seat Belts ...... 27 Crash ...... 63 Satellite ...... 117 Buckle To Drive ...... 28 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after Reading Lamps ...... 105 Care ...... 34 a Crash ...... 34 Rear Axle ...... 250 Extender ...... 33 Reporting Safety Defects Rear Seats ...... 25 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 28 Canadian Government ...... 332 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) ...... 207 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 30 General Motors ...... 332 Rear Windows ...... 19 Reminders ...... 84 U.S. Government ...... 331 Rearview Mirrors ...... 17 Replacing after a Crash ...... 34 Restraints Automatic Dimming ...... 17 Use During Pregnancy ...... 33 Where to Put ...... 49 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 24 Seats Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 188 Recognition Adjustment, Front ...... 23 Ride Control Systems Voice ...... 135 Head Restraints ...... 21 Enhanced Traction System (ETS) ...... 204 Recommended Heated and Ventilated Front ...... 25 Roads Fuel ...... 212 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 23 Driving, Wet ...... 176 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants ...... 315 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 23 Roadside Assistance Program ...... 326 Rear ...... 25 Rotation, Tires ...... 274 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Index 351 Seats (cont'd) Sidemarker Struts Reclining Seatbacks ...... 24 Bulb Replacement ...... 254 Gas ...... 252 Underseat Storage ...... 73 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change ...... 103 Stuck Vehicle ...... 178 Securing Child Restraints ...... 64, 69 Software Updates ...... 115 Sun Visors ...... 20 Security Spare Tire Sunglass Storage ...... 72 Light ...... 92 Compact ...... 289 Symbols ...... 2 OnStar ...... 336 Special Application Services ...... 312 Navigation ...... 126 Vehicle ...... 14 Specifications and Capacities ...... 320 System Vehicle Alarm ...... 14 Speedometer ...... 82 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) ...... 209 Service ...... 168 StabiliTrak Global Positioning ...... 133 Accessories and Modifications ...... 231 OFF Light ...... 90 Infotainment ...... 334 Climate Control System ...... 163 Start Assist, Hill ...... 202 OnStar ...... 132 Doing Your Own Work ...... 232 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 11 Systems Maintenance Records ...... 318 Starter Switch Check ...... 250 Driver Assistance ...... 206 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 305 Starting the Engine ...... 186 T Parts Identification ...... 319 Steering ...... 171 Tachometer ...... 83 Scheduling Appointments ...... 328 Heated Wheel ...... 75 Tailgate ...... 14 Services Wheel Adjustment ...... 75 Taillamps Special Application ...... 312 Wheel Controls ...... 75 Bulb Replacement ...... 254 Servicing System ...... 134 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 111 Teen Driver ...... 151 Servicing the Airbag ...... 42 Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 325 Settings ...... 146 Bulb Replacement ...... 254 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 15 Shift Lock Control Function Check, Storage Areas Immobilizer ...... 15 Automatic Transmission ...... 250 Center Console ...... 73 Time ...... 77 Shifting Glove Box ...... 72 Tires ...... 263 Into Park ...... 189 Sunglasses ...... 72 All-Season ...... 264 Out of Park ...... 190 Underseat ...... 73 All-Terrain ...... 264 Storage Compartments ...... 72 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

352 Index Tires (cont'd) Towing (cont'd) U Buying New Tires ...... 275 General Information ...... 215 Underseat Storage ...... 73 Chains ...... 279 Recreational Vehicle ...... 294 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 277 Changing ...... 281 Trailer ...... 219 Updates Compact Spare ...... 289 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 227 Map Data ...... 134 Designations ...... 266 Vehicle ...... 293 Software ...... 115 Different Size ...... 276 Traction USB Port ...... 118 Full-Size Spare ...... 290 Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Using the Navigation System ...... 123 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 279 Light ...... 90 Using the System ...... 112 Inspection ...... 273 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 204 Using This Manual ...... 2 Pressure ...... 269 Off Light ...... 89 V Pressure Light ...... 90 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Vehicle Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 271 Control ...... 202 Alarm System ...... 14 Pressure Monitor System ...... 270 Trademarks and License Agreements ...... 154 Canadian Owners ...... 2 Rotation ...... 274 Trailer Control ...... 171 Sidewall Labeling ...... 264 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 227 Identification Number (VIN) ...... 319 Terminology and Definitions ...... 267 Towing ...... 219 Load Limits ...... 179 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 277 Transfer Case ...... 195 Messages ...... 97 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 278 Transmission Personalization ...... 98 Wheel Replacement ...... 278 Automatic ...... 191 Remote Start ...... 11 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 275 Fluid, Automatic ...... 240 Security ...... 14 Winter ...... 264 Transportation Program, Courtesy ...... 328 Speed Messages ...... 98 Top Tier Fuel ...... 212 Trip Odometer ...... 83 Towing ...... 293 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 195 Truck-Camper Loading Information ...... 184 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 89 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 89 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 103 Vehicle Care Towing Turn Signal Tire Pressure ...... 269 Driving Characteristics ...... 215 Bulb Replacement ...... 254 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ...... 332 Equipment ...... 222 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 2/10/20

Index 353 Vehicle Positioning ...... 133 Winter Ventilation, Air ...... 168 Driving ...... 177 Visors ...... 20 Winter Tires ...... 264 Voice Recognition ...... 135 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 251 W Wireless Charging ...... 77 Warning Brake System Light ...... 88 Caution and Danger ...... 2 Lane Departure (LDW) ...... 211 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators ...... 80 Warnings Hazard Flashers ...... 103 Washer Fluid ...... 246 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 278 Different Size ...... 276 Replacement ...... 278 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 275 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 49 Windows ...... 18 Power ...... 18 Rear ...... 19 Windshield Replacement ...... 251 Wiper/Washer ...... 76 21_GMC_Canyon_CanyonDenali_COV_en_US_84426904A_2020FEB14.ai 1 2/14/2020 9:08:07 AM 2021 Canyon/Canyon Denali

CY Canyon/Canyon Denali

CMY K Owner’s Manual

84426904 A